Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER | RELEASE 4.2 INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER FIBER TO THE NODE | RELEASE 4.2 INTELLIGENT SERVICES ACCESS MANAGER FIBER TO THE BUILDING | RELEASE 4.2
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION FOR FD 24GBPS NT
Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented, which is subject to change without notice. Alcatel, Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are registered trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Copyright 2010 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Disclaimers
Alcatel-Lucent products are intended for commercial uses. Without the appropriate network design engineering, they must not be sold, licensed or otherwise distributed for use in any hazardous environments requiring fail-safe performance, such as in the operation of nuclear facilities, aircraft navigation or communication systems, air traffic control, direct life-support machines, or weapons systems, in which the failure of products could lead directly to death, personal injury, or severe physical or environmental damage. The customer hereby agrees that the use, sale, license or other distribution of the products for any such application without the prior written consent of Alcatel-Lucent, shall be at the customer's sole risk. The customer hereby agrees to defend and hold Alcatel-Lucent harmless from any claims for loss, cost, damage, expense or liability that may arise out of or in connection with the use, sale, license or other distribution of the products in such applications. This document may contain information regarding the use and installation of non-Alcatel-Lucent products. Please note that this information is provided as a courtesy to assist you. While Alcatel-Lucent tries to ensure that this information accurately reflects information provided by the supplier, please refer to the materials provided with any non-Alcatel-Lucent product and contact the supplier for confirmation. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility or liability for incorrect or incomplete information provided about non-Alcatel-Lucent products. However, this does not constitute a representation or warranty. The warranties provided for Alcatel-Lucent products, if any, are set forth in contractual documentation entered into by Alcatel-Lucent and its customers. This document was originally written in English. If there is any conflict or inconsistency between the English version and any other version of a document, the English version shall prevail.
Preface
This preface provides general information about the documentation set for the 7302 Intelligent Services Access Manager (7302 ISAM), the 7330 Intelligent Services Access Manager Fiber to the Node (7330 ISAM FTTN) and the 7356 Intelligent Services Access Manager Fiber to the Building (7356 ISAM FTTB).
Scope
This documentation set provides information about safety, features and functionality, ordering, hardware installation and maintenance, CLI and TL1 commands, and software upgrade and migration procedures.
Audience
This documentation set is intended for planners, administrators, operators, and maintenance personnel involved in installing, upgrading, or maintaining the 7302 ISAM, the 7330 ISAM FTTN or the 7356 ISAM FTTB. Readers must be familiar with general telecommunications principles.
Preface
Safety information
For safety information, see the Safety Manual for your product.
Documents
Refer to the Product Information document for your product to see a list of all the relevant customer documents and their part numbers for the current release. Customer documentation is available for download from the Alcatel-Lucent Support Service website at http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/myaccess.
Product Naming
When the term ISAM is used alone, then the 7302 ISAM, the 7330 ISAM FTTN and the 7356 ISAM FTTB are meant. If a feature is valid for only one of the products, the applicability will be explicitly stated.
Special information
The following are examples of how special information is presented in this document.
Danger Danger indicates that the described activity or situation
may result in serious personal injury or death; for example, high voltage or electric shock hazards.
Warning Warning indicates that the described activity or situation
interest.
iv
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Preface
Release notes
Be sure to refer to the release notes (such as the Customer Release Notes or Emergency Fix Release Note) issued for software loads of your product before you install or use the product. The release notes provide important information about the software load.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Preface
vi
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Contents
Preface
iii
Scope ............................................................................................... iii Audience ............................................................................................... iii Acronyms and initialisms ............................................................................. iii Assistance and ordering phone numbers ........................................................... iii Safety information ..................................................................................... iv Documents .............................................................................................. iv Product Naming ........................................................................................ iv Special information.................................................................................... iv Release notes............................................................................................ v
Introduction
1.1 1.2 1.3
1-1
General ................................................................................... 1-2 Supported User Interfaces ............................................................. 1-2 Document Structure .................................................................... 1-3
2-1
General ................................................................................... 2-2 Overview ................................................................................. 2-2 Multi-ADSL................................................................................ 2-4 VDSL ....................................................................................... 2-8 SHDSL .................................................................................... 2-10 Ethernet ................................................................................. 2-11 Inverse multiplexing for ATM......................................................... 2-12 ATM/PTM bonding...................................................................... 2-13 Overview of ISAM Voice interfaces .................................................. 2-13 Overview of ISAM support for remote management of third-party equipment. ....................................................................... 2-14
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
vii
Contents
3-1
Overview ................................................................................. 3-2 ISAM single shelf configurations ...................................................... 3-5 ISAM subtending system protection ................................................. 3-12 Failure protection at layer 3 ......................................................... 3-15 Network path connectivity protection .............................................. 3-15
Management
4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9
4-1
Overview ................................................................................. 4-2 Management interfaces ................................................................ 4-3 Management interfaces security..................................................... 4-12 Management access models .......................................................... 4-14 Counters and statistics ................................................................ 4-17 Alarm management .................................................................... 4-17 Software and database management ............................................... 4-22 Equipment monitoring................................................................. 4-25 Access node control protocol ........................................................ 4-26
5-1
Overview ................................................................................. 5-2 Metallic test access ..................................................................... 5-4 Single-Ended Line Testing ............................................................. 5-7 Dual-ended line testing ................................................................ 5-8 Metallic-Ended Line Testing ........................................................... 5-9 ATM F5 ................................................................................... 5-10 Link Related Ethernet OAM ........................................................... 5-10 Narrowband Line Testing ............................................................. 5-12 SFP diagnostics ......................................................................... 5-14
6-1
Introduction .............................................................................. 6-2 ISAM clock system and NTR extraction .............................................. 6-6 Downstream NTR clock distribution ................................................. 6-15 Applicable standards .................................................................. 6-16
xDSL features
7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.8 7.9 7.10 7.11 7.12
7-1
Overview ................................................................................. 7-2 Configurable impulse noise protection .............................................. 7-3 RFI Notching ............................................................................. 7-4 Low-power modes....................................................................... 7-4 Seamless rate adaptation .............................................................. 7-6 Upstream power back-off.............................................................. 7-7 Downstream power back-off .......................................................... 7-8 Impulse noise monitor ................................................................. 7-10 Virtual noise ............................................................................ 7-10 Artificial noise .......................................................................... 7-11 Physical Layer Retransmission (RTX) ................................................ 7-12 Per-line configuration overrule ...................................................... 7-13
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
viii
Contents
8-1
Introduction .............................................................................. 8-3 Overall network topology .............................................................. 8-3 Product and market applicability.................................................... 8-11 Overall network support .............................................................. 8-14 VLAN / user-to-user communication applicability ................................ 8-14 Traffic types ............................................................................ 8-16 Traffic forwarding methods .......................................................... 8-17 Layer 2/layer 3 addressing topologies .............................................. 8-44 Protocol stacks ......................................................................... 8-77 Management interface ................................................................ 8-86 Permanent data storage .............................................................. 8-91 Management model .................................................................... 8-92 CDE profile management ........................................................... 8-105 Service profile management ....................................................... 8-105 Performance monitoring ............................................................ 8-106 Reliability, Equipment / Connectivity / Overload Protection................. 8-115 Quality of Service .................................................................... 8-120 DHCP interworking ................................................................... 8-121 DNS interworking ..................................................................... 8-122 Basic call handling and supplementary services................................. 8-123 BITS Support .......................................................................... 8-134 Narrowband Line Testing ........................................................... 8-135 Termination local loop unbundling ................................................ 8-135 Subscriber Line Showering .......................................................... 8-136 Lawful Intercept...................................................................... 8-136 Compliancy to standards ............................................................ 8-138 ISAM Voice migration ................................................................ 8-140
Layer 2 forwarding
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 9.7 9.8 9.9 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13
9-1
Introduction .............................................................................. 9-2 The concept of Virtual LAN (VLAN)................................................... 9-2 ISAM Internal Architecture............................................................. 9-8 Support for Jumbo frames ............................................................ 9-13 Subscriber access interface on the LT board ...................................... 9-13 iBridge mode............................................................................ 9-16 VLAN cross-connect mode ............................................................ 9-29 Protocol-aware cross-connect mode ................................................ 9-40 IPoA cross-connect mode ............................................................. 9-44 Secure forwarding in iBridge and VLAN cross-connect ........................... 9-46 Virtual MAC.............................................................................. 9-49 PPP Cross-connect mode .............................................................. 9-54 IP-aware bridge mode ................................................................. 9-57
10-1
Introduction ............................................................................. 10-2 Link aggregation........................................................................ 10-3 RSTP and MSTP ......................................................................... 10-5 Connectivity Fault Management ..................................................... 10-7 802.1x support........................................................................ 10-10
ix
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Contents
ARP ..................................................................................... VBAS.................................................................................... DHCP ................................................................................... IGMP.................................................................................... PPPoE .................................................................................. DHCPv6 ................................................................................
11 IP routing
11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4
11-1
Introduction ............................................................................. 11-2 IP routing features ..................................................................... 11-2 IP routing model........................................................................ 11-5 Routing in case of subtended ISAMs ................................................. 11-7
12-1
Introduction ............................................................................. 12-2 IPv4 Routing Protocols................................................................. 12-2 ARP ....................................................................................... 12-3 DHCP relay agent....................................................................... 12-4 DHCP snooping.......................................................................... 12-7
13-1
Overview ................................................................................ 13-2 Advanced capabilities ................................................................. 13-5 System decomposition............................................................... 13-13 Multicast and forwarding models .................................................. 13-13
14 Quality of Service
14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5
14-1
Introduction ............................................................................. 14-2 Upstream QoS handling ............................................................... 14-2 Downstream QoS ....................................................................... 14-8 Hardware mapping of QoS functions .............................................. 14-10 Configuration of QoS................................................................. 14-15
15-1
Introduction ............................................................................. 15-2 RADIUS features ........................................................................ 15-2 802.1x authentication via RADIUS ................................................... 15-2 Operator authentication via RADIUS ................................................ 15-2 Encryption of authentication data .................................................. 15-3 Lawful interception .................................................................... 15-3
A.
Cross-domain solutions
A.1 A.2 A.3 A.4
A-1
Overview ................................................................................. A-2 Mobile backhaul ......................................................................... A-3 E1/T1 Leased Line Replacement ....................................................A-10 ISAM Backhaul (Rural DSL, Ultra-high Broadband) ................................A-14
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Contents
A.5 A.6
Hospitality solution ....................................................................A-20 Open Community Broadband for Smart Communities ............................A-26
B.
RADIUS Attributes
B.1 B.2
B-1
Glossary
Index
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
xi
Contents
xii
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Introduction
1.1 General
1-2 1-2
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
1-1
1 Introduction
1.1
General
This document provides the system description for the following products:
7302 Intelligent Services Access Manager (ISAM) 7330 ISAM Fiber To The Node (FTTN) 7356 and 7357 ISAM Fiber To The Building (FTTB)
For specific product details on each of these systems, see the:
The ISAM is a frame-based Multi Service Access Platform, offering high-density copper and fibre connections for multimedia, high-speed internet access, voice and business services. The position of the ISAM in the network is visualized in Figure 1-1, showing on the left side the different types of user interfaces that terminate on the Line Termination (LT) boards in the system. The ISAM can be deployed with numerous interfaces and in different network environments.
1.2
1-2
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
NSP IP backbone
EMAN
FE/GE
NSP IP backbone
NSP IP backbone
FE/GE
Depending on the type of LTs plugged into the system, three types of user interfaces are available:
a number of different DSL interfaces (depending on the related DSL line board
family),
1.3
Document Structure
Following a general chapter about all of the system interfaces, this document is organized in a number of functional areas providing an end-to-end view of the different ISAM feature domains.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
1-3
1 Introduction
1-4
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
2.1 General 2.2 Overview 2.3 Multi-ADSL 2.4 VDSL 2.5 SHDSL 2.6 Ethernet
2-13
2.10 Overview of ISAM support for remote management of third-party equipment. 2-14
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2-1
2.1
General
This chapter provides a general description of the system interfaces. The ISAM can be deployed with numerous interfaces and in different network environments. The basic deployment uses it for providing High-Speed Internet (HSI), Video, and Voice over IP (VoIP) services to subscribers. A specific use of the ISAM is to provide classic telephony services to subscribers being connected with classic Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS) or Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) lines, and to convert within the ISAM the corresponding signals to VoIP signaling and data packets. This specific use of the ISAM is known as ISAM Voice.
2.2
Overview
The following section provides an overview of the different relevant aspects for subscriber links.
Note For ease of understanding, the ISAM Voice links are described separately, see section Overview of ISAM Voice interfaces.
ADSL, ADSL2, ADSL2+, and READSL2 (ITU-T G.992) VDSL1, VDSL2 (ITU-T G.993) SHDSL (ITU-T 991.2, YD/T1185-2002, IEEE 802.3) Ethernet (IEEE 802.3)
The Ethernet subscriber links can also be terminated on the Network Termination (NT) boards or the NT I/O boards. The network links (ISAM uplinks), subtending links (to the subtended ISAM) or inter-shelf links (ISAM downlinks from the host shelf to remote shelves, Remote Expansion Modules (REMs) or Sealed Expansion Modules (SEMs)) are terminated by the Network Termination (NT) boards, by the NT I/O boards, or by an Ethernet LT board operating in Network-to-Network-Interfacing (NNI) modus:
2-2
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
2 System interface overview Figure 2-1 DSL types: downstream bit rate as a function of line length
100 90 80 70
VDSL2
60 50 40 30 20
VDSL
ADSL2+ ADSL2
10
ADSL
0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Lin e le n g th (km)
Transfer modes
The ISAM supports the following transfer modes for the preceding transmission types:
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) is supported for all ADSL types and
SHDSL. Packet Transfer Mode (PTM) with 64/65 octet encapsulation/Ethernet in the First Mile (EFM) is supported for SHDSL, VDSL1, VDSL2, and some ADSL2/2+ LT boards. This transfer mode uses 64/65 byte block coding of variable size frames or frame fragments at the transmission convergence sublayer in the modem. For VDSL1, HDLC will be used if VTU-R is not able to support 64/65 encapsulation. For PTM over ADSL2/2+, preemption is supported in the upstream direction and enabled by default (not configurable). IEEE 802.3 Ethernet frame transfer
Bonding
A number of methods exist to combine multiple physical links that apply the preceding transmission types and transfer modes to a single logical subscriber interface. This allows increasing either:
the available service bandwidth for a subscriber the distance across which a standard service bandwidth package can be offered,
in case of transmission types for which the achievable link bandwidth depends strongly on the length of the local loop a combination of the preceding two methods.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2-3
Bonding of multiple links is possible at different levels in the ISAM, where the traffic of DSL links is aggregated. The broader the scope of the bonding capability, the more flexibility an operator has to configure bonding groups. The following bonding methods are defined within the standards:
ATM Bonding: ITU-T G.998.1 PTM Bonding: ITU-T G.998.2 M-pair operation for SHDSL: ITU-T G.991.2
2.3
Multi-ADSL
The ISAM supports multi-ADSL subscriber lines. This section describes the different supported ADSL types.
ADSL1
Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL) is used on existing metallic twisted pairs (one per subscriber) between the Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) and a Central Office (CO) exchange. A Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) technique allows the simultaneous use of high-speed data services and the existing Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS) or Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN). Other advantages of ADSL are:
The existing network is used by the network operator (reducing costs). The existing telephone service, including equipment, is retained by the customer.
Asymmetric nature of ADSL
The digital transmission capacity of the ADSL system is asymmetric in that the downstream and upstream bit rates are different:
The downstream bit rate can range from 32 kb/s up to 8 Mb/s (or 15 Mb/s with
the optional S=0.5). The bit rate granularity is 32 kb/s.
The upstream bit rate can range from 32 kb/s to 1.5 Mb/s. The bit rate granularity
is 32 kb/s.
Note In practice, the maximum achievable upstream bit rate is
typically below 1.5 Mb/s. For example, the maximum achievable upstream bit rate for Annex A is 1.2 Mb/s. The chosen rate depends on the bidirectional services to be supported and the loop characteristics. This transmission type allows high-bandwidth services, for example, digital audio and video (multimedia), Ethernet interconnection to the customer, and so on.
2-4
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Bidirectional transport
With ADSL, the transport system provides bidirectional asymmetric communication over a single twisted pair without repeaters.
ADSL services
The multi-ADSL mode and maximum physical bit rate is automatically determined during initialization of the modem, based on line conditions and the line configuration. Modem initialization is done using a predefined noise margin and within the constraints of the transmit power spectral density. This allows various levels of service, for example, offering the highest bit rates at a premium or ensuring a guaranteed bit rate.
Operational modes
ADSL2
The ADSL2 family of ADSL standards adds features and functionality that boost the performance, improve interoperability, and support new applications, services, and deployment scenarios. ADSL2 includes the following:
Operational modes
A license counter keeps track of all the installed lines on which G.992.3 or G.992.5 Annex M is enabled. A license counter keeps track of all the installed lines on which G.992.3 or G.992.5 Annex J is enabled.
2-6
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
ADSL2+
A number of applications, such as some video streams or combinations of video and data streams, can benefit from higher downstream rates than are currently possible with ADSL2. By doubling the ADSL frequency range up to 2.2 MHz, downstream bit rates of up to about 25 Mb/s can be provided.
Operational modes
A license counter keeps track of all the installed lines on which G.992.3 or G.992.5 Annex M is enabled. A license counter keeps track of all the installed lines on which G.992.3 or G.992.5 Annex J is enabled.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2-7
2.4
VDSL
Very high bit rate Digital Subscriber Line (VDSL) allows very high speed data transmission on a metallic twisted pair between the operator network and the customer premises. This service is provisioned by using the existing unshielded copper twisted pairs, without requiring repeaters. By using a Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) technique, the existing POTS or ISDN services can still be provided on the same wires. VDSL transceivers use Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) to separate upstream and downstream transmission.
VDSL1
VDSL1 mode is not supported.
VDSL2
The VDSL2 standard (G.993.2) is an enhancement to VDSL1. VDSL2 specifies Discrete Multi-Tone (DMT) modulation and is reusing concepts of G.993.1 (VDSL1) and G.992.3 (ADSL2) recommendations, using also the G.994.1 handshake procedure.
VDSL2 features
VDSL2 offers Packet Transport Mode (PTM) with 64/65B encapsulation: The definition of profiles supports a wide range of deployment scenarios: deployment from the exchange (Fiber To The Exchange (FTTEx)) deployment from the cabinet (Fiber To The Cabinet (FTTCab)) deployment from the building (Fiber To the Building (FTTB)) VDSL2 supports higher bit rates than VDSL1; up to 100 Mb/ symmetrical.
The attainable maximum data rate depends on the VDSL2 profile used. Support of 100 Mb/s requires the 30 MHz profile. Other profiles are better suited for operation on longer loops, but with reduced maximum bit rate. VDSL2 offers improved performance over VDSL1:
addition of Trellis coding increased maximum allowable transmit power VDSL2 features provide better support for triple play over VDSL improved Impulse Noise Protection (INP) physical layer retransmission (RTX) virtual noise (optional) VDSL2 has some ADSL2-like features: similar: loop diagnostics improved: PSD shaping improved management with regard to VDSL1
2-8
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
VDSL2 profiles mainly define variants with different bandwidths and transmit powers. Table 2-6 provides a VDSL2 profile parameter overview.
Table 2-6 VDSL2 profile parameter overview
VDSL2 profile Parameter Max. aggregate DS transmit power (dBm) Max. aggregate US transmit power (dBm) US0 support(2) Annex A (998) Annex B (997) Annex B (997E) Annex B (998E) Annex B (998ADE) DS upper frequency (MHz) US upper frequency (MHz) DS upper frequency (MHz) US upper frequency (MHz) DS upper frequency (MHz) US upper frequency (MHz) DS upper frequency (MHz) US upper frequency (MHz) DS upper frequency (MHz) US upper frequency (MHz) 8A 17.5 14.5 M 8.5 5.2 7.05 8.83 7.05 8.832 8.5 5.2 8.5 5.2 8B 20.5 14.5 M 8.5 5.2 7.05 8.83 7.05 8.832 8.5 5.2 8.5 5.2 8C 11.5 14.5 M 8.5 5.2 7.05 5.1 7.05 5.1 8.5 5.2 8.5 5.2 8D 14.5 14.5 M 8.5 5.2 7.05 8.83 7.05 8.832 8.5 5.2 8.5 5.2 12A 14.5 14.5 M 8.5 12 7.05 12 7.05 12 8.5 12 8.5 12 12B 14.5 14.5 O 8.5 12 7.05 12 7.05 12 8.5 12 8.5 12 17A 14.5 14.5 O 17.664 12 N/A N/A 14 17.664 17.664 14 17.664 12
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2-9
2.5
SHDSL
The Symmetric High-speed Digital Subscriber Line (SHDSL) technology is a physical layer standard based on the ITU-T Recommendation G.991.2 (G.shdsl). The recommendation describes a versatile transmission method for data transport in the telecommunication access networks. SHDSL supports ATM, PTM, and EFM transport. SHDSL transceivers are designed primarily for duplex operation over mixed gauges of two-wire twisted metallic pairs. Four-wire and M-pair operations can be used for extended reach or bit rate. M-pair operation is supported for up to 4 pairs. The use of signal regenerators for both the two-wire and multi-wire operations is optional. Multiple SHDSL circuits may be combined to support higher bandwidth using Inverse Multiplexing for ATM (IMA) interface or the payload can be shared by multiple circuits (using the M-pair mode). IMA and M-pair do not work simultaneously over the same port or circuit. Generally, an SHDSL LT in the system can support ATM or IMA, or ITU-T G.991.2 PTM, or IEEE 802.3ah EFM on a per-port basis. SHDSL transceivers are capable of supporting selected symmetric user data rates ranging from 192 kb/s to 2312 kb/s, and optional up to 5696 kb/s, using Trellis Coded Pulse Amplitude Modulation (TCPAM) line code. For spectral compatibility with legacy services (including ADSLx), reach limitations can be imposed (typically by the national regulator) in function of the SHDSL bit rate. SHDSL transceivers do not support the use of analogue splitting technology for coexistence with either POTS or ISDN.
Regional settings
Table 2-7 lists the supported regional settings.
Table 2-7 SHDSL regional settings
Standards G.991.2 Annex A/F G.991.2 Annex B/G Description Standards applicable for North America (region 1) (ANSI) Standards applicable for Europe (region 2) (ETSI)
Payload rates
The following payload rates are supported:
192 to 2304 kb/s in 64 kb/s steps for Annex A/B 192 to 5696 kb/s in 64 kb/s steps for Annex F/G
2-10
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
2.6
Ethernet
The ISAM supports the following Ethernet interfaces:
Fast Ethernet (FE): supported on NT, NT I/O, and LT boards. Gigabit Ethernet (GE): supported on NT, NT I/O, and LT boards.
Note 1 The 7330 ISAM FTTN supports additional optical uplinks
Termination (LT) board, refer to the Unit Data Sheet (UDS) of the relevant board. Ethernet offers the following advantages:
high network reliability general availability of management and troubleshooting tools scalable to fit future needs low cost both in purchase and support easy migration from Ethernet or FE to GE flexible network design
Half duplex: In half duplex mode, a station can only send or receive at one time. Full duplex: In full duplex mode, send and receive channels are separated on the
link so that a station can send and receive simultaneously. The ISAM supports both modes and can adapt to either mode by way of auto-negotiation or manual configuration.
Hardware auto-negotiation
Hardware auto-negotiation provides the capability for a device at one end of the link segment to:
advertise its abilities to the device at the other end (its link partner) detect information defining the abilities of the link partner determine if the two devices are compatible.
Auto-negotiation provides hands-free configuration of the two attached devices. Using auto-negotiation, the ISAM can determine the operational mode (full or half duplex) and speed to be applied to the link.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2-11
GE.
Software auto-negotiation
Software auto-negotiation institutes a propriety protocol to negotiate a higher communication bandwidth between two auto-negotiation-capable boards (NT board on one side and LT board on the other side, both residing in the main shelf). The operator can configure the highest possible bandwidth between two capable boards via the regular management channels. The software auto-negotiation protocol will, based on the configured values, bring the bandwidth between two auto-negotiation-capable boards to the configured maximum speed.
2.7
IMA Group
Physical link #0 PHY PHY
IMA Group
IMA requires that all bonded links operate at the same nominal rate. The original cells are not modified, and control (ICP) cells are inserted for OAM communication between the two ends.
In the Tx direction, the ATM cells are distributed across the links in a round robin
sequence.
In the Rx direction, the ATM cells are recombined into a single ATM stream.
The IMA type of bonding is supported on SHDSL LT boards.
2-12 November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
2.8
ATM/PTM bonding
ATM bonding
ATM bonding is specified by ITU-T G.998.1. ATM bonding is applied to combine ATM-based transmission links with limited or reach-dependent bandwidth, which do not exhibit an identical transmission speed, specifically all types of ADSL. This technique does add sequence information to ATM cells, and thus allows resequencing, that is, delay variation due to speed variation across multiple physical links in one bonding group.
PTM bonding
PTM bonding is specified by ITU-T G.998.2. PTM bonding applies to DSL links with or without identical transmission speed, because PTM implies the use of variable size PDUs, which make the use of IMA techniques impossible. PTM bonding is applied to combine EFM-based transmission links with limited or reach-dependent bandwidth, specifically VDSL2, SHDSL, and (possibly) ADSL2(+). This technique also adds sequence information to transmitted frames or frame fragments, and thus allows resequencing, that is, delay variation due to speed variations or PDU size variations, or both, across multiple physical links in one bonding group.
2.9
Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS) link Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Basic Access (BA) link
ISAM Voice is connected to the network through Ethernet links as documented for the ISAM. See section Ethernet.
POTS
The POTS interface is the Z interface, that is, an analog subscriber line for connecting, for example, a POTS line. However, also other equipment such as faxes can be connected. The principles of this interface are as standardized in ITU-T Q.551 and Q.552. The Z interface carries signals such as speech, voice band analog data, multi-frequency push button signals, and so on. In addition, the Z interface must provide for DC feeding of the subscriber set and ordinary functions such as DC signaling, ringing, metering, and so on, where appropriate.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
2-13
The characteristics of this interface are as standardized in ITU-T Q.551 and Q.552. It is recognized that the characteristics of analog interfaces vary considerably from country to country and therefore the characteristics other than those defined in Recommendations Q.551 and Q.552 are not subject to ITU-T Recommendations. Within the ISAM, these are typically handled with the concept of a CDE profile.
ISDN BA
The ISDN BA interface corresponds to the U reference point of the Digital Transmission System. The interface provides full-duplex and bit-independent transmission via two wires at a net bit rate of 144 kb/s. The net bit rate of 144 kb/s offers 1 D-channel of 16 kb/s and 2 B-channels of 64 kb/s. The ISDN BA layer 1 specification is given in ITU-T I.430. Both 2B1Q and 4B3T encoding are applied through the use of different HW variants. The D-channel signaling procedures are defined in the Q.920 and Q.930-Series, for the basis particularly in Q.921 and Q.931.
2.10
Purpose
ISAM supports dedicated interfaces for the remote management of co-located third-party equipment through Ethernet connections. Examples are power supplies, timing supplies, Automatic Distribution Frames, environment monitoring and conditioning equipment.
The equipment uses an Ethernet interface with untagged frames for remote
management.
The third-party equipment can be identified in the network through either: a pre-configured IP address, for which a destination MAC address can be retrieved The third-party equipment traffic is conveyed in a dedicated VLAN. This VLAN
is configurable by the operator
through use of the ARP protocol. a public MAC address.
2-14
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Physical interface
In this case, the third-party equipment can be connected to a free Ethernet port of the NT function. This port has to be configured as a direct user port. The different ISAM NT board types either:
an Original manufacturer Unique Identifier (OUI) value, covering the three Most
Significant Bytes (MSB) of the public MAC address a start value and an end value of a single consecutive range of MAC addresses for the above OUI, covering at maximum the full three Least Significant Bytes (LSB) of the public MAC address.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT 2-15
The ISAM itself does not support detection of malfunctions on the FD-REM external equipment management port, and will not generate alarms related to usage of this port
2-16
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
3.1 Overview
3.3 ISAM subtending system protection 3.4 Failure protection at layer 3 3-15
3-15
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3-1
3.1
Overview
When you provide protection for system functions and subsystems by use of redundancy, you improve the reliability of those parts of the ISAM, and hence the availability of the whole ISAM.
Redundancy aspects
Redundancy has different aspects, and each aspect has its advantages and disadvantages which must be taken into account. The following aspects are described:
relation between essential and redundant resources operational mode of the additional redundant resources the scope of the protection - the impact of a failure the average duration of an outage - time to repair the number of simultaneous failures that have to be coped with
Bilateral:
One redundant resource can back up only a single dedicated essential resource (notation 1:1 or 1+1). The advantage is that the redundant resource can be fully preconfigured, and that protection normally takes a minimal time. Also, the configuration data (static, or dynamic, or both) necessary for the redundant resource can be kept on the redundant resource itself. The disadvantage is that each essential resource has to be duplicated, which adds to the cost, the space requirements, and the power consumption. Dynamic: A redundant resource can replace any one resource out of a group of identical essential resources (notation N:1 or N+1, or N:M or N+M in general). Because each essential resource does not have to be duplicated, one or a few additional resources can protect a much larger group of identical essential resources. The disadvantage is that this scheme only is applicable when multiple identical essential resources are present in the ISAM. In many cases, the redundant resource cannot be fully preconfigured. The redundant resource can only be configured after the failing resource has been identified, which means the time for protection has to be increased by the configuration time. Also, an up-to-date copy of the configuration data (static, or dynamic, or both) for the multiple essential resources has to be kept in a place that is not affected by failure of the related resource. This requires either additional storage on the redundant resource, or a more complex data storage mechanism across all the protected resources.
3-2
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Standby:
One or more redundant resources are kept inactive or on standby while one or more essential resources perform all the required processing (notation 1:1, N:1,N:M in general). The advantages are that the ISAM architecture is relatively simple, and the configuration and initialization of the redundant resource(s) starts from a well-known state at the time of activation of the redundant resource(s) in case of a protection switchover. The standby state can apply on the data path, the control path and/or the management path (see Redundancy provision for more information and practical examples). The disadvantages are that the redundant resource does not contribute to the operation (performance) of the ISAM for 99.9% or more of the time, while requiring an additional, up to 100% investment in cost, space and power consumption. Also, in many cases the redundant resource cannot be monitored or tested for 100% of the functions that it has to perform, so a certain risk of dormant faults exists. Active and load sharing: All resources (reflected in the data path, control path and/or management path) are active or operational, normally in a load-sharing mode, but the number of resources in the ISAM exceeds the minimum needed to perform all the necessary processing by one, or more (notation 1+1, N+1, or N+M in general). Some resources can be implemented in load-sharing mode, while others are implemented in active/standby mode (see Redundancy provision for more information and practical examples). If one or more of the active resources fail, the remaining resources take over the whole processing load. Also, all the resources can be monitored in operational conditions, and dormant faults cannot occur. The advantage of this type of redundancy is that the ISAM performance increases while no faults occur, by virtue of the more-than-necessary active resources. The disadvantages are that the ISAM usually becomes more complex. A dispatching or processing load distribution function is necessary, which must be fair (that is, the load must be shared evenly over all the resources) and must be able to recognize resource failures in time and to respond to them. Also, this function must not constitute a (significant) single-point-of-failure in itself.
The scope of the protection - the impact of a failure
Usually, it is not economical to protect functions or sub-systems that affect only a limited number of subscribers, interfaces or a limited amount of traffic. An often applied principle is that central resources or aggregation resources (that is, resources whose availability determines the availability of the whole ISAM) are protected, while tributary resources are not protected. However, it depends on the specifics of each individual case whether this principle is economically viable, in either direction.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3-3
Redundancy of a resource nearly always should be optional. In many cases the need for providing redundancy or not for a given resource is determined by the average time to repair. A resource in a system may be reliable enough (that is, its Mean time Between Failure (MTBF) is high enough) to operate in a non-protected way. This is the case, for example, in an attended CO environment, where a stock of spare parts and skilled staff are available and where short detection and intervention times can be guaranteed. However, the same resource may require redundancy when deployed in an unattended outdoor cabinet, in order to meet the same availability as in the CO.
The number of simultaneous failures that have to be coped with
Individual Replaceable Items (RI) in modern, carrier-grade telecommunication equipment are already highly reliable, and provide an intrinsic availability of 99.99% or even 99.999%, within the boundaries of the specified environmental operating conditions. In order to achieve the generally required 99.9999% availability, coping with a single resource failure (that is, providing at most one redundant resource) is sufficient in all circumstances. The probability of dual simultaneous failures, affecting the same type of resource, is low enough, and does not have to be taken into account for protection.
Redundancy provision
The ISAM basically provides redundancy as an option for essential central or aggregation functions and resources. These include:
External link protection for: network links links with sub-tended ISAMs Equipment protection for the ISAM: Data path: the Ethernet switch fabric Control path: the Network Termination (NT) board processor Management path: the NT board processor
The ISAM does not protect all the central functions or resources by default. Essential functions and resources reside on the NT board, which can be made redundant. In practice, a number of different configurations with single, redundant NT and single NT IO board are possible, each supporting a different amount or type of protection. The ISAM can be configured in active/standby mode by means of an optional standby NT board. The standby NT board is synchronized with the active NT board. In order to speed-up the reconfiguration of the data plane after switchover and to facilitate the rebuilding of the control plane, the dynamic switch configuration (L1 and L2) is also synchronized between the active NT board and the standby NT board. The management plane is fully restored at the moment the new active NT board is initialized.
3-4
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
3.2
Single NT
When using a single NT board only in the ISAM shelf, only redundancy for external (network or subtending) links is available, and hence only external link protection is possible. None of the central functions and resources are duplicated, except for the external Ethernet interfaces on the faceplate of the NT board itself. The actual number of these interfaces may vary with the NT type, but equals at least two. This implies that one or more external network or subtending links can be configured to protect other network or subtending links on the same NT board. It must be clear that this link-only protection model does not protect equipment. If the NT board fails, connectivity on all the links will be lost. The supported mechanisms are described below.
External link protection: active/standby NT links
External NT links of the ISAM can be configured in active/standby mode on the single NT board of the ISAM. In case an active NT link fails, all traffic will be switched to the designated standby NT link as shown in Figure 3-1.
Figure 3-1 Link protection with active/standby external NT link
LT1
NT
Active PHY P PHY Standby
LTn
detection of Loss of Signal on the NT link the (Rapid) Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) or Multiple Instances Spanning Tree
Protocol (MSTP). Normally, xSTP will allow only one network link to be active, while all other network links will be forced to standby, in order to avoid loops in the Ethernet network.
External link protection: Link aggregation
A set of N (1 N 8) physical NT interfaces can be configured in load-sharing mode (link aggregation) as shown in Figure 3-2. Apart from increasing the capacity of the resulting ISAM single network interface, this configuration also provides link protection.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT 3-5
3 Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM Figure 3-2 Link protection with load-sharing external NT links
LT1
NT
PHY P PHY 1 2
LTn
If an external link for a single NT with multiple external links in a load-sharing group is lost, the traffic is redistributed across the remaining links of the load-sharing group, by means of the link failure detection capability of the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP).
NT
PHY P PHY
NTIO
PHY PHY LTn PHY PHY PHY PHY
3-6
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
The ISAM supports active/standby NT equipment protection. Only one of the two NT boards (and all its functions and resources) can be active at a time. NT switchover is not revertive after the repair of a failed NT board. The protection capabilities exist:
Combined external link and NT equipment protection, common link set
Figure 3-4 illustrates the simplest configuration with a redundant NT pair, supporting an active/standby external link configuration. The active external link is connected to the active NT, while the standby external link is connected to the standby NT. The operator can:
configure a number of external link groups on the NT board designate any external link of the NT board to be a member of one of the groups configure a threshold for the minimum number of operational external links in
each group.
Figure 3-4 Combined link and NT protection with a shared set of active/standby external interfaces
LT1
NT
PHY P PHY Active
LTn LT1
NT
PHY P PHY Active
LTn
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3-7
NT protection, that is, switchover of traffic from the active NT to the standby NT, and a related status change for both NT boards, is triggered by either of the following two events:
Figure 3-5 shows a configuration with active and standby external links on the same NT board, in which a failure of the active external NT link does not have to lead to NT switchover. However, in case of NT board failure, its active external link cannot be kept operational, and traffic has to be switched to an additional standby link on the standby NT. This configuration is expensive in the number of required external standby links.
Figure 3-5 Combined link and NT protection with a separate set of active/standby network interfaces on each
LT1
NT
PHY P PHY Standby Active
LTn LT1
NT
PHY P PHY Standby Standby
LTn
3-8
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Combined external link and NT equipment protection, load aggregation link sets
Figure 3-6 shows a configuration with multiple external links that are grouped in a load aggregation group on the same NT board. Failure of the active external NT link does not have to lead to NT switchover, as long as the number of operational external links in the group does not drop below the configured minimum for the group.
Figure 3-6 Combined link and NT protection with network link and aggregation
LT1
NT
PHY P PHY 1 2
LTn LT1
NT
PHY P PHY 1 2
LTn
In case of NT board failure, when this external link group cannot be kept operational, or in case the number of operational links on the active NT drops below the configured minimum, all traffic will be switched to a standby link group on the standby NT.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3-9
Figure 3-7 and Figure 3-8 show redundant NT configurations that apply a passive optical splitter to interconnect a same external optical link to ports of both the active and standby NT board. These configurations are only possible for the 7302 ISAM shelves, and only for optical interfaces (not for electrical interfaces). The presence of the splitter consumes an extra 3 dB optical power of the optical link transmission budget. Use of such splitters enables the following:
NT
PHY P PHY Active Standby
LTn LT1
NT
PHY P PHY
LTn
3-10
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
3 Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM Figure 3-8 Independent load sharing external link and NT protection with optical splitters
LT1
NT
PHY P PHY 1 2
LTn LT1
NT
PHY P PHY
LTn
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3-11
It should be noted that the NTIO board is not duplicated, and, therefore, not protected. However, the probability of an NTIO failure that affects all of its external interfaces is low, so in case of a failure, outage for all of its external links will be limited to the actual duration of the board replacement.
Figure 3-9 Independent load sharing external link and NT protection with NT
LT1
NT
PHY P PHY
NTIO
PHY PHY PHY PHY
Active
1 2
LTn LT1
NT
PHY P PHY
PHY PHY
LTn
3.3
star topology; see Figure 3-10 daisy-chain topology; see Figure 3-11 ring topology: daisy chain with the last node connected to the first; see
Figure 3-12.
3-12
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Up to three levels of cascading can be supported by the ISAM. It depends on the operator network requirements what the actual appropriate number can be in practice. The last ISAM in the cascaded system can be any DSLAM, such as:
a 7302 ISAM a 7300 ASAM with a FENT or GENT a 7325 Remote Unit a 7330 ISAM FTTN
Figure 3-10 Example of an ISAM subtending star topology
P NT
PHY PHY
NTIO
PHY PHY
LAG
Subtending links
NT
PHY
N PHY PHY T
NT
PHY PHY
NTIO
PHY PHY
NT
PHY
N PHY PHY T
Network links
NT
PHY PHY
NTIO
PHY PHY
LAG
Subtending links
NT
PHY
N PHY PHY T
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3-13
3 Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM Figure 3-11 Example of an ISAM subtending daisy chain topology
P NT
PHY PHY
NTIO
PHY PHY
NT
PHY
N PHY PHY T
LAG
NT
PHY PHY
P NTIO
PHY PHY
NT
LAG
PHY PHY
NTIO
PHY PHY
NT
PHY
N PHY PHY T
NT
PHY
N PHY PHY T
NT
Network links
PHY PHY
NTIO
PHY PHY
NT
PHY
LAG
N PHY PHY T
NTIO
PHY PHY
NT
PHY
N PHY PHY T
NT
PHY PHY
P NTIO
PHY PHY
NT
PHY PHY
NTIO
PHY PHY
NT
PHY
N PHY PHY T
NT
PHY
N PHY PHY T
Network links
NT
PHY PHY
NTIO
PHY PHY
NT
PHY
N PHY PHY T
3-14
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
3.4
Routing protocols: RIP, OSPF ECMP (supported on static routes and OSPF routes)
An example is given below whereby the ISAM is used as a router in an layer 3 network and connected to more than one edge router on different subnets and physical ports. Layer 3 packets will be routed over the best route selected by OSPF.
Figure 3-13 Example of layer3-based protection
LT 1
NT
PHY P PHY
Subnet 1
LT n
3.5
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3-15
The path connectivity check relies on periodically initiating ICMP echo request packets to the target layer 3 device and listening for the ICMP echo response replies. The ISAM decides that a connectivity disruption has occurred when either a layer 1 down event for the current network link is received or when there has been no reply to three consecutive ICMP echo requests. In case a path connectivity protection group is composed of LAGs, the ISAM attempts to recover from a connectivity disruption by relying on the redundancy provided by the LAG concept, where possible. A switchover to another LAG in the path connectivity protection group is performed if the internal LAG redundancy cannot resolve the connectivity disruption. Figure 3-14, Figure 3-15 and Figure 3-16 show the different types of network path connectivity protection topologies.
Figure 3-14 Network path connectivity protection - Network topology 1
L3 network device L3 network device
L2/L3 switch
VRRP
L2/L3 switch
ISAM
3-16
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
3 Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM Figure 3-15 Network path connectivity protection - Network topology 2
L3 network device VRRP L3 network device
L2 switch
L2 switch
ISAM
L2 switch
L2 switch
L2 switch
L2 switch
L2 switch
ISAM
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
3-17
3-18
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Management
4.1 Overview
4.3 Management interfaces security 4.4 Management access models 4.5 Counters and statistics 4.6 Alarm management 4-17 4-14
4-17 4-22
4.7 Software and database management 4.8 Equipment monitoring 4-25 4-26
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4-1
4 Management
4.1
Overview
This chapter describes various management related topics of the ISAM. Table 4-1 below lists the information available in this chapter.
Table 4-1 Contents
Contents Management interfaces Management interfaces security Management access models Counters and statistics Alarm management Software and database management Equipment monitoring Access node control protocol Section 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9
SOAP XML 5529 OAD 5520 AMS xFTP SNMP PBMT 5529 APC
SNMP
CLI xFTP
In fact Alcatel-Lucent has an extensive management suite of products available (5520, 5529, 5530 range of Alcatel-Lucent products) to allow an efficient management of an ISAM network. Southbound, towards the ISAM, it takes care of all ISAM specifics and related protocols, while northbound it provides standard SOAP/XML interfaces for an easy and smooth integration with any other OSS applications, shielding from the DSLAM complexity.
4-2 November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
4 Management
Of course a direct interaction with the ISAM itself, using CLI or TL1, remains possible, either directly connected to the ISAM or using a remote Craft terminal.
4.2
Management interfaces
The ISAM supports the following management interfaces:
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) Command Line Interface (CLI) Transaction Language 1 (TL1) File Transfer Protocols: TFTP, SFTP, and FTP Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Secure Shell (SSH) System logging (Syslog) Debug port for troubleshooting
These management interfaces are all supported inband. This means that the management interface is supported on top of an Ethernet / IP stack for which the Ethernet links are the Ethernet network links as mentioned in chapter System interface overview. If one such network link or uplink is dedicated only for management traffic, outband management can be realized as well. Only the CLI and TL1 management interfaces can also be realized with a dedicated RS232 interface.
Note When a firewall is in place between the network management stations and the ISAM network, it is required that the following UDP ports are opened on the firewall (for troubleshooting and migration reasons):
UDP port 23 as destination port UDP ports 928 939 (928 and 939 included) as source and
destination ports Not opening these ports on the firewall may lead to a reduced or failed troubleshooting access, or a failure to perform an ISAM migration, or both.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4-3
CLI
TL1
TL1 Agent
SNMP
SNMP SNMP v1/v2 v3 SNMP Client TFTP
File transfer
Server Client Server Client FTP SFTP
CLI Agent
Telnet server
23
SSH server
22
Telnet server
1023
SSH server
1022
TCP
TCP
UDP
UDP
UDP
TCP
Secure Insecure
Secure
Insecure
Mutually exclusive
SNMP
The Simple Network Manager Protocol (SNMP) is used by network management applications like the 5520 AMS, the 5529 Statistics and Data Collector, or the 5530 Network Analyser to manage the ISAM. Three versions of SNMP exist:
SNMPv3
The security mechanisms defined in SNMPv3 protect against threats such as masquerade, modification of information, message stream modification, and disclosure and provide. The SNMPv3 security mechanisms provide:
4-4
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
4 Management
SNMPv3 allows for three different security levels in that messages between agent and manager can be:
unauthenticated and unencrypted authenticated but unencrypted both authenticated and encrypted
Two security-related capabilities are defined in SNMPv3: 1 User-based Security Model (USM): The USM provides authentication and privacy (encryption) functions and operates at the message level. In addition, the USM includes a key management capability that provides for key localization and key updates. The USM is used to authenticate entities, and provides encryption services to secure communication between agents and managers. Each agent keeps track of the authorized user access via an internal table of user/secrets/access entries. Both authentication and encryption utilize symmetric keys, which can be generated from a password. Localization of the authentication, and encryption of keys by hashing the generated key with the ID of each agent entity is strongly recommended. 2 View-based Access Control Model (VACM): The VACM verifies whether a given user is allowed to access a particular MIB object and perform particular functions (MIB views: read, write or notify access). The VACM makes an access control decision on the basis of:
TL1
the principal asking for access the security model and security level used for communicating the request the context to which access is requested the type of access requested (read, write, notify) the actual object to which access is requested.
The ISAM supports Transaction Language 1 (TL1) as management interface. This cross-vendor, cross-technology man-machine language is supported over UDP, telnet and SSH. Please check the following documents for the full list and details of all the supported TL1 commands and events in the ISAM:
7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN Operations and Maintenance Using TL1 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN TL1 Commands and Messages Guide
The ISAM supports up to:
five parallel TL1 sessions, when using TL1 over telnet or SHH ten parallel sessions are possible when using UDP
In total, a maximum of ten TL1 parallel sessions are supported. When using TL1 scripts, it is recommended to strictly limit the number of active, parallel TL1 scripts to two. Anyway the TL1 response should be awaited before launching a new TL1 command to the ISAM.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT 4-5
4 Management
CLI
The ISAM supports a Command Line Interface (CLI) as management interface. This interface is primarily intended as a man-machine interface for the ISAM and is supported over telnet, SHH, and using the serial interface (Craft). Please check the following documents for the full list and details of all the supported CLI commands and events in the ISAM:
7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN Operations and Maintenance using CLI 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN CLI Command Guide
The ISAM supports up to ten parallel CLI sessions, be it over telnet or over SSH. There can only be 1 local Craft session.
xFTP
The ISAM supports 3 file transfer protocols: FTP, TFTP and SFTP. TFTP is the simplest of the 3 file transfer protocols, but lacks reliability and security capabilities. It runs on top of UDP and does not require any username-password combination. There is also no encryption of data. The ISAM supports both a TFTP client and server. In server mode, the ISAM can handle up to 14 TFTP sessions. FTP also lacks any encryption, but requires a username-password identification (anonymous access is not allowed) and runs on top of TCP/IP. The ISAM only supports an FTP client. SFTP has been introduced as part of the SSH implementation. When the ISAM acts as a SFTP client towards an external SFTP server, the ISAM uses an operator-configured username & password. The security settings like encryption, hashing and signature protocols can be configured by the operator via CLI or SNMPv3. The ISAM supports both a SFTP client and server. In server mode, the ISAM supports one SFTP session at a time. Also, in SFTP server mode, the user authentication coincides with the SSH authentication, that is, the same username/password or username/key-pair combinations apply. This means that once the operator has been configured for CLI or TL1 with a username/password or for SSH with a username/key pair, the same username can be used for setting up an SFTP session with the ISAM.
External xFTP servers
External (software download, backup/restore) xFTP servers can be configured in the ISAM. One and the same external server machine can be used as software download and backup/restore server, but they can be different machines as well. The servers might also be used in a redundant mode: if the first server cannot be reached, automatically the redundant one is tried. Multiple configurations are possible, depending on the situation and/or requirement of the customer.
4-6
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
4 Management
Only one account (name, password) can be defined in the ISAM per external server:
The xFTP protocol to be used for example for software download/backup/restore/ operations can be configured in the ISAM as a system-wide selection. That is, only one xFTP protocol can be selected at a time per ISAM. The selected xFTP protocol will be used for all applications requiring xFTP, independent of the used xFTP server or application. Note however that as an FTP server is not supported in the ISAM (see section below), selecting FTP as protocol still allows to use the TFTP or SFTP server. When SFTP is selected as protocol though, the TFTP server will be disabled in the ISAM. Likewise, when selecting TFTP as protocol, the SFTP server will be disabled in the ISAM.
xNTP
The ISAM system time can be set in two ways:
the system time can be retrieved from a time server using the Simple Network
Time Protocol (SNTP) the system time can be set manually by the operator
SNTP Client
Typically, the ISAM system time is retrieved using SNTP. Although the ISAM only supports an SNTP client, the ISAM can cope both with SNTP servers and with NTP servers, using the SNTP protocol in both cases. Up to one (S)NTP server can be configured in the ISAM, specifying:
The IP@ of the server The port to be used The polling rate
This data can be set using SNMP, CLI or TL1. Apart from defining the (S)NTP server, using SNTP must be explicitly enabled/disabled at operator request. The (S)NTP server will always provide the Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) time. No time zone or daylight savings settings are passed over the SNTP protocol.
Manual setting
The ISAM system time can also be set manually by the operator, using SNMP, CLI or TL1. Note however that if SNTP is enabled (see above), the set system time will be overwritten at the next SNTP poll by the UTC time.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4-7
4 Management
Using CLI or TL1 (not possible via SNMP), an operator can also specify a time zone offset in the ISAM, allowing the operator to mimic local time. This time zone offset:
Is taken into account once the ISAM system time is set for the first time, be it via
SNTP (at the first synchronization with the (S)NTP server), or manually (time set by the operator)
As long as the ISAM system time has not been set, the system time will remain fixed
to January 1, 1970
Is independent of the fact whether SNTP is enabled or not, that is, it will also be
applied when SNTP is disabled Has an allowed range of -780 to +780 minutes, with a default value of 0 minutes Is stored persistently The time zone offset is applied consistently for all applications in the ISAM, including SNMP, Syslog etc., i.e. the time applied by an application is always ISAM system time + time zone offset (note the default value being 0, even in case the operator did not specify any time zone offset value, the above statement still is correct).
Additional notes
Daylight savings can not be specified nor are applied automatically in the ISAM. ISAM management applications (5520 AMS, 5529 SDC, 5530 NA, ) typically
expect UTC timestamps from the managed nodes: the ISAM management application machine will typically apply a time zone and daylight savings correction on the timestamps received from the nodes, before displaying on the GUI, just like a with a PC. This also implies that if a time zone offset is set in the ISAM, different from 0, the timestamps on the GUI will be wrong as time corrections will be applied twice (once in the ISAM with the time zone offset and again on the management application itself). The ISAM management application typically will not take into account any time (zone) correction done in the node itself. Please check on the management applications for this aspect. The granularity of the ISAM time information, as provided by the ISAM applications exposing ISAM time information to external applications (Syslog, 5520 AMS, OSS, ), is seconds and has following format "yyyymmdd-hh:mm:ss".
SSH
Secure Shell (SSH) is a protocol that provides authentication, encryption, and data integrity to secure network communications. On top of this protocol, SSH implementations offer secure replacements for rsh, rlogin, rcp, ftp, and telnet, all of which transmit data over the network as clear text. In addition, it offers secure data-tunneling services for TCP/IP-based applications. SSH has a client-server architecture. The ISAM acts as the SSH server toward the manager; see Figure 4-3.
4-8
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
SSH CLI server appl ssh server - DB of client - Public keys or passwords
SFTP Client
InterPeak
SFTP Server
SFTP Client
SSH server
SSH client
System logging
System logging (SYSLOG) allows you to trace and audit system behavior related to operator and /or system activities. System log entries are issued by actions such as CLI and TL1 user logins, but also by alarms and video CDR records, for example. With system logging, you can do the following:
create up to 64 custom system logs that can be saved locally or to a remote server
location
create filters to determine which messages are sent to the system log files monitor system logs
You can configure system logs using CLI, TL1 or an EMS.
File sets
The system logging works with file sets consisting of 2 log files. The operator can:
Trigger the wrap-around from file1 to file2 in order to upload a stable file1.
Note The ISAM will also automatically copy file 1 to file 2 when
file 1 is full. Both actions (automatic by system / manual by operator) are performed independently of each other.
Assign a name to this file set Specify the maximum size of the file set
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4-9
4 Management
You can configure the following for each system log file:
all active TL1 and CLI terminals (all-users) all active CLI terminals (all-CLI) all active TL1 terminals (all-TL1) single active TL1 terminal (TL1-user) local file (file:name:size) remote host (udp:port:serv-ip-addr)
You can configure filters to define which messages get logged to which system log files, based on the message type; by default, all message types are logged to the system log files. Table 4-2 lists the possible message type and log severity parameters. You can select which messages are sent to specific system log files using filters and can group multiple message types.
4-10
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Log severity
EM AL CR ER WN NO IN DBG
Note Besides these message types, the alarms and the errors encountered in the system are also logged in the system log files.
The operator access to the log file is determined by the allowed priority (access control). Different users have different access rights to the system log file, that is, some users only have read priority, while other users with higher priority have read and write (=delete) priority. The local log files can only be retrieved via TFTP or SFTP. The removal of the files must be done via the management interface. The operator can access the log file only after successful authentication. The authentication is done via the transfer protocol:
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4-11
4 Management
You can monitor remote system logs dynamically on your CLI or TL1 terminal. Setting the destination server type for the system log file to all active CLI or all active TL1 terminals sends all messages to the active terminals that have a management session with the ISAM. When you are finished monitoring the system log, deactivate system logging for that server. You can view the static contents of a system log file that is saved to a remote server location using any text-based editor.
4.3
A dedicated management access model is applied. The secure variants of the used management channels are used. A secure operator authentication method is used Unused management interfaces are closed. The debug port for troubleshooting is closed.
Management interfaces
The following management interfaces can be secured (refer to Figure 4-2):
Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) and File Transfer Protocol (FTP):
Can be secured by way of Secured File Transfer Protocol (SFTP) Apart from xFTP, which is a system-wide, exclusive setting, the system allows both the secure and the insecure variant of a management interface to coexist, so that the operator is still able to contact the system in case the security setup would fail. Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) does not have a secure variant. It is configured to listen to a single SNTP server (for example the Element Management System). This configuration is done via one of the management interfaces listed above. Since the operator can secure these interfaces, the SNTP configuration can be secured.
4-12
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
4 Management Table 4-3 Supported SSH and SNMP Authentication and Encryption Schemes
Security protocol SSH, SFTP Encryption algorithm 3DES, blowfish, AES, DES-56 Authentication algorithm Hmac-sha-1, hmac-sha-1-96 Authentication mechanism Username/password(1) Username/public and private Key Combinations
Nothing Encryption only Authorization only Encryption and authorization Nothing Authorization only Encryption and authorization
SNMPv3
DES-56
Hmac-sha-1, hmac-md5
Note
(1)
Security configuration
The configuration of the initial security parameters and user names in the system is only possible via CLI. Only the operator with security administrator rights has the authorization to change the security configuration and to add or remove users. Once the secure channel has been setup, the SNMPv3 parameters can also be configured by way of the secured SNMPv3. For TL1 and CLI, the security configuration remains a privilege of the security administrator (concept known in both TL1 and CLI).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4-13
4 Management
4.4
Introduction
In most deployment models, the ISAM will use a specific management VLAN for management. Management access security in this case is guaranteed as follows:
Any management access to the ISAM via a VLAN which is not the management
VLAN is not possible. Such traffic will be dropped.
There is a clear separation between management traffic and user traffic. Management access is only possible via network ports. The aggregation and core
network should be designed in such a way that non-authorized users cannot get access to the management VLAN on the network port. The management access policy will always be a combination of access checks on different layers:
Layer 1: specific serial connector (for example, CRAFT cable) Layer 2: a dedicated management VLAN. Layer 3: specific IP ACLs (checks on traffic received via ingress ports) Layer 4 - 7: authentication on protocol level
Using SSH: user password or private public key Using Telnet: user password Using UDP: user password
The ISAM can support different management models to secure the access to the management plane depending on the system configuration:
4-14
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
ACL
IACM
Management IP stack
default-route 10.177.127.254
Phy
External management VLAN 4093
iBridge VLAN 23
NT ISAM
LT
Access Control List (ACL)-based filtering on the ingress ports is possible. The filtering can be on source IP address/mask and destination port number/range. This allows to protect management against DOS attacks
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4-15
AMS FIB
IP_A1/32 ... IP_B1;next-hop=IP_B2
IP_C2
VRF
IP_A1
IP_A2
IP Edge 1 FIB
Subnet B Subnet C IP_A1/32 IP_A2/32 ... IP_B1; dir attached IP_C1; dir attached IP_C1;next-hop=IP_C2 IP_C1;next-hop=IP_C3
IP_C2
VRF
IP_C3 VRF
IP_A4
Reusing the same IP subnet on all IP edge routers simplifies their configuration on the ISAM side. Of course it is required that the IP edge router does not advertise this shared IP subnet to the network. In order to save addressing space, the loopback IP address is configured as a /32 subnet mask.
Figure 4-6 Management via the IP loopback address
Management traffic User traffic
IACM
Management IP stack
Phy
Unnumbered interface
iBridge VLAN 23
NT ISAM
LT
4-16
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
4 Management
Layer 2 + Layer 3 combined: A specific external management VLAN ACL rules which limited the access to the management loopback IP address to this
external management VLAN
Optional ACL rules which limits the access to specific management stations
identified by IP address
4.5
7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN Operations and Maintenance Using CLI for FD
24Gbps NT
7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN TL1 Commands and Messages for FD 24Gbps NT
4.6
Alarm management
Alarm management enables you to manage alarm reporting for the ISAM. You can manage the following alarm attributes and alarm reporting functions for all basic system alarms, interface related alarms, derived alarms, and Threshold Crossing Alarm (TCA) alarm indications:
alarm category and definition (fixed per release) alarm severity (intermediate, warning, minor, major, and critical) alarm is service affecting (yes, no) alarm must be reported (yes, no) alarm must be logged (yes, no) alarm lists and logs severity thresholds, that is, the minimum severity of an alarm in order to be logged or reported in the alarm snapshot and the alarm-changed trap) alarm filters: affect the way in which the ISAM reports its own alarms, as well as the alarms from connected remote expansion units. See the 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN CLI Commands for FD 24Gbps NT and the 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN TL1 Commands and Messages for FD 24Gbps NT documents for alarm management command definitions.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4-17
4 Management
non-interface related alarms: these alarms include basic system alarms such as
equipment failure alarms.
interface related alarms: these alarms involve ATM and xDSL interfaces. derived alarms: these alarms are raised in the system when programmed temporal
or spatial alarm filters are used (that is, alarms generated when the conditions set in an alarm filter are met). See section Programmable alarm filters for more information about programmable alarm filters and derived alarms. TCA alarms: these alarms are generated when a Performance Monitoring (PM) counter crosses a defined threshold value. Alarms use the same definition method that consists of two main parts:
the alarm type, which provides a general definition of the type of alarm; for
example, an xDSL alarm. the alarm number, which identifies a specific alarm within that type; for example, a near-end LOS alarm You can view alarm types and definitions as they are recorded in alarm lists and logs using the TL1, CLI or an EMS like the 5520 AMS. See the 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN Operation and Maintenance Using CLI for FD 24Gbps NT document for a complete listing of all alarms, along with their definitions. Alarm definitions are not user configurable.
Alarm severity
Managed alarms are assigned a default minimum alarm severity level. There are five alarm severity levels listed in ascending order of severity:
When the severity level of an alarm equals or exceeds the (system-wide) minimum severity level, that particular alarm is forwarded to the alarm reporting and logging filters where it is reported and logged as defined for that particular alarm. For TCA alarms, when the TCA feature is enabled for an xDSL subscriber line, alarm indications are always sent to the alarm reporting and logging filters. Whenever a minor, major, or critical alarm is received, the corresponding alarm LED on the faceplate of the alarm control unit installed in the shelf is activated. You can configure the (system-wide) minimum alarm severity level and the individual severity level of an alarm using the CLI or an EMS. See the 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN CLI Commands for FD 24Gbps NT for alarm management command definitions. Changing the severity level for an alarm only affects new alarm events and does not affect alarm indications that have already passed through the alarm reporting and logging filters.
4-18
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
4 Management
current alarm list snapshot alarm list alarm severity delta logging list
The current alarm list and the snapshot alarm list display only the currently active alarms. When the alarm reporting mode is enabled, alarm indications are sent to the current alarm list. The alarm severity delta logging list is a log (one for each alarm severity) of alarm indications that can be accessed at any time and contains a historic record of alarm events (start and end of active alarm). Only alarms that have their alarm logging mode enabled appear on these alarm severity delta lists.
continuous wrap entries, where newer entries overwrite the oldest ones. An flag
is set to indicate that there was a wrap-around
halt alarm logging when the logging list is full. In this case, alarm logging
resumes only after the alarm logging list is manually reset by the operator. Resetting an alarm severity delta logging list empties the contents of that list. This step is required before reducing the size of a logging list and when resuming alarm logging after the logging has been halted as the logging list was full.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4-19
4 Management
Alarm filters
There are three types of filters:
alarm logging filter: determines if the alarm indication should be processed and
recorded in one of the five alarm severity delta logging lists.
alarm reporting filter: determines if the alarm indication should be processed for
a current view or snapshot list. programmable alarm filters: enable you to customize how alarm reporting occurs for specific diagnostic and monitoring scenarios. Alarm filtering applies to both non-interface related alarms, such as equipment failure alarms, and to interface related alarms, such as ATM and xDSL interfaces. It is possible to enable and disable alarm filtering for individual alarms.
Using temporal alarm filters, you can limit the number of alarm state changes that are reported for a particular alarm. For alarms that are frequently raised, you can create a temporal alarm filter that will report only one alarm state change for a set number of state changes that occur over a specified length of time. You can configure the threshold for the number of state changes, and the time period of the filtering window. Since temporal alarm filters are severity based, only alarm indications that equal or exceed the alarm severity level are counted. In other words, it makes no sense to configure a temporal alarm filter on an alarm that has a severity below the global alarm severity level. A derived alarm is raised in the ISAM when the number of alarm events reaches the set threshold during the filtering window time period. Figure 4-7 shows how a temporal alarm filter raises a derived alarm after the configured threshold is reached. In this example, the threshold is set to three. When three alarm conditions occur during the configured alarm filter time period, a derived alarm is raised.
4-20
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Time
Alarm ON
Alarm ON
Alarm OFF
Alarm OFF
CONFIGURED ALARM FILTER TIME PERIOD 1 2 3 Derived alarm ON Derived alarm OFF
The derived alarm condition remains on until the end of the filtering window and is cleared at the end of each filtering window time period. Temporal alarm filters are useful for TCA alarms that can be raised frequently. Using temporal alarm filters, you can filter out minor TCA alarm indications and provide better visibility of major TCA alarm conditions. Using spatial alarm filters, you can create a unique alarm condition such that when a specified group of individual alarms are raised, a derived alarm is reported. This is used to identify alarm conditions that are characterized by a certain set of alarm conditions occurring simultaneously. Say, for example, that 100 objects in the system can experience the same alarm condition. A spatial alarm can be configured on top of the basic alarm. The spatial alarm is generated (that is, derived alarm ON condition) at the moment that a predefined number of these objects are in alarm (that is, basic alarm ON condition). Identification of alarm filters and derived alarms consists of two main parts: a type identifier and a number. Temporal and spatial alarm filters have a unique filter type identifier. Derived alarms have a unique alarm type identifier. The number used in the identification of derived alarms matches the number assigned to the alarm filter that generates the derived alarm. Additionally, each derived alarm entry recorded in alarm reporting and logging lists contains the identification of the affected component. In the case of an interface related derived alarm, the identification of the affected interface is provided. The state change of a derived alarm must pass through the alarm reporting and logging filters before being added to the alarm reporting lists (current and snapshot alarm lists) and the alarm severity delta logging lists respectively. A derived alarm that is generated from a temporal filter is identified as an interface-related alarm if the basic alarm, referenced by the filter, is also an interface-related alarm. The derived alarms generated from spatial alarm filters are always identified as non-interface-related alarms.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4-21
4 Management
You can activate and deactivate alarm filters after they are created using TL1 and/or an EMS like the 5520 AMS. When you create a temporal or spatial alarm filter, the ISAM automatically copies the parameter settings of the basic alarm to which the alarm filter applies, and uses those parameter settings as default settings for the derived alarm. The settings include:
alarm category severity level service affecting or non-service affecting reporting mode logging mode
You can change these settings for the derived alarm, but not if the alarm filter is active. You must first deactivate the alarm filter. After the filter is deactivated, you can configure the filtering threshold, filtering window, and the alarm to which the filter applies. Once configured, you must manually reactivate the alarm filter.
Alarm reporting
Alarm reporting of the basic and derived alarms occurs differently, depending on whether or not alarm filters are configured for the basic alarm. If no alarm filters are configured for the basic alarm, then alarm state changes of the basic alarm are always reported to the appropriate alarm reporting and logging lists when the alarm conditions are met. If a temporal alarm filter is configured for a basic alarm, only state changes of the derived alarm are recorded in the appropriate alarm reporting and logging lists during the time period when the derived alarm is on. During the off period, state changes of the basic alarm are recorded in the appropriate alarm reporting and logging lists. With spatial alarm filters, both the derived alarm state changes and the basic alarm state changes are recorded in the appropriate alarm reporting and logging lists.
4.7
4-22
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
4 Management
Each package also consists of a set of system databases, more in particular the SHub database, the IACM database and the xVPS databases (one physical database per xVPS pair). From an operational point of view, if not mentioned otherwise explicitly, the actions (backup, restore, migrate) will be executed on the set as a whole, not on an individual database of the set.
Note that migrations and software upgrades do not have to be between consecutive software releases/streams: the necessary functionality has been provided to be able to 'skip' intermediate upgrade/migration steps. While no point for software upgrades, this is less evident for migrations. Also, in case of a failure to upgrade, the ISAM will automatically switch back to the old software and database package and resume services.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4-23
4 Management
dm_complete<something>.tar
This is a backup of the complete ISAM database, -including- all management data, like the IP address, the SNMP community strings and so on, required to make remote management of the ISAM possible dm<something>.tar This is the same as the 'dm_complete.tar' kind of file, but -without- all management data Typically only the 'dm.tar' kind of file is restored as otherwise the management data, required to have remote management of the ISAM, would be overwritten as well. The <something> can be any text suitable for a file name, and, in case of automatic backup enabled, this specifies the system IP address and the timestamp of creation. The configuration data of the ISAM is autonomously saved to the ISAM database on the NT CF at different criteria:
IACM: the database changes are cached in the system and autonomously saved
to the CF
Every 30 seconds, and/or Whenever the cache of 5K is full (corresponds to 22 database updates), and/or On request of an IACM application e.g. to safeguard some critical data (software
steered), and/or
As part of an ISAM database backup request xVPS: the database changes are autonomously saved to CF Every 10 minutes if the xVPS configuration has changed indeed and the last xVPS SHub: the database changes are autonomously saved to CF Every 10 minutes if the SHub configuration has changed indeed and the last SHUB
configuration change is at least 1 minute ago, and/or configuration change is at least 1 minute ago, and/or As part of an ISAM database backup request
Active load
And last but not least, the release name of the current active ISAM software package (e.g. R3.6.01) can be consulted via SNMP, TL1 and CLI.
4-24
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
4 Management
4.8
Equipment monitoring
NT CPU load
The average NT CPU load can be monitored using CLI, TL1 and/or an Element Management System. For SHub-based systems, both the IACM and SHub CPU loads are monitored. The CPU load is expressed as a percentage, ranging from 0% (no load at all) to 100% (full load), and represents the average CPU load over the monitored period. The monitoring is to be started and stopped explicitly at operator request. By default (at ISAM start-up), the monitoring is not active. Once started at operator request, the monitoring of the CPU load continues until the operator explicitly stops the monitoring.
NT memory usage
The actual NT memory usage can be polled using CLI, TL1 and/or an Element Management System. For SHub-based systems, both the actual memory usage of the SHub and IACM is counted. Both the absolute value (expressed in Mbytes) as well as the relative value (used percentage of the total available memory) is returned: always the actual values as of the moment of the request are returned.
actual temperature low threshold temperature for TCA (T0_low) high threshold temperature for TCA (T0_high) low threshold temperature for shutdown (T1_low) high threshold temperature for shutdown (T1_high)
Only read access is provided for these parameters and none of the threshold temperature parameters can be changed by the operator. They are fine-tuned by Alcatel-Lucent in function of the actual board type and board variant. The thermal sensor data as specified above can be retrieved via CLI, TL1 and/or using an Element Management System, and are always the actual values as measured at the moment of the request.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
4-25
4 Management
4.9
4-26
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
5.1 Overview
5.7 Link Related Ethernet OAM 5.8 Narrowband Line Testing 5.9 SFP diagnostics 5-14
5-10 5-12
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5-1
5.1
Overview
This chapter describes the various line testing features within the ISAM and ISAM Voice. All line testing capabilities provide a means to execute pro-active and/or re-active measurements to diagnose (potential) issues with the deployed equipment. As such they can:
bring OPEX savings such as the ability to save on buying external test equipment,
avoiding truck rolls increase customer satisfaction due to decreased service degradations or interrupts. The line testing capabilities depend upon the type of interface. For an overview of the different types of interfaces (both for ISAM and ISAM Voice), see chapter System interface overview. ISAM and ISAM Voice support testing for Ethernet network and subtending interfaces. The ISAM supports various types of DSL interfaces (ATM or PTM mode) at the subscriber side, as well as Ethernet interfaces. The ISAM Voice supports POTS and ISDN lines at the subscriber side. The ISAM and ISAM Voice support line testing capabilities on all these types of interfaces. But before considering the line test capabilities of these lines, we have to consider the nature of DSL versus POTS and ISDN. DSL is a transmission technology that works in overlay with POTS or ISDN lines:
narrowband is used for the POTS or ISDN signals broadband is used for the DSL signal.
Both narrowband and broadband signals can be transported simultaneously on one physical line and a splitter technology is used to multiplex or split these signals. The part of the ISAM processing broadband is named the DSL line. The part of the ISAM Voice processing narrowband is named the POTS line or the ISDN line. Therefore, although a DSL line and a POTS or ISDN line are distinct lines from the perspective of the ISAM or the ISAM Voice, they can correspond to one physical line. Therefore, some tests will test the DSL line (broadband), other tests will test the POTS or ISDN line (narrowband), but some tests will affect both. The splitter technology can be integrated or can be outside of the ISAM or the ISAM Voice (refer to the 7302 ISAM Product Information or the 7330 ISAM FTTN Product Information). If integrated, this technology is supported by dedicated boards (appliques) that are managed from the ISAM. The splitter boards work in conjunction with the DSL LT boards. The physical lines, carrying both broadband and narrowband, are identified with the same identifier as the DSL line. The overview of the line testing features:
tests for the physical subscriber line: Metallic Test Access (MTA)
5-2 November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
tests for a DSL line: MTA Single-Ended Line Test (SELT) Dual-Ended Line Test (DELT) the DSL line can be of ATM or of PTM mode: For DSL lines of ATM mode: ATM F5 For DSL lines of PTM mode: Link related Ethernet OAM tests for a POTS or ISDN line: MTA Narrowband Line testing tests for an Ethernet subscriber line: Link related Ethernet OAM tests for an Ethernet network or subtending interface: SFP diagnostics
Note that MTA appears on the list of test capabilities for the physical line, the DSL line, and for the POTS/ISDN line. This reflects that some MTA tests are for broadband, some for narrowband, some are outward toward the subscriber line, and some are inward to the MODEM/SLIC.
Figure 5-1 Position line testing capabilities for DSL - POTS/ISDN lines
Relays
Subscriber line
DSL LT
(SELT, DELT)
Modem
DSL line
LPF
Towards PSTN or ISAM Voice
Voice LT
SLIC
(Narrowband line testing) POTS/ISDN line
Relays
Voice applique
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5-3
5.2
MTA relies on a non-integrated Remote Test Unit (RTU) that is connected to the
ISAM or ISAM Voice.
the narrowband line can be tested outward from the Voice applique, in which case
it is managed as a test of the POTS line. Although the MTA technology applies in principle to POTS and ISDN, it must be noted that it is supported only for POTS. the narrowband line can be tested outward from the splitter board (DSL applique) that is associated with a DSL LT board, in which case it is managed as a test of the DSL line. In this way the MTA technology is supported for POTS and for ISDN lines. It is also possible to equip collocated expansion shelves with MTA-capable appliques and to connect them to the host shelf with a cable, to support the same tests from the RTU connected to the host shelf. Some tests can be executed during turn-up of a subscriber line, for example, the operator can test the line to verify whether it is suited to carry the promised xDSL service. After the service has been established, the operator can also perform a variety of tests during routine or diagnostic tests. Testing using MTA can be either single-ended or dual-ended.
5-4
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Released mode: releases all test connections and frees all TAP resources. Loop around mode: characterizes the TAP so that its influence can be deducted
from the parameters measured during the split access mode. Split access mode: provides a breaking connection that allows the test system testing outwards toward the line and testing inward towards the LT equipment.
Note Only full MTA requires all the test access modes.
Loop around
Line
Split access
The two following access modes are partial implementations of the split-access mode and are called limited test access:
Limited outward access mode: provides a breaking connection that allows testing
outward toward the line. The Low Pass Filter (LPF) and the line to the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) remain connected to the line. This limits the number of measurements that the test system is capable of. Undisturbed outward access mode: provides a breaking connection that allows testing outward toward the line. The LPF and the line to the PSTN are either not present or they have been removed from the line. This ensures that the measurements are not disturbed by the presence of the LPF or the DC battery voltage that is put on the line. Figure 5-3 shows the partial implementations of split-access mode.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5-5
x-TU-C Equipment pair DSLAM LPF PSTN Equipment pair DSLAM LPF
x-TU-C
PSTN
The 7330 ISAM FTTN shelf supports MTA through an MTAU function
implemented by the test access board (or NTIO board with MTA function), in conjunction with the multi-ADSL and POTS splitter appliques. All units must be present in their respective shelf for the MTAU function to operate. Using this MTAU function, a test head or RTU can use a single TAP on the test access board to get metallic access to any subscriber line connected to the 7330 ISAM FTTN. The 7330 ISAM FTTN shelf uses an RJ-45 MTA connector on the test access board as the TAP for the test in and test out signals between the testhead and the shelf. The 7330 ISAM FTTN shelf uses these boards to provide a relay-based matrix to connect the test in and test out signals with the backplane for connection to the appropriate applique installed in the shelf. The 7330 ISAM FTTN shelf supports MTA on the multi-ADSL and POTS splitter appliques. On-board relays are used to connect the test in and test out signals to the appropriate connected subscriber line.
Note 1 The MTA test bus may be interconnected / daisy chained
Test Operating System must insure that only one port in this daisy chain configuration is enabled at any one time
5-6
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
5.3
SELT can be performed from the DSL LT board without need for support by the CPE or for a craftsman to be present at the customer premises. SELT is based on Frequency Domain Reflectometry (FDR). An excitation signal is sent on the line and its echo response is analyzed. Processing of the echo response is done in the 5530 NA. The polarity and position of the reflections indicate the loop length, attenuation, presence of a gauge wire change, and an open, short, or bridged tap and its distance from the DSL LT board of the line under test. SELT provides a line test tool built inside the xDSL modem to measure the loop characteristics between the U-C and the U-R interface and allows for:
detection and location of metallic faults (open/short). detection, location and length of bridge taps. noise measurement and detection of interferences. measurement of the line attenuation. estimation of the maximum achievable bit rate. estimation of the line length.
The operator can check the presence and quality of, for example, a wire termination Main Distribution Frame (MDF) or SAI / DFI (Service Area / Feeder Distribution Interface). This feature can be of help in situations where this interconnection is being provisioned by a third party.
SELT support
SELT measurements are supported on the following boards:
SELT measurements
The following SELT measurements and tests are supported:
5.4
DELT support
DELT measurements are supported on the following boards:
actual operational mode operational mode capabilities (ATU-C/ATU-R) SNR margin (US/DS) loop attenuation (US/DS) signal attenuation (US/DS) aggregate output power (US/DS) actual PSD (US/DS) attainable bit rate (US/DS) modem identification parameter: ATU-R ModemVendorID carrier-related data: Hlog (US/DS), Hlin (US/DS), QLN PSD (US/DS), SNR (US/DS)
5-8
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
5.5
MELT is performed from the DSL LT board without need for support by the CPE or for a craftsman to be present at the customer premises. The MELT functionality is based on the technology for the narrowband POTS subscriber lines. MELT provides a line test tool built inside the ISAM to measure the loop characteristics between the U-C and the U-R interface and allows for:
detection and location of metallic faults (open/short/bad contacts) detection of cable degradation (e.g. due to cable moisture) detection of external voltages line pair identification detection of signature topologies
The MELT function also allows providing wetting current to dry DSL lines.
MELT support
MELT measurements are supported on the following boards:
Foreign voltage (AC/DC): measures foreign voltage of a/Earth, b/Earth, and a/b Capacitance: measures capacitance of a/Earth, b/Earth, and a/b Insulating resistance: measures insulating resistance of a/Earth, b/Earth, and a/b Termination detection: detects whether a termination circuit connects to the line Pair identification tone generation
5.6
ATM F5
On ATM based DSL interfaces it is possible to use ATM F5 loopback. The following functionality, as is specified in ITU-T I.610, is supported:
active: the operator asks for a loopback test passive: the CPE triggers a loopback test and the ISAM responds
5.7
Introduction
Link-Related Ethernet OAM (IEEE 802.3 clause 57 standard) enables network operators to monitor the health of the network and quickly determine the location of failing links or fault conditions. The feature allows remote side information to be retrieved for a link connected with a node for which SNMP may not be available as default. The feature does not include functions such as station management, bandwidth allocation or provisioning functions, which are considered outside the scope of this standard. Figure 5-4 shows a typical Link Related Ethernet OAM configuration.
Figure 5-4 Typical Link Related Ethernet OAM Configuration
7302 ISAM or 7330 FTTN CPE IEEE802.3 clause 57 (Link Ethernet OAM)
General description
Link-Related Ethernet OAM information is conveyed in Slow Protocol frames called OAM Protocol Data Units (PDUs). Link-Related Ethernet OAM PDUs contain the appropriate control and status information used to monitor, test, and troubleshoot OAM-enabled links. Link-Related Ethernet OAM PDUs traverse a single link, and as such, are not forwarded by MAC clients (for example, bridges or switches).
5-10
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Link-Related Ethernet OAM provides a mechanism, called discovery, to detect the presence of an OAM sub layer at the remote DTE. During the Discovery process, the NE and the CPE exchange their respective configuration information and evaluate the remote information to determine compatibility. The decision for accepting remote configuration is based on the remote system OAM mode, version, maximum PDU size, Parser Action, Multiplexer Action, and functions supported information. If these parameters are accepted, the discovery will complete and-Link Related Ethernet OAM will be operational. Otherwise, the remote configuration is rejected and requires operator intervention to rectify the conflicting parameters. Link-Related Ethernet OAM has provision to retrieve one or more MIB variables, also referred to as attributes, from the CPE. The operator can retrieve MAC layer counters and PME counters from the CPE after successful completion of discovery. Link Related Ethernet OAM is supported on most of the EFM, EFM Bonding and Native Ethernet LT boards and some of the compatible CPEs.
The first phase of Link Related Ethernet OAM is discovery. This phase is started when the operator enables the Link Related Ethernet OAM feature. Discovery has 3 main functions:
provide a mechanism to detect the presence of an OAM sub layer identify the devices in the network, along with OAM capabilities setup of the OAM link
During this discovery procedure the ISAM always negotiates to become the active DTE. The ISAM never accepts to become the passive DTE. The ISAM never accepts the peer DTE to become active (the standard allows both sides to be active).
Link monitoring
The standard defines link monitoring tools for detecting and indicating link faults under a variety of circumstances. Both Event Notification and Variable Retrieve are part of link monitoring. 1 Link monitoring uses the Event Notification OAM PDU, and sends events to the peer OAM entity when the number of problems detected on the link crosses a threshold. The manager can initiate a Variable Request to retrieve data about the link from the peer side. This capability allows emulating a non-intrusive loopback. It behaves like a L2 ping as each Variable Request shall be replied with a Variable Response.
The ISAM does not support Event notifications: it does not generate Event Notifications and ignores received Event Notifications.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5-11
The ISAM allows the manager to initiate a Variable Request to retrieve remote CPE data to know the current link status. It support to retrieve:
Physical Medium Entity (PME) data PME Aggregation Function (PAF) data
By forcing the peer side to be in passive mode, the ISAM does not support the peer side to retrieve data from the ISAM through Variable Requests / Responses.
Remote failure indication
A set of flags in the header of any OAM PDU allows an OAM entity to convey severe error conditions to its peer. The ISAM does not report critical events to the peer side, and does not report the reception of critical events from the peer side to the operator.
Remote Loopback
Link-Related Ethernet OAM provides an optional data link layer frame-level loopback mode, which is controlled remotely. This means: one side forces the peer side to go in a loop mode and to send back the received frames. The ISAM does not support a method to force a loop at the peer side. By nature by forcing the peer side to be in passive mode, the ISAM does not support to be forced in loop mode by the peer side.
5.8
5-12
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
The following test can be performed with the narrowband line testing feature:
Group test:
Foreign voltage (AC/DC): measures foreign voltage between wires. Capacitance: measures capacitance between wires. Insulating resistance: measures insulating resistance between wires. Impedance: measures the impedance between wires. Termination (M Socket detection): detects whether a phone, or just a resistance connects the line. Feeding voltage: measures voltage over wires in open circuit and verifies that the voltage remains within thresholds. Feeding current: connects a resistor, loading the wires and measuring the current in limiting mode. Noise level: detects abnormal noise level, for example, crosstalk
This test consists of a combination of the predefined electrical measurements requested by the OS in previous electrical measurement tests. The test combines voltage, capacitance and insulating resistance measurements.
AC foreign voltage: a/Earth, b/Earth, and a/b DC foreign voltage: a/Earth, b/Earth, and a/b capacitance: a/Earth, b/Earth, and a/b insulation resistance: a/Earth, b/Earth, a/b, and b/a
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
5-13
5.9
SFP diagnostics
SFP diagnostics are used to terminate network, subtending, inter-shelf, or line board Ethernet interfaces. When isolating a data path problem, for example, fiber degradation, the operator can use the management interface to retrieve the instantaneous received optical power level and transmitted optical power level from an SFP.
5-14
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
6.1 Introduction
6.2 ISAM clock system and NTR extraction 6.3 Downstream NTR clock distribution 6.4 Applicable standards 6-16
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6-1
6.1
Introduction
Scope
This chapter describes the different clock systems and Network Timing Reference (NTR) capabilities of the ISAM. A specific ISAM board will not support all of these capabilities. To know which of these functions are supported on a specific ISAM board, refer to the Product Information document and/or the Unit Data Sheet (UDS) of that board. Contrary to most of the other chapters in this system description, this section is not focused on only the 24Gbps NT family, or, only the 100Gbps/320Gbps NT family, since both families will be covered in this chapter. If an NTR function is supported or not is board-dependent, and less family-dependent. Example: SyncE is supported on some board variants in the 100Gbps/320Gbps NT family. And while SyncE is not supported on most boards in the 24Gbps NT family, it is supported on NRNT-A (that is, the NT board for Standalone REM). A summary of NTR capabilities of the most advanced board variants in each family is given in Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2. In many cases, less advanced board variants with less or no NTR capabilities are available, and this for deployments where these features are not needed. The following section clarifies at a high level when such features are needed or not.
6-2
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Required on NT External NTR source: not required Local Clock Accuracy: 4.6 ppm is required
Required on LT All voice LTs are suited, i.e. no specific clock requirements on LT. All voice LTs are suited, i.e. no specific clock requirements on LT. NT or NTIO output can be used, and then no requirements on LT. Alternatively, SyncE output on an Ethernet LT. All LTs are suited, i.e. no specific clock requirements on LT.
Long fax or modem calls via POTS line NTR distribution from network node to network node (for example, to other DSLAMs)
External NTR source: SyncE In or BITS In NTR Out: SyncE Out or BITS Out
External NTR source: not required Local Clock Accuracy: low (32 or 50 ppm is sufficient)
DSL LTs: NTR on VDSL2 or SHDSL (Note: NTR on ADSL is not supported on DSL-LTs) Ethernet LTs: SyncE out GPON LTs: no specific clock requirements on LT (Note: ONT with BITS out or SyncE out needed)
Not supported. Note: Phase synchronization or ToD is only required for some mobile applications, and even then in most cases an alternative option exist which does not require these features. Alternative solution: Provide Mobile Backhaul data offload only, with phase sync or ToD via a different channel (for example, GPS receiver)
Not supported.
Packet-based Business applications Business applications with NTR requirements (for example, TDM leased lines)
External NTR source: not required Local Clock Accuracy: low (32 or 50 ppm is sufficient) External NTR source: SyncE In or BITS In
DSL LTs: NTR over SHDSL or VDSL2 Ethernet LTs: SyncE out GPON LT: no specific clock requirements on LT
(2 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6-3
Only some applications such as Full Mobile Backhaul (with frequency synchronization) and some Business Applications (for example, TDM leased lines) will require NTR support (see Table 6-1). This then means that NT boards are required which either support BITS inputs or SyncE inputs, and LT boards supporting NTR over DSL in case of SHDSL or VDSL2, and SyncE out on Ethernet lines. For GPON LTs, there are no specific requirements, since the framing of GPON has inherent sufficient high clock quality (assuming the appropriate NT is used). But, an ONT needs to be selected with an NTR output (for example, SyncE on an Ethernet output port, or a BITS out). For NTR in mobile applications, and especially in mobile backhaul, frequency synchronization has always been sufficient in the past, and phase synchronization or ToD was not required. With new mobile generations (for example, LTE) also the latter requirements may appear. However, in general, different options exist in the new mobile standards, and only some of these options (for example, TDD technology) require ToD, while mostly alternative options (for example, FDD) exist which do not require this. So, it depends very much on the selected technology which will be used in a mobile network of a particular operator, if phase synchronization or ToD will be possibly required there. And even if the latter is the case, the ISAM is then still capable to transport the mobile data, if the phase synchronization or ToD timing signal is transported in parallel via an alternative way (for example, via GPS). To know which NT boards and LT boards in the ISAM portfolio support the specific NTR requirements for a certain application (according to for example, Table 6-1), one needs to consult the Product Information document and/or the UDS of that board. The ISAM NTR features support a very wide range of applications. On the market still other clock solutions are available, which in most cases are just alternatives, that is, they just support the same applications in a different way. In some cases, they may be transparent to the ISAM, and could therefore also be used. Such an example is Adaptive Clock Recovery (ACR). ACR requires larger buffers and a better local oscillator in the end-receiver, and will therefore be more expensive. An investment in a bit more expensive ISAM NT board with SyncE or BITS support will then probably be better than having to deploy a more expensive receiver with ACR at every end-user. Secondly, the larger buffers needed for ACR increase the end-to-end delay, so echo-cancellation may be required for interactive services (for example, voice or video calls).
6-4
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
6 Network timing reference support in ISAM Figure 6-1 Overview of possible NTR support on some LTs and some NTs in the 24Gbps NT ISAM family
8 kHz kHz NRNT -A
backplane backplane
NTR DSL
8 kHz kHz
backplane backplane
POTS/ISDN
Eth
8 kHz backplane
8 kHz kHz
backplane backplane
BITS G.703
NTIO
NT
DSL LT
POTS/ISDN
Voice
POTS/ISDN
SEM/Distributed REM
NTIO
Hub ISAM
Eth
8 kHz backplane
G.703
NT
BITS
Voice
DSL LT
GPON DSL LT Eth
NT
backplane
POTS/ISDN
Outdoor ISAM
Note To know which NT boards and which LT boards support the required synchronization functions, refer to the Product Information document and/or the Unit Data Sheet (UDS) of that board.
Figure 6-2 Overview of possible NTR support on some LT's and some NT's in the 100G/320G NT ISAM family
BITS G.703 8 kHz backplane 8 kHz backplane
GPON
GPON PHY GPON Sync Eth GE PHY NTR DSL 8 kHz backplane 8 kHz backplane
DSL LT
NTIO
Voice
DSL LT
NT
CTRL
NTR DSL
Eth
POTS/ISDN
Voice
SEM/Distributed REM 8 kHz backplane GPON PHY GPON Sync Eth GE PHY NTR DSL
NTIO
Sync Eth GE PHY Hub ISAM Sync Eth GE PHY Optional GE network
NT
NT
Voice
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
NT
6-5
Although not shown in these figures, it is obvious that also deployments are possible with a mix of nodes from both figures. For example, a standalone REM connected via SyncE to an Ethernet output on an Hub ISAM with NT from the 100Gbps/320Gbps family.
6.2
RJ45-a RJ45-b SFP-1 SFP-n XFP-1 XFP-m HW design of specific card RJ45-a RJ45-b SFP-f SFP-g XFP-r ... XFP-s
T U
The operator needs to configure which of these ports are valid inputs for NTR in his network deployment. Maximum 2 ports can be configured for this (T and U in Figure 6-3). The ISAM clock subsystem will then dynamically select one of these 2 ports as NTR reference, according to the actual quality of the NTR signals on these ports, configured priority of these ports, and so on, according to the ITU Rec G.871 section 5.6 criteria and selection algorithm.
6-6
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6-7
6 Network timing reference support in ISAM Figure 6-4 ISAM configuration for NTR provisioning with single NT.
Active NT Front plate 1 GE Ethernet Sync Eth out 1 / 10 GE Sync Eth in Sync Eth out
SFP SFP
LT 1
P
SFP SFP+
LT 18
Sync Eth out
NTIO Front plate 1 GE Sync Eth in Sync Eth out T3 : BITS /SSU 1 in
SFP SFP
1 GE NTIO
Loc Osc
10 GE NTIO
NTIO Front plate 10 GE Sync Eth in Sync Eth out
XFP
XFP
Single NT
The 8 kHz NTR signal generated by the internal system NTR clock is distributed to the subscriber interface logic on the LT boards. Up to two ports can be configured as valid external NTR input ports (see High level description of the external port selection for NTR). One will be the reference, and the other one is for protection (see Clock protection: Overview). If all available external NTR clock sources fail, then this clock will switch to Hold-over mode, if locking to the external NTR clock source was completed at the time of failure. In case no valid external NTR clock source is connected during system start-up, the internal NTR clock will remain in free-running mode, that is, it will adapt to the output frequency of its local oscillator.
6-8
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
6 Network timing reference support in ISAM Figure 6-5 States and state transitions for the internal NTR clock
AUTONOMOUS MODE
Holdover mode
- freeze holdover memory - lock clock to holdover memory
No valid reference nor memory available
Free-run mode
- rest holdover memory - free-run clock
Valid reference available No valid reference nor memory available
Locked mode
- update holdover memory - lock clock to selected reference
Loss of Signal A signal frequency that falls outside the capture range of the internal system NTR
clock
BITS input redundancy always requires 2 NT boards, since maximum one BITS
input interface is available on NT boards. If the reference BITS input fails, then the BITS input on the other NT will be used as NTR, even if this other NT board is in standby mode. The ISAM is in general HW-ready to support this type of BITS input redundancy, but up to this release, SW support for this has been implemented on NANT-A only. BITS input redundancy is not supported on other NTs, but this will be planned in a future release. SyncE source redundancy is supported with all input ports either on one NT board, or on one NT board and NTIO board. Furthermore, also any mix is supported when both inputs are on the same NT, or on one NT and NTIO. Example, BITS as the
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT 6-9
reference for NTR, while SyncE as NTR source protection. However, such combinations are expected to be less common in the field, since either the long-existing BITS on the PDH/SDH network is used, or else this network has been completely outphased and the network has moved fully to metro Ethernet aggregation and uses SyncE.
In case SSU / BITS is applied, a valid signal has to be provided to both NT board
front plates. This will guarantee that the system NTR clock on the stand-by NT board can be synchronized to the network in case the active NT board HW fails or is removed. The BITS signal on the stand-by NT board cannot be configured independently, it will take the same configuration as the former active NT board BITS signal in case of NT board switch-over. This BITS signal cannot be monitored while the NT is in stand-by mode (Note: Although some NT's support active/active operation, this only refers to the data plane, since the control plane is still active/standby.) Note that this configuration does not support redundancy of BITS input (see previous subsection on external NTR sources), except for NANT-A. In case NT redundancy needs to be provided with SyncE for NTR, the SyncE input(s) should be connected to the NTIO board which has connections to both NTs. Note that in this way, also SyncE input redundancy can be supported. Once the redundant NT has taken over from the failing NT and has arrived in a stable state, the NTR function will be compliant to the typical related standards. These standards also define the maximum allowed phase jump during a transient effect. Switch-over from a failing NT to a redundant NT is one of these transient effects, and ISAM does exceed in that case the maximum allowed phase jump. Since such NT switch-overs are exceptional, and since phase jumps may be filtered to some extent by end-user equipment, the impact on services is expected to be limited. Future SW releases will improve the NTR functions of this subsection and relax the restrictions.
The external NTR source(s) to be used: BITS/SSU Synchronous Ethernet interfaces Enabling and disabling of the reception of SSMs that carry a QL, on the one or
two external NTR clock sources that have been configured as nominated for network synchronization purposes by the operator. The default setting is DISABLE. For the BITS/SSU interface, this setting cannot be changed
6-10
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
The QL value applied for an external NTR clock source, in the algorithm that
performs the selection of one external NTR clock source from up to two configured as nominated, and in case reception of SSM for that NTR clock source is disabled. The default setting for the value is equal to QL-PRC (code 0010b) for ETSI, and QL-PRS (code point 0000b) for ANSI. The target QL value that is applied as minimum threshold for eligibility of an external NTR clock source, in the algorithm that performs the selection of one external NTR clock source from up to two configured as nominated, and in case reception of SSM for that NTR clock source is enabled. The default setting for the value is equal to QL- DNU (code 1111b). The static relative priority to be applied for an external NTR clock source, in the algorithm that performs the selection of one external NTR clock source from up to two configured as nominated, in case the respective Quality Levels (QL) of the two sources are identical. The QL for each of both NTR clock sources can be either communicated via the Synchronization status Messages, or is fixed to a default value. Revertive or non-revertive operation of the external NTR clock signal selection. The default setting is Revertive mode Override of synchronization to any external NTR clock source, and forcing of free-running or hold-over mode for the internal NTR clock function. The target QL to be applied as minimum threshold for the internal system NTR clock, for generating an SSU / BITS out signal. The default setting for this target QL value is equal to QL- DNU (code 1111b).
The system performs the following autonomous NTR clock management functions
Monitoring of the signal status (signal present, frequency within the capture
range) and the QL of up to two external NTR clock sources that are configured by the operator as nominated. Selection of the external NTR clock source that fits best the selection criteria, from up to two sources configured as nominated. Selection happens as specified further. Disabling of the SSU / BITS output signal(s) in case the QL, which can be attributed to the internal system NTR clock, drops below the configured threshold. The operator can retrieve the following information
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6-11
Unavailability of any nominated external NTR clock source for reasons that
include:
Frequency out of range Loss of Signal Time-out for SSM reception, if enabled Received SSM-QL below the target QL, default or configured
BITS output signal disabled Internal system NTR clock QL drops below the output threshold QL, default or
configured.
The ISAM selects the most appropriate NTR clock source for synchronizing its output NTR signals to, and for protecting against failure of external NTR clock sources, as follows:
In case two external NTR clock sources have been configured by the operator as
nominated, and both are active, then selection of the external NTR clock source, to which the internal system NTR clock will synchronize, is subject to the following rules:
The external NTR clock with highest Quality Level (QL), is selected as actual
reference for the internal NTR clock. The QL of an external NTR clock source is communicated by means of SSM messages received on the interface related to the source. If SSM reception is not supported, or disabled on that interface, then a QL value configured by the operator, or a default QL value is applied, as described above. In case both external NTR clock sources exhibit the same QL, then their relative priority is determined by the external NTR clock source priority list as configured by the operator.
NTR management
6-12
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
This command allows the operator to configure two NTR clock sources, with an operator assigned priority between them, as nominated references for the internal system NTR clock. Each of these two sources can be independently designated to be:
The BITS interface on the faceplate of an NT board. The 1GE /10GE interface on the faceplate of an NT board. One of the two dedicated 1GE interfaces on the faceplate of a 1GE NTIO board.
The system factory default is none: no external clocks are selected. In this case the system automatically selects the internal free-run system NTR clock for downstream NTR timing.
Configuration: SSU/BITS input interface(s)
This command allows the operator to configure the BITS mode of the external clock source to E1, DS1, 2048Khz or auto-select. The BITS mode applies for the system, that is, any configured BITS clock source. The system factory default is auto-select. In this case, the system automatically selects E1 for the system with the NT capabilities for clock device type of E1, or DS1 for clock device type of T1. This setting can be viewed in the clock status command. When the BITS mode is configured to auto-select, the actual BITS mode will display E1 or DS1 depending on the NT capabilities. However, the system does not restrict the manual configuration of DS1 or E1 to a specific NT capability of the clock device type.
Configuration: Synchronous Ethernet input interface(s)
This command allows the operator to configure the Ethernet interface(s) which can provide(s) their extracted data clock as external NTR clock source. As mentioned above, 1 or 2 external NTR sources can be configured as clocks for synchronizing the internal system NTR clock to. Therefore, between 0 and 2 synchronous Ethernet links can be designated as external NTR clock sources. The selected Ethernet interface(s) is (are) identified by means of:
The board slot: NT-A, NT-B, NTIO slot, or none The port type: SFP, XFP or none The port number on the board: depends on SyncE port supported, or none
The system factory default is none.
Configuration: NTR Switching Mode
This command allows the operator to configure the external NTR selection mode to be either:
Revertive:
the system NTR clock always selects as reference the external NTR clock source with highest QL, or the one configured as preferred by the operator if the QLs of both nominated external NTR clock sources are equal, whenever this clock source is available.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT 6-13
Non-revertive:
the system NTR clock keeps the currently selected external NTR clock source as a reference, until it is no longer available for selection, for reasons listed above, or until it is disabled by the operator. This is the case even if another external NTR clock source, with better QL or higher preference as configured by the operator, has become available since the selection of the currently selected external NTR clock source. The system factory default is revertive
Configuration: enabling of Synchronization Status Messaging (SSM)
This command allows the operator to enable or disable the support of Synchronous Status Message (SSM) for the configured NTR clock source(s). At this time, this configuration is subject to the following restrictions in ISAM:
SSM support for Synchronous Ethernet interfaces applies only to the reception of
SSM frames on Synchronous Ethernet links at the network side. SSM frame transmission on Synchronous Ethernet links is not supported. In particular, sending of SSM frames with Do Not Use (DNU) indication on the transmission side of a Synchronous Ethernet link of which the incoming data clock is applied as external NTR source, is not yet supported. This limitation implies that the ISAM cannot be deployed in ring networks that rely on Synchronous Ethernet for NTR distribution. SSM support for BITS-A and BITS-B cannot be enabled yet. The system factory default is disable
Configuration: forcing selection of the internal system NTR clock
This command allows the operator to force the transmitted downstream NTR clock to be synchronous to the internal system NTR clock, without synchronization to any external NTR clock source. The internal NTR clock can be in free-running, or in hold-over mode, when it had been synchronized previously to an external NTR clock source.
Status: nominated NTR clock status
This command allows the operator to query the status of the NTR clock source(s) configured for selection (nominated). The following items are shown:
the NTR clock source: BITS-A, BITS-B, Sync Eth 1, Sync Eth 2, local the Quality Level (QL) of the source: code points 0000b - 1111b (0 15) the operator configured priority of the source: 1 3
6-14
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
The operational status of the source: REFERENCE: the clock source is selected as the reference clock. VALID: the clock source is available for selection FAILED: the clock source failed or is not available for selection DO_NOT_USE: the clock must not be used as indicated by SSM (or timeout) UNKNOWN: the clock status is unknown (startup, system fault) FORCED: the clock is manually selected (only possible for the local NTR clock) NO_SYNCE_CONFIG: the synchronization source is not bound to a physical port
for clock recovery.
MISSING: No SSM packets received for 5 seconds INVALID: Incoming signal is valid on the hardware level, but the source is rejected
for quality reasons (below target QL)
6.3
Leased lines
Cost-effective central clock for synchronization of all CPEs
Voice
High-stability clock for long-lasting fax and modem calls
GPON
NTR required for synchronization-sensitive services (for example, Voice, DS1, E1)
The typical options provided for delivering NTR to other network nodes are:
BITS out on some NT boards SyncE out on some Ethernet interfaces on some NT, NTIO and Ethernet LT
boards. This can be supported on optical Ethernet interfaces only, and not on electrical ones. Secondly, it can be supported at speeds of 1 Gbps, 2.5 Gbps and 10 Gbps, but not at for example, 100 Mbps.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6-15
The typical options provided for delivering NTR to access lines or end-users are:
NTR on VDSL2 NTR on ADSL/ADSL2/ADSL2+ is not supported NTR on SHDSL SyncE out on some Ethernet interfaces on some NT, NTIO and Ethernet LT boards. This can be supported on optical Ethernet interfaces only, and not on electrical ones. Secondly, it can be supported at speeds of 1 Gbps, 2.5 Gbps and 10 Gbps, but not at for example, 100 Mbps. GPON To know which specific NT, NTIO, or LT boards do support the above NTR distribution on their outgoing interfaces, refer to the Product Information document and/or the UDS. A high-level view of the capabilities of the 24Gbps and 100Gbps /320Gbos NT family is represented in Figure 6-1 and Figure 6-2, respectively.
6.4
Applicable standards
Output NTR clock support on ADSL(2)(plus) lines: The NTR section in ITU Rec
G.992.1 / G.992.3 / G.992.5 is not supported. NTR for ADSL is not supported. Output NTR clock support on SHDSL lines: ITU Rec G.991.2 NTR for SHDSL is supported on selected ISAM SHDSL Line Termination board types. Output NTR clock support on VDSL2 lines: ITU Rec G.993.2 NTR for VDSL is supported on selected ISAM VDSL Line Termination board types. Output NTR clock support on POTS lines: Not Applicable An analogue POTS interface does not provide a clock signal in downstream direction Output NTR clock support on Synchronous Ethernet lines: ITU Rec G.8261/Y.1361 NTR by means of Synchronous Ethernet is supported on selected ISAM Ethernet Line Termination board types. Output NTR clock quality on ISAM NT:
Output NTR clock free running accuracy, hold-over frequency accuracy, Jitter and
wander generation, phase variation in case of interruptions on synchronization input signals: - ETSI SSU: ITU-T G.813 Option 1 (Note: As explained above, ISAM is not fully compliant in case of transient behavior.) - ETSI Synchronous Ethernet: ITU-T G.8262 Option 1 Output NTR clock jitter and wander transfer - ETSI SSU: ITU-T G.813 Option 1 - ETSI Synchronous Ethernet: ITU-T G.8262 Option 1
6-16
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Input external NTR clock source quality on ISAM NT Input NTR signal clock pull-in & pull-out ranges:
- ETSI SSU: ITU-T G.813 Option 1 - ETSI Synchronous Ethernet: ITU-T G.8262 Option 1 Input NTR signal jitter and wander tolerance: - ETSI SSU: ITU-T G. 813 Option 1, G.823 - ETSI Synchronous Ethernet: ITU-T G.8262 Option 1
NTR management, including SSM: ITU-T G.781 Annex A SSM transport BITS / SSU: ITU-T G.704 (1998)
ISAM currently does not support SSM reception or generation on BITS / SSU interfaces. Synchronous Ethernet: IEEE 802.3 Organization Specific Slow Protocol (OSSP) Annex 43B (2005), ITU-T G.8264
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
6-17
6-18
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
xDSL features
7.1 Overview
7-2 7-3
7.2 Configurable impulse noise protection 7.4 Low-power modes 7-4 7-6 7-7 7-8
7.5 Seamless rate adaptation 7.6 Upstream power back-off 7.7 Downstream power back-off 7.8 Impulse noise monitor 7.9 Virtual noise 7.10 Artificial noise 7-10 7-11
7-10
7-13
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7-1
7 xDSL features
7.1
Overview
Table 7-1 lists the different features described in this chapter, indicating for which xDSL mode the feature is supported on xDSL LT boards.
Table 7-1 Supported xDSL features
Feature Configurable impulse noise protection RFI Notching Low-power modes L2 low-power mode L3 idle mode Seamless rate adaptation Upstream power back-off UPBO policing Equal RXPSD UPBO Equal FEXT UPBO Downstream power back-off Impulse noise monitor Virtual noise Artificial noise Physical Layer Retransmission (RTX) Per-line configuration overrule X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X ADSL X ADSL2 X ADSL2+ X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X READSL2 X VDSL2 X X X
Table 7-2 gives an overview of the supported VDSL2 profiles. Each profile defines normative values for a set of parameters, as defined by G.993.2.
Table 7-2 Supported VDSL2 profiles
VDSL2 Profile 8a, 8b, 8c, 8d 12a, 12b 17a xDSL LT X X X
Table 7-3 gives an overview of the supported VDSL2 bandplans. A bandplan is a partitioning of the frequency spectrum into non-overlapping frequency bands, each of which is allocated for either upstream or downstream transmission.
7-2
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
7.2
Reed-Solomon
Reed-Solomon (RS) adds extra bytes to a group of data bytes when it is sent. These bytes are also known as the RS word. When data corruption is detected at reception, the RS decoder is able to use the extra bytes to locate the errors and to recover the original message. However, this only is effective up to a certain maximum number of errored bytes. In order to correct impulse noise errors, RS needs to be combined with interleaving.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7-3
7 xDSL features
Interleaving
Instead of transmitting the RS words directly on the line, the different RS words are first mixed and spread over time. This process is called interleaving. This has the advantage that when a burst of errors occurs on the line, it will hit bytes of different RS words. After reconstruction of the original RS words (by the de-interleaver), the errors will be spread over multiple RS words, such that each RS word is only affected by a small amount of errors and is therefore much easier to correct. The RS word can be corrected if its number of errors is within the RS correction boundaries. The main disadvantage of interleaving is an extra interleaving delay. Constructing the blocks that will finally be transmitted over the line takes time, as the modems have to wait for a while before they can actually start transmitting. At the receiving side, it also costs extra time to reconstruct the original RS word. The first original RS word cannot be reconstructed before all of its bytes have been received. Using smaller interleaving depths, that is, by taking bigger chunks of the original RS words, can lead to a lower interleaving delay. This has the disadvantage that errors will be spread over less RS words on the receiving side, with the possibility that they cannot be corrected. In the case that a high INP together with a low delay is required, extra RS bytes will have to be added to increase the RS correction capability. This however can lead to reduced bit rates. It becomes clear from the above that when configuring the INP, a trade-off has to be made between:
robustness of the line against impulse noise interleaving delay achievable bit rate
7.3
RFI Notching
Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) notching is used to alleviate signal interference in certain frequency bands. VDSL2 and ADSL2Plus provide the capability to reduce the Power Spectral Density (PSD) within certain frequency bands and thus notch the PSD in areas to reduce egress into certain services such as HAM radio. HAM radio is an Amateur Radio service enjoyed by radio enthusiasts. Shortwave radio can broadcast over long distances aided by relay signals.
7.4
Low-power modes
L2 low-power mode
First-generation ADSL transceivers operate in full-power mode day and night, even when not in use. With several millions of deployed ADSL modems, a significant amount of electricity can be saved if the modems engage in a stand-by mode or sleep mode just like computers. This would also save power for ADSL transceivers operating in small remote units and Digital Loop Carrier (DLC) cabinets that operate under very strict heat dissipation requirements.
7-4 November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
7 xDSL features
To address these concerns, the ADSL2/ADSL2+ standards define two power management modes in addition to the full power mode (called L0 power mode). These power management modes help reduce the overall power consumption while maintaining the ADSL always-on functionality for the subscriber. These modes include: This mode enables statistical powers savings at the ADSL transceiver unit in the central office (ATU-C) by rapidly entering and exiting low power mode based on the subscriber traffic running over the ADSL connection. By enabling the L2 low-power mode, the average power consumption and dissipation of a line is reduced because the modem reduces dynamically the downstream transmit Power Spectral Density (PSD) in case there is no subscriber data to transmit in the downstream direction. A low-rate connection is however always assured for minimum keep-alive data. The DSL line automatically returns to the full PSD/full data rate if subscriber data arrives, without loss of data. The L2 entry and exit mechanisms and resulting data rate adaptations are accomplished without any service interruption or even a single bit error, and as such, are not noticed by the subscriber. However, L2 low-power modes will lead to time varying crosstalk which might impact the stability of customers sharing the same binder. Exit out of L2 mode into L0 mode can also be triggered from the CPE end, in case of significantly changed channel conditions.
L3 idle mode
This mode enables overall power savings at both the ATU-C and the remote ADSL transceiver unit (ATU-R) by entering into sleep/stand-by mode when the connection is not being used for extended periods of time (that is, subscriber asleep, modem asleep). The L3 power mode is a total sleep mode where no traffic can be communicated over the ADSL connection. When the subscriber goes back on-line, the line has to be re-initialized to enter the L0 state again. In case of L3 idle mode, the CPE decides whether or not to enter the L3 idle mode. It is also the responsibility of the CPE to trigger a re-initialization of the line once the subscriber gets on-line again. The modem can enter the L3 state upon guided power removal (L3 Request exchange between xTU-R and xTU-C, also known as orderly shutdown), power loss or persistent link failures during Showtime (also known as disorderly shutdown). During the L3 state, power savings at the XTU-C are realized independent of the used ADSLx or VDSL2 mode by putting certain Analog Front End (AFE) blocks and line drivers in power down mode. This power saving mechanism is also available in case no xTU-R is attached but the ports are in listening mode and configured in admin-up. Figure 7-1 illustrates the L2/L3 power modes.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7-5
Showtime (L0)
Resynchronisation or
IDLE (L3)
L3 Power mode
7.5
7-6
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Target Noise Margin Downshift Noise Margin Decrease data rate if Downshift time interval has elapsed Minimum Noise Margin Decrease data rate
0 dB Margin
The upshift and downshift rate adaptation events due to SRA are counted in 15 minute and 24 hour Performance Monitoring (PM) intervals. The following restrictions apply for SRA:
SRA does not work well in interleaved mode, since SRA adaptations can violate
the configured minimum impulse noise protection and maximum interleaving delay. large, sudden noise increases may still lead to bit errors or even re-initialization.
7.6
NE
short loop
CPE
FEXT
long loop
CPE
It allows to reduce the upstream transmit PSD on short lines in order not to impact the upstream performance on longer lines unreasonably. Without UPBO, the nearby CPE would transmit at full power and would inject excessive FEXT in the upstream receiver of the long line.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7-7
7 xDSL features
UPBO policing
The main purpose of VDSL2 UPBO policing is to avoid the usage of a CPE not complying with the UPBO configuration. When the CO modem detects such a non-compliant CPE, an alarm is raised and optionally the line is automatically shutdown. The expected behavior is configurable. A line that has been automatically shut down because of policing can be triggered to re-initialize by toggling its administrative state (down/up).
7.7
7-8
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
7 xDSL features
This near-far effect both occurs in upstream and in downstream direction. In upstream direction however, the typical services from the CO (ADSL2/2+) only use lower frequencies, where the coupling is much lower than on higher frequencies. That is why this problem mainly affects downstream communication (for the CO lines). In order to give equal priority both to CO and RT, the RT applies downstream power reduction (also called Downstream Power Back-Off (DPBO)) on the frequencies that it has in common with the lines from the CO. As such, the lines from the CO can be protected, and also the RT can still have a decent bit rate on those overlapping frequencies. See Figure 7-4.
Figure 7-4 Crosstalk in mixed CO-RT deployment
PSD
Customer Premises
frequency
NT
Remote Terminal
PSD
frequency
PSD
frequency
Initially, it was only possible to configure downstream PSD shaping by configuration of a PSD Mask using a list of breakpoints, as part of the xDSL spectrum profile. Although such a list of breakpoints allows for a high degree of flexibility, it lacks user friendliness. Within ITU-T, the so-called E-side Model for Downstream PSD Shaping has been defined, which provides several high-level parameters that are used to configure the PSD shape at the RT. The E-side parameters are configurable via a special DPBO profile, which can be assigned either to an xDSL LT board or to an xDSL port. Since DPBO PSD shapes can be configured in several ways, a number of priority rules apply:
The DPBO profile parameters take precedence upon the downstream PSD shape
configured via the xDSL spectrum profile.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
PSD
CO
NT
7-9
7 xDSL features
7.8
Impulse Noise Inter arrival time histogram Impulse Noise Equivalent INP histogram
Figure 7-5 Impulse Noise Monitor in XTU-R and XTU-C
US xTU-C Impulse Noise Sensor INM Anomaly Counters INM PM counters 15min and 24h
Indication of xTU-R Severely Degraded Data DS Symbols EOC Impulse Noise anomalies INM Anomaly
Sensor
Counters
7.9
Virtual noise
By configuring virtual noise, it is possible to minimize the impact of time varying crosstalk on the stability of a DSL line. Virtual noise is an operator specified noise PSD, using a piecewise linear model with breakpoints and a special SNRM mode. It can be configured as a transmitter-referred noise PSD (TxRefVN, supported for downstream and upstream) or as a receiver-referred noise PSD (RxRefVN, supported for upstream only). The transmitter-referred virtual noise PSD (TxRefVN) is converted by the receiver to a receiver virtual noise PSD. The receiver determines its bitloading based on the maximum of the received virtual noise and the received real noise. For a given transmit signal PSD, the definition of a transmit virtual noise PSD can also be seen as equivalent with setting a limit to the SNR that can be used by the receiver in the bitloading process. In downstream, when protecting a fixed data rate for all lines against VDSL2 self FEXT crosstalk, the VN configuration is loop length independent. For more elaborate cases, the TxRefVN can be configured using a limited set of profiles (for example, to cover data rate with the loop length dependency, non FEXT noise, and so on).
7-10
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
7 xDSL features
Transmitter referred virtual noise can also be used with a single or a limited set of profiles in upstream if no UPBO is enabled. When UPBO is enabled or in the presence of other noise (non FEXT), the TxRefVN becomes highly loop length dependent. To cope with this loop length dependency, the per line overrule mechanism can be used. For the case the operator does not wish to use a per line management, an alternative for upstream (where UPBO is applied) is to use the receiver referred virtual noise (RxRefVN) configuration option that can be configured with a unique VN profile setting independently of the loop length. As indicated in Figure 7-6, during initialization, the DSLAM forwards the virtual noise downstream (DS) breakpoints to the CPE. The CPE calculates the DS virtual noise based on the DS loop attenuation and takes the maximum of this virtual noise and the actual received DS noise. The DSLAM does the same in upstream (US) direction, based on the received US noise, the US virtual noise and the US loop attenuation (in case of TxREFVN). Transmitter-referred virtual noise is included in the VDSL2 standard (G.993.2) as an optional feature. The upstream receiver-referred virtual noise solution is not standardized but does not pose any interoperability issue.
Figure 7-6 Virtual noise concept
VN Breakpoints DS/US VDSL2
Loop attenuation
[Loop attenuation]
CPE
DSLAM
Received Noise US
Received Noise DS
7.10
Artificial noise
Since ADSL is widely deployed, changing the standard to support virtual noise is not an effective solution. To overcome this limitation, for ADSL lines the ISAM has the ability to physically inject additional noise on the line, that is, artificial noise, as shown in Figure 7-7. This injection is executed during initialization as well as during showtime. The artificial noise behaves similar as the transmitter referred virtual noise in the sense that it improves the stability and limits the SNR. The breakpoints also define the noise at the transmit side and this noise and the transmit signal are attenuated by the loop. The difference with virtual noise is that the CPE will see the power summation of the attenuated artificial noise and the normal receive noise. Artificial noise is only implemented in downstream, and it can be used on top of any ADSL flavor.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7-11
+
Loop
CPE
DSLAM
Received Noise DS
7.11
The transmitter groups user data in Data Transfer Units (DTUs) and adds a Cyclic
Redundancy Check (CRC) and sequence number.
The receiver uses the CRC to detect errors and requests a retransmission of a DTU
when in error.
7-12 November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
??
DTU DTU DSLAM
CPE
The configuration parameters for retransmission are defined within a separate RTX profile. The RTX profile is optional when configuring an xDSL port. If no RTX profile is assigned, retransmission will be disabled. A specific set of Performance Monitoring (PM) parameters is defined, monitoring the quality of the line when retransmission is enabled.
7.12
XDSL Profiles
Parameter 1 Parameter 2
Parameter 3
Actual configuration
Parameter 1 Parameter 2
Parameter N
Parameter 3
Parameter N
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
7-13
7 xDSL features
This feature allows fine-tuning the configuration of individual lines, deviating from the overall settings configured via the profiles. When using this feature, one should take care that the overruled parameter values do not result in an inconsistency with the parameters that are configured via the profiles.
7-14
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8.1 Introduction
8.3 Product and market applicability 8.4 Overall network support 8-14
8.5 VLAN / user-to-user communication applicability 8.6 Traffic types 8-16 8-17 8-44
8-14
8.8 Layer 2/layer 3 addressing topologies 8.9 Protocol stacks 8-77 8-86 8-91
8.10 Management interface 8.11 Permanent data storage 8.12 Management model
8-106
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-1
8.16 Reliability, Equipment / Connectivity / Overload Protection 8-115 8.17 Quality of Service 8.18 DHCP interworking 8.19 DNS interworking 8-120 8-121 8-122 8-123
8.20 Basic call handling and supplementary services 8.21 BITS Support 8-134 8-135 8-135
8.23 Termination local loop unbundling 8.24 Subscriber Line Showering 8.25 Lawful Intercept 8-136 8-138 8-136
8-140
8-2
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8.1
Introduction
A specific use of the ISAM is to provide classic telephony services to subscribers being connected with classic POTS/ISDN BRI lines, and to convert the corresponding signals to VoIP signaling/data packets. An ISAM supporting the integrated voice service is called ISAM Voice The integrated voice service provides POTS or ISDN BRI service to subscribers over copper pairs together or without xDSL service. The voice information is converted to VoIP in the ISAM Voice access node and forwarded to/from the service provider's Ethernet/IP network over optical fibers along with the HSI and IPTV services carried by the access node. VoIP networks are subject to standardization. Within standardization there are two different approaches for the signaling:
8.2
Megaco ISAM Voice situated in a Next Generation Voice Network (NVGN). SIP ISAM Voice situated in a TISPAN-compliant NGN-IMS network. SIP ISAM Voice situated in a non-IMS-compliant network. Megaco ISAM Voice situated in a NGVN network
Megaco ISAM Voice supports Narrowband (NB) services and provides the connection to the NVGN for legacy Public Switching Telephone Network (PSTN) users via Voice over IP (VoIP). It plays the role of Media Gateway (MG), also called Access Media Gateway (AG).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-3
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-1 Megaco ISAM Voice situated in a NGVN network
Subtending ISAM Voice
Softswitch
PSTN
TGW
RTP
MGC
ASP
P O T S
I S D N
POTS / ISDN
Servers
IP Network
H.248 / SIGTRAN .
P O T S
BAS
IP edge
L2 Aggregation Network
M G
POTS/ ISDN
P O T S
I S D N
POTS/ ISDN
P O T S
I S D N
POTS/ ISDN
Megaco ISAM Voice connects legacy Narrow Band (NB) user interfaces, including Plain Old Telephone Services (POTS) and Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) BRI, to the NGVN. Megaco ISAM Voice supports centralized configurations, where the NB user interfaces and MG are integrated in the same node, and distributed configurations, where the MG is located in a hub node and the NB user interfaces in remote nodes. The remote nodes can be subtended by the ISAM Voice acting as a MG, or located within the layer 2 aggregation or IP network. A voice cluster is the aggregation of one Voice server pair, residing in the hub node, together with its voice associated ISAM nodes, that is, together with the ISAM nodes that contain Voice Line Termination (LT) boards that are managed by that particular Voice server pair. A voice cluster can support a maximum of 5K subscribers. These subscribers may be scattered over a maximum of 32 ISAM nodes and a maximum of 104 Voice LT boards. A hub node may contain up to 8 Voice server pairs. In other words a hub node may host up to 8 different Voice Clusters. The hub ISAM Voice, combined with the subtending/remote ISAM Voice, provides the view of a unique centralized MG. In subtending or remote configurations, the connection to the hub is via Fast or Gigabit Ethernet (optical or electrical). The Trunk MG links the NGVN with a legacy PSTN network. The Softswitch is responsible for call control and charging, and communicates with the Media Gateways (Megaco ISAM Voice) via the Media Gateway Control (Megaco) protocol H.248. SIGTRAN is used for ISDN BRI users, that is, Q921 is terminated in ISAM Voice and SIGTRAN is implemented to transfer Q931 messages between ISAM Voice and ASP.
8-4
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
PSTN
SG F/ T-MG F
S_CSCF
MG CF
I_CSCF
ISAM Voice
AS
P_CSCF
RTP
P O T S
P U O A T S
POTS
HSS
ISAM Voice
SIP
MRF
IMS Co r e
SBC
IP N e two r k
Vo ice G a te wa y
ER
P O T S
P U O A T S
POTS
ER
O th e r IP Networks
Se rve rs
P O T S
P U O T A S
POTS
ISAM Voice
BAS
P O T S
P O U T A S
POTS
ISAM Voice connects legacy Narrow Band (NB) user interfaces, the Plain Old Telephone Services (POTS), to the NGN/IMS. Each of the nodes connected to the layer 2 aggregation or IP network has the SIP UA locally integrated on the Voice LT. The local SIP UA serves all NB user interfaces connected to a Voice LT. The Call Session Control Function (CSCF) establishes, monitors, supports and releases multimedia sessions and manages the user's service interactions. The CSCF can act as Proxy CSCF (P-CSCF), Serving CSCF (S-CSCF) or Interrogating CSCF (I-CSCF):
The P-CSCF is the first contact point for the ISAM Voice within the IM
subsystem (IMS).
The S-CSCF fulfils the role of registrar and handles the session states in the
network. The I-CSCF is mainly the contact point within an operator's network for all IMS connections destined to a subscriber of that network operator, or a roaming subscriber currently located within that network operator's service area.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT 8-5
The Home Subscriber Server (HSS) is a master user database that supports the IMS network entities that handle calls. It contains the subscription-related information (user profiles), performs authentication and authorization of the user, and can provide information about the user's physical location. Interconnection with legacy PSTN networks is guaranteed at the signaling level via the Signaling Gateway Function (SGF) (transport) and the Media Gateway Control Function (MGCF) (call/service control). Interconnection at the media level is provided by the Trunk Media Gateway Function (T-MGF). Interconnection with other IP-based service subsystems (including other IMS subsystems) is performed via the Interconnection Breakout Control function (IBCF) at the signaling level and the Interconnection-Border Gateway Function (I-BGF) at the media level. Very often, to support lawful intercept, Voice traffic is switched along the Legal Intercept gateway.
ISAM Voice
SNMP/ CLI/TL1
DHCP
P O T S
IP
SIP RTP / RTCP
Media Gateway Back-to-back server
POTS
ISAM Voice connects legacy Narrow Band (NB) user interfaces, the Plain Old Telephone Services (POTS), to a NGN/IMS network. Each of the nodes connected to the IP network has the SIP UA locally integrated on the Voice LT. The local instance of the SIP User Agent (UA) serves all NB user interfaces connected to a Voice LT.
8-6
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
ISAM Voice access nodes belonging to a Voice cluster may be connected by layer 2, layer 3 or even a mixture of a layer 2 aggregation network and a layer 3 aggregation network. Different Voice clusters may be connected by layer 2, layer 3 or even a mixture of a layer 2 aggregation network and a layer 3 aggregation networks. The supported ISAM Voice Cluster topologies are shown in Figure 8-4, Figure 8-5, Figure 8-6, Figure 8-7, Figure 8-8 and Figure 8-9.
Figure 8-4 Megaco ISAM Voice: Voice Cluster topology A
xVPS pair 1
xVPS pair 2
Main shelf
xVPS pair 8
Voice LT 1
Voice LT 2
Voice LT 16
Voice LT 1
Voice LT 2
Voice LT 16
Voice LT 1
Voice LT 2
Voice LT 16
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-7
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-5 Megaco ISAM Voice: Voice Cluster topology B
xVPS pair 1
xVPS pair 2
Main shelf
xVPS pair 3
Voice LT 1
Voice LT 2
Voice LT 16
Voice LT 1
Voice LT 2
Voice LT 16
Voice LT 1
Voice LT 2
Voice LT 16
xVPS pair 1
xVPS pair 2
Main shelf
xVPS pair 3
Voice LT 1
Voice LT 2
Voice LT 10
Voice LT 1
Voice LT 2
Voice LT 16
Voice LT 1
Voice LT 2
Voice LT 16
Voice LT 1
Voice LT 2
Voice LT 16
8-8
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-7 Megaco ISAM Voice: Voice Cluster topology D
xVPS pair 1
xVPS pair 2
Main shelf
xVPS pair 3
Voice LT 1
Voice LT 2
Voice LT 10
Voice LT 1
Voice LT 2
Voice LT 16
Voice LT 1
Voice LT 2
Voice LT 16
Voice LT 1
Voice LT 2
Voice LT 16
xVPS pair 1
xVPS pair 2
Main shelf
Voice LTs in shelf 1 belong to voice cluster supervised by xVPS pair 2
xVPS pair 8
Voice LT 1
Voice LT N
Voice LT N+1
Voice LT 16
Voice LT 1
Voice LT M
Voice LT M+1
Voice LT 16
Voice LT 1
Voice LT 2
Voice LT 16
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-9
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-9 Megaco ISAM Voice: Voice Cluster topology F
xVPS pair 1
xVPS pair 2
Main shelf
xVPS pair 3
Voice LT 1
Voice LT 2
Voice LT 10
Voice LTs belong to different voice clusters supervised by xVPS pair 1, 2 or 3 Voice LTs in shelf 1 belong to voice cluster supervised by xVPS pair 3
Voice LT 1
Voice LT N
Voice LT N+1
Voice LT 16
Voice LT 1
Voice LT M
Voice LT M+1
Voice LT 16
Voice LT 1
Voice LT 2
Voice LT 16
ISAM Voice access nodes may be connected by layer 2, layer 3 or even a mixture of a layer 2 aggregation network and a layer 3 aggregation network.
Figure 8-10 ISAM Voice access nodes connected to a layer 2 Aggregation Network
Iv Iv
L3 Aggrega tion Network L2 Aggrega tion Network
Iv Iv Iv
Iv = ISAM Voice
Iv
Iv
8-10
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-11 ISAM Voice access nodes connected to a layer 3 Aggregation Network
Iv Iv
L3 Aggrega tion Network
Iv Iv Iv
Iv
IV
Figure 8-12 ISAM Voice access nodes connected to a layer 2/layer 3 Aggregation Network
Iv Iv
L3 Aggrega tion Network L2 Aggrega tion Network
Iv Iv Iv
Iv = ISAM Voice
Iv
Iv
8.3
SIP
The SIP-signaling-based integrated voice services are supported in:
7302 ISAM FD: POTS service supported. 18 LT slot positions can be planned
with the Voice LT board.
7330 ISAM FTTN FD: POTS service supported. 10 LT slot positions can be
planned with Voice LT.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-11
7356 SB-REM (FD) ETSI: POTS service supported. The Voice LT board can be
planned for both the master (72-lines LT board only) and the non-master (48and 72-lines LT board) slot position. ERAM-A (AGNT-A): POTS service supported. Maximum 24 LT slot positions can be planned with the Voice LT board.
IMS
In an IMS network topology, the SIP signaling POTS service and the H.248 (Megaco) signaling based ISDN BRI service can be mixed in the same 7302 / 7330 ISAM shelf. In an IMS network topology, H.248 ISDN-BRI subscribers register to their Media Gateway Controller and are managed by the local Media Gateway (Voice Server) while SIP POTS subscribers register to their registrar and are managed by the local SIP User Agent. Any VLAN topology for this mixed SIP/H.248 voice services is allowed, on the condition that not more than 2 VLANS (Public or Private) of type Voice-VLAN are configured per shelf.
SIP POTS Centralised Architecture + H.248 ISDN-BRI: SIP signaling traffic + (SIP related) RTP/RTCP traffic and H.248 signaling traffic +
(H.248 related) RTP/RTCP traffic, all traffic sharing the same VLAN (only one VLAN that carries all signaling and all RTP/RTCP traffic). VLAN ID (shared SIP signaling + H.248 signaling + SIP related RTP/RTCP + H.248 related RTP/RTCP). Distinct VLAN for SIP signaling traffic, distinct VLAN for H.248 signaling traffic, distinct VLAN shared by (SIP related) RTP/RTCP and (H.248 related) RTP/RTCP traffic. VLAN ID (SIP signaling) different from VLAN ID (H.248 signaling different from VLAN ID (Shared SIP related and H.248 related RTP/RTCP). Distinct VLAN shared by SIP signaling traffic and (SIP related) RTP/RTCP traffic. Distinct VLAN for H.248 signaling traffic. Distinct VLAN for (H.248 related) RTP/RTCP traffic. VLAN ID (Shared SIP traffic) different from VLAN ID (H.248 signaling) different from VLAN ID (H.248 related RTP/RTCP). Distinct VLAN shared by SIP signaling traffic + (SIP related) RTP/RTCP traffic. Distinct VLAN shared by H.248 signaling traffic + (H.248 related) RTP/RTCP traffic. VLAN ID (Shared SIP traffic) different from VLAN ID (Shared H.248 traffic).
8-12
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
SIP POTS Distributed Architecture + H.248 ISDN BRI: SIP signaling traffic + (SIP related) RTP/RTCP traffic and H.248 signaling traffic +
(H.248 related) RTP/RTCP traffic, all traffic sharing the same VLAN (only one VLAN that carries all signaling and all RTP/RTCP traffic). VLAN ID (shared SIP signaling + H.248 signaling + SIP related RTP/RTCP + H.248 related RTP/RTCP). Distinct VLAN for SIP signaling traffic, distinct VLAN for H.248 signaling traffic, distinct VLAN shared by (SIP related) RTP/RTCP and (H.248 related) RTP/RTCP traffic. VLAN ID (SIP signaling) different from VLAN ID (H.248 signaling different from VLAN ID (Shared SIP related and H.248 related RTP/RTCP). Distinct VLAN shared by SIP signaling traffic and (SIP related) RTP/RTCP traffic. Distinct VLAN for H.248 signaling traffic. Distinct VLAN for (H.248 related) RTP/RTCP traffic. VLAN ID (Shared SIP traffic) different from VLAN ID (H.248 signaling) different from VLAN ID (H.248 related RTP/RTCP). Distinct VLAN shared by SIP signaling traffic + (SIP related) RTP/RTCP traffic. Distinct VLAN shared by H.248 signaling traffic + (H.248 related) RTP/RTCP traffic. VLAN ID (Shared SIP traffic) different from VLAN ID (Shared H.248 traffic). Distinct VLAN for SIP signaling traffic. Distinct VLAN for (SIP related) RTP/RTCP traffic. Distinct VLAN for H.248 signaling traffic. Distinct VLAN for (H.248 related) RTP/RTCP traffic. VLAN ID (SIP signaling) different from VLAN ID (H.248 signaling) different from VLAN ID (SIP related RTP/RTCP) different from VLAN ID (H.248 related RTP/RTCP).
IP Address/subnet reduction configuration by means of private VLAN. IP Address/subnet reduction applies to the H.248 ISDN BRI service only The Private VLAN must always be of type voice-VLAN. Any VLAN topology for this mixed SIP/H.248 voice services is allowed, on the
condition that not more than 2 VLANS of type Voice-VLAN are configured per shelf.
SIP POTS Centralised Architecture + H.248 ISDN-BRI: supported for POTS and
ISDN-BRI terminations.
Other The mixed SIP signaling POTS and H.248 (Megaco) signaling based ISDN BRI
service is supported for both, the switched as well as the routed voice model.
H.248 clustering is supported (Hub/Subtending/Remote ISAM Voice node). Integrated Line Test is supported for SIP signaling POTS terminations.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-13
MTA is supported for both SIP signaling POTS and H.248 ISDN BRI
terminations.
Basic call service and Supplementary services are supported for both SIP
signaling POTS and H.248 ISDN BRI
8.4
8.5
NT is used as a switching device: the signaling VLAN is of the iBridge VLAN type the RTP/XLES VLAN is of the Voice VLAN type NT is used as a routing device (at the VRF user side): the signaling VLAN is of the iBridge VLAN type the RTP/XLES VLAN is of the Voice VLAN type
8-14
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
NT is used as a switching device: the signaling VLAN is of the iBridge VLAN type the RTP VLAN is of the iBridge VLAN type NT is used as a routing device (at the VRF user side): the signaling VLAN is of the iBridge VLAN type the RTP VLAN is of the iBridge VLAN type
For SIP Centralized Architecture:
NT is used as a switching device: the signaling VLAN is of the Voice VLAN type the RTP VLAN is of the Voice VLAN type NT is used as a routing device (at the VRF user side): the signaling VLAN is of the Voice VLAN type the RTP VLAN is of the Voice VLAN type
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-15
8.6
Traffic types
Management traffic (SNMP, CLI, TL1 (alarm display only)) exchanged between
the external management platform and the Network termination (NT) and Voice server. Signaling traffic (Megaco, SIGTRAN) exchanged between the Media Gateway Controller (MGC)/Application Server Process (ASP) and the Voice server. Internal signaling traffic (XLES) exchanged between the Voice server and its underlying Voice LT boards hosted in either the hub, subtending or remote access nodes. Voice data traffic (RTP, RTCP, T.38, T.30, Voice Band data) exchanged between Voice terminations. Management traffic is exchanged in the external communication VLAN and as such kept separated from the other traffic types. This is done for security reasons. Voice data traffic and internal signaling traffic always share the same VLAN. External signaling traffic may be exchanged in a dedicated signaling VLAN or may even share the same VLAN as the Voice data and Internal signaling traffic. The latter situation occurs when IP address/IP subnet optimization is preferred above signaling and voice data traffic isolation.
Signaling traffic (SIP) exchanged between the SIP Server and the SIP User Agent
residing at the Voice LT. Voice data traffic (RTP, RTCP, T.38, T.30, Voice Band data) exchanged between voice terminations. Management traffic is exchanged in the external communication VLAN and as such kept separated from the other traffic types. This is done for security reasons. External signaling traffic may be exchanged in a dedicated signaling VLAN or may even share the same VLAN as the Voice data signaling traffic. The latter situation occurs when IP address/IP subnet optimization is preferred above signaling and voice data traffic isolation.
8-16
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8.7
Conceptual models
Voice LT
IP address voice
Voice VLAN
Signaling VLAN
IP address XLES
Voice server
IP address signalling
NT
The network signaling VLAN terminates at the Voice server The network RTP/RTCP (XLES) VLAN terminates at the voice LT board/Voice
server The signaling VLAN is configured as type Voice-VLAN or RB-VLAN The RTP/RTCP/XLES VLAN is configured as type Voice-VLAN The source/destination IP address for H.248 signaling traffic is configured at the Voice server The source/destination IP address for XLES traffic is configured at the Voice server The source/destination IP address for RTP/RTCP traffic is configured at the SHub and is shared by all the Voice LT boards The SHub performs L4 forwarding for RTP/RTCP/XLES traffic destined to the voice LT board The SHub performs L2 forwarding for upstream/downstream signaling traffic
8-17
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Voice LT
Internal Voice VLAN
Network VLAN 1
Network VLAN 2
IP address XLES
Voice server
IP address signalling
NT
The conceptual architecture shows different VLANs carrying H.248 signaling and RTP/RTCP/XLES traffic at the network side than at the user side of the VRF. The internal VLAN that carries RTP/RTCP/XLES traffic must be of type voice-VLAN as to perform L4 forwarding in downstream direction. The internal VLAN that carries the signaling traffic may be of type Voice-VLAN or RB-VLAN.
SHub VRF user side: a numbered IP interface is configured on top of the internal
voice VLAN for the following reasons:
SHub VRF user side: A numbered IP interface is configured on top of the internal
signaling VLAN. The SHub is seen as the first next hop for the H.248 signaling traffic that originates from the Media Gateway running at the Voice server. The signaling subnet is advertised (as host subnet) to the upstream network. SHub network side: A numbered IP interface is configured on top of the network-side signaling VLAN. SHub network side: A numbered IP interface is configured on top of the network-side TP/RTCP/XLES VLAN. In the upstream direction, the selection of the network interface/VLAN will happen as the result of the IP DA look-up in the L3 forwarding table, and this for all the voice service related traffic (H.248 signaling, XLES, RTP and RTCP).
8-18
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
In the downstream direction, voice-service-related traffic (H.248 signaling, XLES, RTP and RTCP) may be received at any network interface/VLAN. The SHub must perform the further L3 forwarding to:
the appropriate internal VLAN and to the destined xVPS and to the destined voice LT board (by L4 forwarding)
From a downstream forwarding perspective, seen from the edge router, the ISAM Voice access node is configured as the next-hop.
SIP ISAM Voice (centralized architecture): switched model
Figure 8-15 shows the SIP ISAM Voice (centralized architecture) switched model.
Figure 8-15 SIP ISAM Voice (centralized architecture): switched model
Main ISAM Voice
Fast path VRF
Voice LT
IP address voice
Voice VLAN
Signaling VLAN
IP address signalling
NT
The network signaling VLAN terminates at the voice LT board The network RTP/RTCP VLAN terminates at the voice LT board At the SHub, both VLANs are configured as type Voice-VLAN The source/destination IP address for SIP signaling traffic is configured at the SHub. It is shared by all the voice LT boards The source/destination IP address for RTP/RTCP traffic is configured at the SHub. It is shared by all the voice LT boards The SHub performs L4 forwarding for SIP signaling/RTP/RTCP traffic destined to the voice LT board The SHub performs L3 forwarding for upstream SIP signaling/RTP/RTCP traffic.
SIP ISAM Voice - centralized architecture: routed model
Figure 8-16 shows the SIP ISAM Voice (centralized architecture) routed model.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-19
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-16 SIP ISAM Voice (centralized architecture): routed model
Main ISAM Voice
Fast path VRF
Voice LT
Network VLAN 1
Network VLAN 2
NT
The conceptual architecture shows different VLANs carrying SIP signaling and RTP/RTCP traffic at the network and the user side of the VRF. Both internal VLANs must be of type Voice VLAN as to perform L4 forwarding in downstream direction.
SHub VRF user side: A numbered IP interface is configured on top of the internal
voice VLAN. This IP address is used as destination IP address for RTP/RTCP packets addressed to the voice LT board. For this purpose, the Voice subnet is advertised (as host subnet) to the upstream network. SHub VRF user side: A numbered IP interface is configured on top of the internal signaling VLAN. This IP address is used as destination IP address for SIP signaling packets addressed to the voice LT board. For this purpose, the signaling subnet is advertised (as host subnet) to the upstream network. SHub VRF network side: A numbered IP interface is configured on top of the network voice VLAN SHub VRF network side: A numbered IP interface is configured on top of the network signaling VLAN. In the upstream direction, the selection of the network interface/VLAN will happen as the result of the IP DA look-up in the L3 forwarding table. And this for all the voice service related traffic (SIP signaling, RTP and RTCP). In the downstream direction, voice service related traffic (SIP signaling, RTP and RTCP) may be received at any network interface/VLAN. The SHub must perform the further L3 forwarding to the appropriate internal VLAN - and to the destined voice LT board (by L4 forwarding) - and to the destined voice LT board (by L4 forwarding) From a downstream forwarding perspective, seen from the edge router, the ISAM Voice access node is configured as the next-hop.
SIP ISAM Voice - distributed architecture: switched model
Figure 8-17 shows the SIP ISAM Voice (distributed architecture) switched model.
8-20
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-17 SIP ISAM Voice (distributed architecture): switched model
Main ISAM Voice
Fast path VRF IP address voice IP address signalling
Voice VLAN
Signaling VLAN
Voice LT NT
The network signaling VLAN terminates at the voice LT board The network RTP/RTCP VLAN terminates at the voice LT board At the SHub, both VLANs are configured as type iBridge or Voice VLAN The source/destination IP address for SIP signaling traffic is configured at the voice LT boards The source/destination IP address for RTP/RTCP traffic is configured at the voice LT boards The SHub performs L2 forwarding for SIP signaling/RTP/RTCP traffic destined to the voice LT board
SIP ISAM Voice - distributed architecture: routed model
Figure 8-18 shows the SIP ISAM Voice (distributed architecture) routed model.
Figure 8-18 SIP ISAM Voice (distributed architecture): routed model
Main ISAM Voice
Fast path VRF
IP address Voice IP address signaling
Internal Voice VLAN
Network VLAN 1
Network VLAN 2
Voice LT NT
The conceptual architecture shows different VLANs carrying SIP signaling and RTP/RTCP traffic at the network and the user side of the VRF. At the VRF user side, internal VLANs are configured as type iBridge or Voice VLAN. Both the Voice subnet and the signaling subnet are advertised (as host subnet) to the upstream network.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-21
The SHub will be considered as the first next hop for the SIP signaling and for the RTP/RTCP traffic that originates from the voice LT board. For this reason, a numbered IP interface is configured on both the internal signaling VLAN and the internal RTP/RTCP VLAN at the VRF user side. In the upstream direction, the selection of the network interface/VLAN will happen as the result of the IP DA look-up in the L3 forwarding table. And this for all the voice service related traffic (SIP signaling, RTP and RTCP). In the downstream direction, voice-service-related traffic (SIP signaling, RTP and RTCP) may be received at any network interface/VLAN. The SHub must perform the further L3 forwarding to the appropriate internal VLAN and to the destined voice LT board. From a downstream forwarding perspective, seen from the edge router, the ISAM Voice access node is configured as the next-hop.
Subtended topology: switched model
Figure 8-19 shows the MEGACO/SIP ISAM voice subtended topology for the switched model.
Figure 8-19 Subtended topology: switched model
Main ISAM Voice
Fast path VRF
Voice VLAN
Signaling VLAN
NT
Subtending ISAM
Fast path VRF
NT
The subtending ISAM Voice access node remains configured as a switching device. Only the main ISAM Voice access node fulfills the routing service.
Subtended topology: routed model
Figure 8-20 shows the MEGACO/SIP ISAM voice subtended topology for the routed model.
8-22
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-20 Subtended topology: routed model
Main ISAM Voice
Fast path VRF
IP address User 1 IP address User 2 IP address network 1 IP address network 2
Network VLAN 1
Network VLAN 2
NT
IP address sub 1
IP address sub 2
NT
The subtending ISAM Voice access node remains configured as a switching device. Only the main ISAM Voice access node fulfills the routing service.
Layer 4 forwarding
The layer 4 forwarding applies to downstream traffic only and is installed at the SHub on a per-VLAN basis. This forwarding method uses the contents of the destination port field in the transport protocol header of the packet to forward a packet to a voice LT. The configuration of an IP interface on top of a VLAN configured as Voice-VLAN automatically installs the layer 4 forwarding property. Each voice LT gets assigned a fixed transport protocol port range. The SHub port that connects the voice LT inherits this port range mapping. The transport protocol port range for free usage (IANA) that is, 49153 - 65535 is divided in 24 equal portions and the lower part of each portion is mapped to the different SHub ports. The mapping algorithm is fixed to achieve the same range to SHub port mapping. Upon receipt of a downstream packet within a layer 4 forwarding capable VLAN and with the destination IP address configured on top of this VLAN, the destination port value of the transport protocol header included in the packet is compared against all defined transport protocol ranges. When a match is found, the corresponding SHub port mapping is read and the packet is forwarded to the voice LT that connects to this SHub port. As described, the layer 4 forwarding uses the combination {VLAN + destination IP address + destination Transport Protocol port} to decide about the further downstream forwarding of an IP packet. Layer 4 forwarding may be applied to external signaling, internal signaling and voice data traffic. Layer 4 forwarding supports packet fragmentation at IP layer because unlike Voice traffic, SIP signaling traffic may be fragmented at the IP layer.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT 8-23
The transport protocol port range to SHub mapping is the same in every ISAM Voice node. The described algorithm is schematically shown in Figure 8-21.
Figure 8-21 Layer 4 forwarding approach
SHub
ARP ARP
Ingress
(Transport Prot port range1, port a1 ) (Transport Prot portrange2, port a 2 ) (Transport Prot port rangeN, port an )
Layer 4 forwarding
Layer 3 IP table Layer 2 VLAN/MAC table
Egress
Signaling traffic
Signaling traffic originates and terminates at the Voice server. In the upstream direction, the Voice server determines the IP next hop for the destination IP address of the packet and forwards the IP packet appropriately. The local SHub and any potential intermediate SHub perform layer 2 forwarding. In the downstream direction: The local SHub and any potential intermediate SHub perform layer 2 forwarding.
8-24
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-22 Megaco ISAM Voice (switched): signaling forwarding
L4 forwarding
L3 forwarding
L2 forwarding
L2 aggregation network
Voice LT board
L4 forwarding
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
L4 forwarding
MGC
ASP
SoftSwitch
XLES traffic
XLES traffic originates at the Voice server or at the Voice LT board and terminates respectively at the Voice LT board or the Voice server.
XLES traffic originating at the Voice server and destined to the Voice LT board
(see Figure 8-23): The destined Voice LT board is connected either to the local access node, to an access node subtending to the local access node, or to an access node connected via a layer 2 aggregation network with the local access node. The destination (Shub) IP address of the packet can directly be reached in the local subnet: the Voice server performs ARP for the destination (Shub) IP address and forwards the IP packet to this (Shub) IP address. The destined Voice LT board is reachable via a layer 3 aggregation network. The Voice server determines the IP next hop for the destination (Shub) IP address of the packet, performs ARP for the next hop IP address and forwards the IP packet appropriately. The (destined) SHub that connects the destined Voice LT performs layer 4 forwarding. Any potential intermediate Shub in between the Voice Server and the destined Shub performs layer 2 forwarding.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-25
XLES traffic originating at the Voice LT board and destined to the Voice server
(see Figure 8-24): The Voice LT board forwards the XLES packet to the local SHub.
The access node of the Voice LT board and the access node of the Voice server are
the same or
The Voice LT's access node subtends to the access node of the Voice server or The Voice LT's access node is connected via a layer 2 aggregation network with the
access node of the Voice server:
The local SHub detects that the destination IP address of the packet can directly be reached via the local subnet. The local Shub performs ARP for the destination IP address and forwards the IP packet appropriately. The destined Voice Server is reachable via layer 3 aggregation network: The local SHub determines the IP next hop for the destination IP address of the packet, performs ARP the next hop IP address and forwards the IP packet appropriately. The SHub that connects the Voice server performs layer 2 forwarding. Any potential intermediate SHub in between the Voice LT's local Shub and the Voice Server L2 forwarding.
Figure 8-23 Megaco ISAM Voice (switched): XLES packet originating at the Voice server
L4 forwarding
L3 forwarding
L2 forwarding
L2 aggregation network
Voice LT board
L4 forwarding
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
L4 forwarding
MGC
ASP
SoftSwitch
8-26
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-24 Megaco ISAM Voice (switched): XLES packet originating at the Voice LT board
L3 forwarding
L2 aggregation network
Voice LT board
L3 forwarding
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
L3 forwarding
MGC
ASP
SoftSwitch
Voice traffic
Voice traffic originates at the Voice LT board and is destined to a voice termination point either at the same Voice LT board, another Voice LT board in the same Voice cluster or outside the voice cluster. In some cases the voice traffic is sent along the Voice server (as to support some supplementary services or an optimized IP addressing scheme). Voice traffic is relayed to the SHub prior to the forwarding to the destined voice termination point. This relay is either done by the Voice LT board (voice traffic that may not pass the Voice server) or the Voice server (voice traffic that must pass the voice server). Voice traffic not passing the Voice server:
Voice traffic destined to an external termination point: The voice LT board forwards the voice packet to the local SHub. The local SHub determines the IP next hop for the voice traffic destination IP
address The local SHub determines the IP next hop for the voice traffic destination IP address Any potential intermediate SHub between the local Shub and the next hop performs layer 2 forwarding.
Voice traffic destined to a voice termination point at the same Voice LT board: The voice LT board forwards the voice packet to the local SHub. The local SHub detects that the destination IP address of the packet is identical to
the own Voice IP address and treats the voice traffic locally.
The local SHub performs layer 4 forwarding to the Voice LT board from which the
packet originated.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-27
The voice LT board forwards the upstream voice packet to the local SHub. The local SHub detects that the destination IP address of the packet is identical to
the own Voice IP address and treats the voice traffic locally. The local SHub performs layer 4 forwarding to the Voice LT board to which the destined voice termination point is connected.
The voice LT forwards the upstream voice packet to the local SHub. One of the following takes place:
1. The destined Voice termination point is reachable via a layer 3 aggregation network: The local SHub determines the IP next hop for the destination IP address of the packet and forwards the IP packet appropriately. 2. The destined Voice termination point reachable via a layer 2 aggregation network: The local SHub detects that the destination of the packet is reachable via the local subnet and forwards the IP packet appropriately. Any potential intermediate SHub between the local Shub and the destined SHub performs layer 2 forwarding. The SHub that connects the destined voice termination point (Voice LT board) performs layer 4 forwarding.
Voice traffic destined to the Voice server: The voice LT forwards the voice packet to the local SHub. One of the following takes place:
1. The destined Voice Server is reachable via layer 3 aggregation network: The local SHub determines the IP next hop for the Voice server, performs ARP for the next-hop IP address and forwards the voice traffic appropriately. 2. The destined Voice Server is reachable via layer 2 aggregation network (in case the access node of the Voice LT board is either equal to the access node of the Voice server, or to an access node that subtends to the access node of the Voice server or to an access node connected via a layer 2 aggregation network with the access node of the Voice server): the local SHub detects that the Voice server is reachable within the local subnet. The local Shub performs ARP for the IP address of the Voice server and forwards the IP packet appropriately The SHub that connects the Voice server performs layer 2 forwarding. Any potential intermediate SHub between the local Shub and the SHub that connects the Voice server performs layer 2 forwarding.
Voice traffic relayed by the Voice server to a voice termination point connected
to a Voice LT board in the same access node:
The Voice server invokes the NAPT facility and forwards the packet along the local
SHub to itself (this is a basic forwarding condition to allow the support of External packet forwarding serving Lawful Intercept). The Voice server detects that the destination of the voice traffic is reachable via the local subnet and forwards the voice traffic to the IP address of the local SHub. The local SHub performs layer 4 forwarding to the Voice LT board that connects the Voice termination point.
8-28
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Voice traffic relayed by the Voice server to a voice termination point connected
to a Voice LT board in another access node of the voice cluster:
The destined Voice Termination point is reachable via layer 3 aggregation network.
The Voice server determines the IP next hop for the destination of the voice traffic, performs ARP for the next hop IP address and forwards the voice traffic appropriately. The destined Voice Termination point is reachable via layer 2 aggregation network (in case the Voice Termination point is connected to an access node subtending to the local access node or an access node connected via a layer 2 aggregation network with the local access node): The Voice server invokes the NAPT facility and forwards the voice traffic along the local SHub to itself (this is a basic forwarding condition to allow the support of External packet forwarding serving Lawful Intercept). The Voice Server detects that the destination of the voice traffic is reachable via the local subnet, performs ARP for the destination IP address and forwards the voice traffic appropriately. The SHub that connects the Voice termination point (Voice LT board) performs layer 4 forwarding. Any potential intermediate SHub between the Voice server and the SHub connecting the destined voice termination performs layer 2 forwarding.
Voice traffic relayed by the Voice server to an external voice termination point: The Voice Server determines the IP next hop for the destination of the voice traffic,
performs ARP for the next hop IP address and forwards the voice traffic appropriately. Any potential intermediate SHub in between the Voice server and the next hop performs layer 2 forwarding.
Figure 8-25 Megaco ISAM Voice (switched): Voice packet originating at the Voice LT board
L4 forwarding
L2 aggregation network
Voice LT board
L3 forwarding
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
L4 forwarding
L3 forwarding
MGC
ASP
SoftSwitch
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-29
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-26 Megaco ISAM Voice (switched): Voice packet originating at the Voice server
L4 forwarding
L3 forwarding
L2 forwarding
L2 aggregation network
Voice LT board
L2 forwarding
L2 forwarding
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
L3 forwarding
MGC
ASP
SoftSwitch
OAM traffic
The management platform of the customer forwards the Voice OAM traffic to the public OAM IP address of the ISAM access node hosting the Voice server. Voice OAM traffic is distinguishable by a Voice specific SNMP community string/context identifier from non-Voice OAM traffic and in addition distinguishable through the same SNMP community string/context identifier amongst the Voice server pairs (maximum 8) that may be hosted in the same ISAM access node. Internally, the voice-specific OAM traffic is relayed to the Voice server. Voice OAM responses generated by the Voice server are internally passed to the ISAM SNMP agent that forwards them to the management platform of the customer. Any potential intermediate SHub performs layer 2 forwarding and this in both directions. Refer also to chapter Management interface functions.
8-30
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Summarized: An ISAM-V access node that is directly connected to the upstream voice network can be configured as a routing device. An ISAM-V access node that is not directly connected to the upstream voice network must be configured as switching device.
Security considerations
The ISAM supports only a single fast path VRF. As a result, access nodes that are deployed in mixed mode (that is, narrowband services and broadband services are concurrently deployed by the same access node) must include protections that guarantee that data is kept secret against unwanted, unintended and malicious listeners and this for both the narrowband services and the broadband services. This can be achieved as follows:
At the network side of the VRF, the broadband data path is separated from the
narrowband data path by configuring different VLANs for these different data paths (= different IP subnets). In this respect, path protection can be guaranteed by the routing protocols (different areas). At the user side of the VRF, ACLs need to be installed at the ports connection the LT boards to block broadband traffic from interfering with narrowband traffic and vice versa (that is, traffic received in the broadband path is not allowed to be destined to a narrowband user and, vice versa, traffic received in the narrowband path is not allowed to be destined to a broadband user). The ACLs will be built upon destination IP address/subnet and/or source IP address/subnet.
Signaling traffic
Signaling traffic originates and terminates at the Voice server. In the upstream direction, the Voice server determines the IP next hop for the destination IP address of the packet, performs ARP for the next hop IP address and forwards the IP packet appropriately. The local SHub is configured as the next hop for signaling packets originating at the Voice server. The local SHub performs layer 3 forwarding in upstream and downstream direction.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-31
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-27 Megaco ISAM Voice (routed): signaling forwarding
Remote node NT board
SHub network IP address
L3 forwarding L3 forwarding
Voice LT board
L3 aggregation network
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
MGC
ASP
SoftSwitch
XLES traffic
XLES traffic originates at the Voice server or at the Voice LT board and terminates respectively at the Voice LT board or the Voice server.
XLES traffic originating at the Voice server and destined to the Voice LT board:
The destined Voice LT is connected to the local access node, to an access node subtending to the local access node or to an access node connected via a L3 aggregation network with the local access node. In the upstream direction, the Voice server determines the IP next hop for the destination IP address of the packet, performs ARP for the next hop IP address / destination IP address and forwards the IP packet appropriately. The local SHub is configured as the next hop for the XLES packets originating at the Voice server (in case the destined voice LT board connects to the local access node, the local SHub IP address is equal to the destination IP address). The (destined) SHub that connects the destined Voice LT board performs layer 3 followed by layer 4 forwarding. XLES traffic originating at the Voice LT board and destined to the Voice server: The Voice LT board relays the XLES packet to the local SHub.
The access node of the Voice LT board and the access node of the Voice Server are
the same: The local SHub detects that the destination IP address of the packet can directly be reached via the local subnet. The local Shub performs ARP for the destination IP address and forwards the IP packet appropriately. The access node of the Voice LT board subtends to the access node of the Voice Server: The local SHub determines the IP next hop for the destination IP address of the packet, performs ARP for the next hop IP address and forwards the IP packet appropriately. The access node of the Voice LT board is connected via a layer 3 aggregation network with the access node of the Voice Server:
8-32
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
The local SHub determines the IP next hop for the destination IP address of the packet, performs ARP for the next hop IP address and forwards the IP packet appropriately.
The SHub that connects the Voice server performs layer 3 forwarding.
Figure 8-28 Megaco ISAM Voice - Routed: XLES packet originating at the Voice Server
L4 forwarding
Voice LT board
L3 aggregation network
L4 forwarding
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
SoftSwitch
Figure 8-29 Megaco ISAM Voice - Routed: XLES packet forwarding at the Voice LT board.
L3 forwarding
L3 forwarding L3 forwarding
Voice LT board
L3 aggregation network
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
L3 forwarding
MGC
ASP
SoftSwitch
Voice traffic
Voice traffic originates at the Voice LT board and is destined to a voice termination at the same Voice LT board, a voice termination at another Voice LT board in the Voice cluster or a voice termination outside the voice cluster.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-33
In some cases the voice traffic must be sent along the Voice server (as to support some supplementary services or an optimized IP addressing scheme). From R3.7V onwards, in all cases, voice traffic is relayed to the SHub prior to the forwarding to the destined voice termination. This relay is either done by the Voice LT board (voice traffic that does not pass the Voice server) or the Voice server (voice traffic that passes the voice server). A) Voice traffic not passing the Voice server.
Voice traffic destined to a termination outside the voice cluster: The voice LT board relays the upstream voice traffic to the local SHub. The local SHub determines the IP next hop for the voice traffic destination. The local Shub performs ARP for the next hop IP address and forwards the IP packet
appropriately.
The Voice LT board relays the upstream voice traffic to the local SHub. The local SHub detects that the destination of the voice traffic equals the local Voice
IP address and treats the voice traffic locally.
The local SHub performs layer 4 forwarding to the Voice LT voice from which the
voice traffic originated.
The voice LT board relays the upstream voice traffic to the local SHub. The local SHub detects that the destination of the voice traffic equals the local Voice
IP address and treats the voice traffic locally.
The local SHub performs layer 4 forwarding to the Voice LT board to which the
destined voice termination is connected.
The voice LT board relays the upstream voice traffic to the local SHub. The local SHub determines the IP next hop for the destination of the voice traffic.
The local SHub performs ARP for the next hop IP address and forwards the voice traffic appropriately. The SHub that connects the destined voice termination (Voice LT board) performs layer 3 followed by layer 4 forwarding.
Voice traffic destined to the Voice server: The voice LT board relays the upstream voice traffic to the local SHub. The local SHub determines the IP next hop for the Voice server, performs ARP for
the next hop IP address and forwards the voice traffic appropriately. In case the access node of the Voice LT board and the access node of the Voice Server are the same, the local Shub performs ARP for the Voice server IP address and forwards the IP packet appropriately.
8-34
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
The Voice server invokes the NAPT facility and forwards the voice traffic along the
local SHub to itself (this is a basic forwarding condition to allow the support of External packet forwarding serving Lawful Intercept). The Voice server detects that the destination of the voice traffic is reachable within the local subnet, performs ARP for the destination IP address and forwards the IP packet appropriately. The local SHub performs layer 4 forwarding to the Voice LT board that connects the Voice termination point.
The Voice Server determines the IP next hop for the destination of the voice traffic,
performs ARP for the next hop IP address and forwards the voice traffic appropriately. The Voice termination is connected to an access node subtending to the local access node: The Voice server invokes the NAPT facility and forwards the voice traffic along the local SHub to itself (this is a basic forwarding condition to allow the support of External packet forwarding serving Lawful Intercept). The Voice Server detects that the destination of the voice traffic is reachable within the local subnet, performs ARP for the destination IP address and forwards the voice traffic appropriately. The SHub that connects the Voice termination (Voice LT board) performs layer 4 forwarding.
Voice traffic relayed by the Voice server to a voice termination outside the voice
cluster:
The Voice Server determines the IP next hop for the destination of the voice traffic,
performs ARP the next hop IP address and forwards the voice traffic appropriately.
Figure 8-30 Megaco ISAM Voice (routed): Voice packet originating at the LT board
L4 forwarding L3 forwarding L3 forwarding
Voice LT board
L3 aggregation network
L3 forwarding
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
L4 forwarding
L3 forwarding
L3 forwarding
MGC
ASP
SoftSwitch
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-35
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-31 Megaco ISAM Voice (routed): Voice packet originating at the Voice server
L4 forwarding
Main node
L3 forwarding L3 forwarding
SHub network IP address
NT board
SHub signaling user IP address
Voice LT board
L3 aggregation network
L3 forwarding
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
L3 forwarding
MGC
ASP
SoftSwitch
OAM traffic
The management platform of the customer forwards the Voice OAM traffic to the public OAM IP address of the ISAM access node hosting the Voice server. Voice OAM traffic is distinguishable by a Voice specific SNMP community string/context identifier from non-Voice OAM traffic and in addition distinguishable through the same SNMP community string /context identifier amongst the Voice server pairs (maximum 8) that may be hosted in the same ISAM access node. Internally, the voice specific OAM traffic is relayed to the Voice server. Voice OAM responses generated by the Voice server are internally passed to the ISAM SNMP agent that forwards them to the customer's management platform. Refer also to chapter Management interface functions.
Signaling traffic
Centralized SIP architecture = Single IP address: In upstream direction: the Voice LT board forwards the signaling packet to the local
SHub. The Local SHub determines the IP next hop for the destination IP address of the packet, performs ARP for the next hop IP address and forwards the IP packet appropriately. In downstream direction: upon the receipt of a signaling packet, the local SHub performs layer 3 forwarding followed by layer 4 forwarding to the destined Voice LT board.
8-36
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-32 SIP ISAM Voice (switched, centralized): Signaling packet originating at the Voice LT/Upstream layer 3 forwarding at the SHub
Remote node NT board
SHub Voice IP address
L3 forwarding
L2 forwarding
Voice LT board
L2 aggregation network
Subtending node
L3 aggregation network
NT board
SHub Voice IP address SHub signaling IP address
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
S-CSCF I-CSCF AS
L3 forwarding
IP
HSS MRF
IMS Core
Figure 8-33 SIP ISAM Voice (switched, centralized): Signaling packet destined to the Voice LT/Downstream layer 4 forwarding at the SHub
Remote node NT board
SHub Voice IP address
L4 forwarding L2 forwarding
Voice LT board
L2 aggregation network
Voice LT board
Subtending node
L3 aggregation network
NT board
SHub Voice IP address SHub signaling IP address
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
L4 forwarding
S-CSCF I-CSCF AS
IP
HSS MRF
IMS Core
Distributed SIP architecture = Multiple IP address: In upstream direction: the Voice LT board determines the IP next hop for the
destination IP address of the packet and forwards the IP packet appropriately. Any potential intermediate SHub performs layer 2 forwarding. In downstream direction: upon the receipt of a signaling packet, the local SHub performs layer 2 forwarding to the destined Voice LT board.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-37
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-34 SIP ISAM Voice (switched, distributed): Signaling packet originating at the Voice LT/Upstream layer 3 forwarding at the Voice LT
Remote node NT board
Signaling IP address
Signaling IP address
Voice LT board
Voice IP address
L2 aggregation network
Voice LT board
Voice IP address
Subtending node
L3 aggregation network
NT board
Signaling IP address
Voice LT board
Voice IP address
Voice LT board
Voice IP address
S-CSCF I-CSCF AS
L2 forwarding L3 forwarding
IP
HSS MRF
IMS Core
Figure 8-35 SIP ISAM Voice (switched, distributed): Signaling packet destined to the Voice LT/Downstream layer 2 forwarding at the SHub
Remote node NT board
Signaling IP address
Main node
L2 forwarding L2 forwarding
Signaling IP address
NT board
Voice LT board
Voice IP address
L2 aggregation network
Voice LT board
Voice IP address
Subtending node
L3 aggregation network
NT board
Signaling IP address
Voice LT board
Voice IP address
Voice LT board
Voice IP address
S-CSCF I-CSCF AS
L2 forwarding
IP
HSS MRF
IMS Core
8-38
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Voice traffic
For both the centralized as well as the distributed architecture, the forwarding of the voice traffic in upstream as well as in downstream direction is identical as shown above for the signaling traffic.
The voice LT board forwards the voice packet to the local SHub. The local SHub detects that the destination IP address of the packet is identical to
the own Voice IP address. As such the packet is treated locally. The local SHub performs layer 4 forwarding to the Voice LT board to which the destined voice termination point is connected (that is, the Voice LT board from which the voice packet originated). Summarized, the SIP ISAM Voice forwards the voice traffic in accordance with the destination IP address dictated by the SIP signaling and the Voice LT board type. The External Packet Forwarding facility serving Lawful Intercept is not supported, neither for the Distributed, nor for the Centralized SIP architecture.
OAM traffic
The management platform of the customer forwards the Voice OAM traffic to the management IP address of the ISAM access node hosting the Voice server. Voice OAM responses generated by the Voice server are internally passed to the ISAM SNMP agent that forwards them to the management platform of the customer. Any potential intermediate SHub performs layer 2 forwarding and this in both directions. Refer also to chapter Management interface functions.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT 8-39
Security considerations
The ISAM supports only a single fast path VRF. As a result, access nodes that are deployed in mixed mode (that is, narrowband services and broadband services are concurrently deployed by the same access node) must include protections that guarantee that data is kept secret against unwanted, unintended and malicious listeners and this for both the narrowband services and the broadband services. This can be achieved as follows:
At the network side of the VRF, the broadband data path is separated from the
narrowband data path by configuring different VLANs for these different data paths (= different IP subnets). In this respect, path protection can be guaranteed by the routing protocols (different areas). At the user side of the VRF, ACLs need to be installed at the ports connection the LT boards to block broadband traffic from interfering with narrowband traffic and vice versa (that is, traffic received in the broadband path is not allowed to be destined to a narrowband user and, vice versa, traffic received in the narrowband path is not allowed to be destined to a broadband user). The ACLs will be built upon destination IP address/subnet and/or source IP address/subnet.
Signaling traffic
Centralized SIP architecture = Single IP address: In upstream direction: the Voice LT board forwards the signaling packet to the local
SHub. The Local SHub determines the IP next hop for the destination IP address of the packet, performs ARP for the next hop IP address and forwards the IP packet appropriately. In downstream direction: upon the receipt of a signaling packet, the local SHub performs layer 3 forwarding followed by layer 4 forwarding to the destined Voice LT board.
8-40
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-36 SIP ISAM Voice (routed, centralized): Signaling packet originating at the Voice LT/Upstream layer 3 forwarding at the SHub
Remote node
SHub user Signaling IP address
L3 forwarding L3 forwarding
SHub netw. Signaling IP address SHub netw. Signaling IP address
NT board
Voice LT board
L3 aggregation network
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
SHub user Voice IP address
Voice LT board
S-CSCF I-CSCF AS
L3 forwarding
IP
HSS MRF
IMS Core
Figure 8-37 SIP ISAM Voice (routed, centralized): Signaling packet destined to the Voice LT/Downstream layer 4 forwarding at the SHub
Remote node
SHub user Signaling IP address
L3 forwarding L3 forwarding
SHub netw. Signaling IP address SHub netw. Signaling IP address
NT board
Voice LT board
L3 aggregation network
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
SHub user Voice IP address
Voice LT board
S-CSCF I-CSCF AS
L4 forwarding
IP
HSS MRF
IMS Core
Distributed SIP architecture = Multiple IP address: In upstream direction: the Voice LT board determines the IP next hop for the
destination IP address of the packet and forwards the IP packet appropriately. Any potential intermediate SHub performs layer 2 forwarding. In downstream direction: upon the receipt of a signaling packet, the local SHub performs layer 2 forwarding to the destined Voice LT board.
8-41
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-38 SIP ISAM Voice (routed, distributed): Signaling packet originating at the Voice LT/Upstream layer 3 forwarding at the Voice LT
Remote node
SHub user Signaling IP address Signaling IP address
L3 forwarding L3 forwarding
SHub netw. Signaling IP address SHub netw. Signaling IP address
NT board
Voice LT board
SHub user Voice Voice IP address IP address
L3 aggregation network
Voice LT board
Remote node
SHub user Signaling IP address Signaling IP address
Subtending node
SHub netw. Signaling IP address
NT board
NT board
Signaling IP address
Voice LT board
Voice IP address SHub user Voice IP address
Voice LT board
Voice IP address
S-CSCF I-CSCF AS
L2 forwarding
L3 forwarding
IP
HSS MRF
IMS Core
Figure 8-39 SIP ISAM Voice (routed, distributed): Signaling packet destined to the Voice LT/Downstream layer 2 forwarding at the SHub
Remote node
SHub user Signaling IP address Signaling IP address
L3 forwarding L3 forwarding
SHub netw. Signaling IP address SHub netw. Signaling IP address
NT board
Voice LT board
Voice IP address SHub user Voice IP address
L3 aggregation network
Voice LT board
Remote node
SHub user Signaling IP address Signaling IP address
Subtending node
SHub netw. Signaling IP address
NT board
NT board
Signaling IP address
Voice LT board
Voice IP address SHub user Voice IP address
Voice LT board
Voice IP address
S-CSCF I-CSCF AS
L2 forwarding
IP
HSS MRF
IMS Core
8-42
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Voice traffic
For both the centralized as well as the distributed architecture, the forwarding of the voice traffic in upstream as well as in downstream direction is identical as shown above for the signaling traffic.
The voice LT board forwards the voice packet to the local SHub. The local SHub detects that the destination IP address of the packet is identical to
the own Voice IP address. As such the packet is treated locally. The local SHub performs layer 4 forwarding to the Voice LT board to which the destined voice termination point is connected (that is, the Voice LT board from which the voice packet originated). Summarized, the SIP ISAM Voice forwards the voice traffic in accordance with the destination IP address dictated by the SIP signaling and the Voice LT board type. The External Packet Forwarding facility serving Lawful Intercept is not supported, neither for the Distributed, nor for the Centralized SIP architecture.
OAM traffic
The management platform of the customer forwards the Voice OAM traffic to the management IP address of the ISAM access node hosting the Voice server. Voice OAM responses generated by the Voice server are internally passed to the ISAM SNMP agent that forwards them to the management platform of the customer. Any potential intermediate SHub performs layer 2 forwarding and this in both directions. Refer also to chapter Management interface functions.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT 8-43
8.8
Basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology IP subnet reduction IP subnet and IP address reduction
The following is common to all three forwarding models:
Equipment and platform management entity is hosted at the NT Voice service Management entity is hosted at the Voice server Media gateway is hosted at the Voice server External communication VLAN carries the external management traffic Public OAM IP interface is configured at the NT External communication VLAN: see chapter Management interface functions Public OAM IP address: see chapter Management interface functions
The following applies for the basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology:
A distinct VLAN is used for signaling and Voice/XLES traffic. The public Voice IP interface is configured at the SHub. The public signaling IP interface is configured at the Voice server. The public XLES IP interface is configured at the Voice server. Upstream packet forwarding:
Signaling traffic: layer 3 forwarding at the Voice server and layer 2 forwarding at
the SHub.
Downstream packet forwarding: Signaling traffic is layer 2 forwarded at the SHub. Voice/XLES traffic is layer 4 forwarded from the SHub to the Voice LT. Signaling VLAN:
The VLAN is of iBridge mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the ISAM port(s) connecting the Voice server and the network port(s). The signaling VLAN terminates at the Voice server and carries the Megaco and SIGTRAN signaling traffic exchanged between the MGC (Call Server)/ ASP (Application Server Process) and the MG (ISAM Voice).
8-44
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Voice/XLES VLAN:
The VLAN is of Voice-VLAN mode, configurable and allows layer 2 and layer 3 user-to-user communication. Ports associated with this VLAN are the ISAM port(s) connecting the Voice server, the ISAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT, subtending port(s), and network port(s). The VLAN terminates at both the Voice server and the Voice LT and carries:
RTP traffic exchanged between end users. RTCP traffic. XLES traffic (internal signaling, control and management) exchanged between the
Voice server and the Voice LT.
The basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology is shown in the following figures:
For a hub ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-40 For a subtending ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-41 For a remote ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-42
Figure 8-40 Basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology - hub ISAM Voice (switching)
MG
In te r n a l O AM VLAN
Vo ice Se r ve r 1
Exte r n a l O AM VLAN
MG
IACM Vo ice Se r ve r N
SHu b NT
Vo ice LT 1
VO ICE VLAN
Public O AM IP Address Public Signa ling IP Address Public Voice / XLES IP Address Priva te O AM IP Address Public Voice IP Address
Vo ice LT M
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-45
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-41 Basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology - subtending ISAM Voice (switching)
Exte r n a l O AM VLAN
IACM
SHu b NT
Vo ice LT 1
VO ICE VLAN
Figure 8-42 Basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology - remote ISAM Voice (switching)
Exte r n a l O AM VLAN
IACM
SHu b NT
Vo ice LT 1
VO ICE VLAN
Relying on the former layer 2 forwarding scheme, the layer 3 IP address scheme looks then as follows:
Public signaling IP address: Residing at the Voice server. Single IP address shared by a redundant pair of Voice servers. Configurable Public Voice IP address: Single IP address per ISAM Voice access node. Residing at the SHub. Configurable Public XLES IP address: Residing at the Voice server. Shared by a redundant pair of Voice servers. Configurable.
8-46
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
IP subnet reduction
This model intends to reduce the number of IP subnets (that is, the total amount of reserved IP addresses), required for the voice service.
A shared VLAN is used for signaling and Voice/XLES traffic. The public Voice IP interface is configured at the SHub. A shared public signaling/XLES IP interface is configured at the Voice server. Upstream packet forwarding:
Signaling traffic: layer 3 forwarding at the Voice server and layer 2 forwarding at
the SHub.
Downstream packet forwarding: Signaling traffic is layer 2 forwarded at the SHub. Voice/XLES traffic is layer 4 forwarded from the SHub to the Voice LT. Shared signaling/Voice/XLES VLAN:
The VLAN is of Voice-VLAN mode, configurable and allows layer 2 and layer 3 user-to-user communication. Ports associated with this VLAN are the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice server, the ISAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT, Subtending port(s) and the network port(s). The shared VLAN terminates at the Voice server and the Voice LT and carries:
Megaco and SIGTRAN signaling traffic exchanged between the MGC (Call
Server)/ ASP (Application Server Process) and the MG (ISAM Voice)
RTP traffic exchanged between end users RTCP traffic XLES traffic (internal signaling, control and management) exchanged between the
Voice server and the Voice LT.
The basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology with IP subnet reduction is shown in the following figures:
For a hub ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-43. For a subtending ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-44. For a remote ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-45.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-47
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-43 IP subnet reduction - hub ISAM Voice (switching)
MG
In te r n a l O AM VLAN
Vo ice Se r ve r 1
Exte r n a l O AM VLAN
MG
IACM Vo ice Se r ve r N
SHu b NT
Vo ice LT 1
Public O AM IP Address Public Voice IP Address Public shared Signaling/Voice/XLES IP Address Priva te O AM IP Address
Vo ice LT M
IACM
SHu b NT
Vo ice LT 1
IACM
SHu b NT
Vo ice LT 1
Relying on the former layer 2 forwarding scheme, the layer 3 IP address scheme then looks as follows:
Shared public signaling/XLES IP address: Residing at the Voice server. Single IP address shared by a redundant pair of Voice servers. Configurable.
8-48
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Public Voice IP address: Single IP address per ISAM Voice access node. Residing at the SHub. Configurable.
IP subnet and IP address reduction
This model further reduces the total amount of public IP addresses, required for the integrated voice service.
Note For topologies that contain remote ISAM Voice access nodes, 2 options are possible:
Signaling traffic: layer 3 forwarding at the Voice server and layer 2 forwarding at
the SHub.
Voice/XLES traffic for a hub ISAM Voice: layer 3 forwarding at the Voice server
and layer 2 forwarding at the SHub.
Voice/XLES traffic for a remote ISAM Voice (Figure 8-48 - CASE A):
Voice/XLES packet internally relayed from the Voice LT to the SHub and layer 3 forwarding at the SHub.
Signaling traffic: layer 2 forwarding at the SHub. Voice/XLES traffic for a hub ISAM Voice: layer 2 forwarding at the SHub. Voice/XLES traffic for a remote ISAM Voice (Figure 8-48 - CASE A): layer 4
forwarding from the SHub to the Voice LT.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-49
Megaco and SIGTRAN signaling traffic exchanged between the MGC (Call
Server)/ ASP (Application Server Process) and the MG (ISAM Voice).
RTP traffic originated from or destined to end users connected to a remote ISAM
Voice node.
RTP traffic originated from an external end user and destined to an end user
connected to the hub node or subtending node.
RTP traffic originated from an end user connected to the hub or Subtending node
and destined to an external end user.
RTCP traffic XLES traffic (internal signaling, control and management) exchanged between the
Voice server and the Voice LT hosted in the remote ISAM Voice node.
Megaco and SIGTRAN signaling traffic exchanged between the MGC (Call
Server)/ ASP (Application Server Process) and the MG (ISAM Voice).
RTP traffic originated from an external end user and destined to an end user
connected to the Hub node, Subtending node or Remote node.
RTP traffic originated from an end user connected to the Hub, Subtending or
Remote node and destined to an external end user.
RTP traffic originated or destined to end users connected to the hub and subtending
ISAM Voice nodes.
RTCP traffic. XLES traffic (internal signaling, control and management) exchanged between the
Voice server and the Voice LT residing in the Hub, the Subtending (Case B) and/or the Remote ISAM Voice node.
8-50
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
The basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology with IP subnet reduction and IP address reduction is shown in the following figures:
For a hub ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-46. For a subtending ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-47. For a remote ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-48.
Figure 8-46 IP subnet and IP reduction - hub ISAM Voice (switching)
MG
Internal OAM VLAN
Voice Server 1
MG
Voice Server N
Voice LT 1 NT
Voice LT M
IACM
SHu b NT
Vo ice LT 1
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-51
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-48 IP subnet and IP address reduction - remote ISAM Voice (switching)
CASE A
Exte r n a l O AM VLAN
SHu b NT
Vo ice LT 1
CASE B
Exte r n a l O AM VLAN
SHu b NT
Vo ice LT 1
Relying on the former layer 2 forwarding scheme, the layer 3 IP address scheme then looks as follows:
Shared public signaling/Voice/XLES IP address: Residing at the Voice server. Single IP address shared by a redundant pair of Voice servers. Configurable. Public Voice IP address (for remote ISAM Voice node): Single IP address per ISAM Voice access node. Residing at the SHub. Configurable. Private Voice IP address (for hub ISAM Voice node and subtending ISAM Voice
node):
Single IP address per ISAM Voice access node. Residing at the SHub. Configurable. Private XLES IP address (for hub ISAM Voice node): Residing at the Voice server. Shared by a redundant pair of Voice servers. Configurable.
8-52
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology IP subnet reduction IP subnet and IP address reduction
The following is common to all three forwarding models:
Equipment and platform management entity is hosted at the NT Voice service Management entity is hosted at the Voice server Media gateway is hosted at the Voice server External communication VLAN carries the external management traffic Public OAM IP interface is configured at the NT External communication VLAN: see chapter Management interface functions Public OAM IP address: see chapter Management interface functions
Distinct user side VLANs for signaling traffic and for Voice/XLES traffic are
configured at the user side of the fast path VRF. Distinct network side VLANs for signaling traffic and for Voice/XLES traffic are configured at the network side of the fast path VRF. A distinct user side subtending VLAN for Voice/XLES traffic exchanged with the subtending ISAM Voice is configured at the user side of the fast path VRF. The public Voice IP interface is configured at the user side of the fast path VRF at the SHub. The public signaling IP interface is configured at the Voice server. The public XLES IP interface is configured at the Voice server. A user-side next hop IP interface is configured on top of the user side signaling VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF. A network-side next hop IP interface is configured on top of both the network-side signaling VLAN and the network-side Voice/XLES VLAN at the network side of the fast path VRF. A user-side next hop IP interface is configured on top of the user side subtending VLAN at the user side of the fats path VRF. Upstream packet forwarding:
Signaling traffic and XLES traffic originating at the Voice server: layer 3
forwarding at the Voice server and layer 3 forwarding at the SHub.
Voice traffic and XLES traffic originating at the Voice LT board: the Voice/XLES
packet is internally relayed from the Voice LT board to the SHub and layer 3 forwarding at the SHub. Voice traffic and XLES traffic originating at the subtending interface: layer 3 forwarding at the SHub.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-53
Downstream packet forwarding: Signaling traffic and XLES traffic destined to the Voice server: layer 3 forwarded at
the SHub.
Voice traffic and XLES traffic destined to the Voice LT: layer 3 followed by layer
4 forwarded from the SHub to the Voice LT board.
Voice traffic and XLES traffic destined to the subtending interface: layer 3
forwarded at the SHub.
RTP traffic exchanged between end users. RTCP traffic. XLES traffic (internal signaling, control and management) exchanged between the
Voice server and the Voice LT board).
Subtending Voice/XLES VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF:
The VLAN is of iBridge mode and configurable Ports associated with this VLAN are the subtending port(s). The VLAN terminates at the SHub and the Voice LT board(s) connecting to the subtending ISAM Voice and carries:
RTP traffic exchanged between end users RTCP traffic XLES traffic exchanged between the Voice server and the subtending Voice LT
board(s)
For a hub ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-49 For a subtending ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-50 For a remote ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-51
8-54
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-49 Basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology - hub ISAM Voice (routing)
MG
Internal OAM VLAN
Voice Server 1
MG
SIGNALING VLAN
Network VLAN
Voice Server N
Fast-path VRF
Voice LT 1
Network VLAN
NT
Subtending VLAN
Public OAM IP address Public Signaling IP address Public Voice /XLES IP address Private OAM IP address
Voice LT M
VOICE VLAN
Figure 8-50 Basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology - subtending ISAM Voice (routing)
Fast-path VRF
Voice LT 1 NT
Subtending VLAN
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-55
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-51 Basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology - remote ISAM Voice (routing)
Network VLAN
Fast-path VRF
Voice LT 1 NT
VOICE VLAN
Public OAM IP Address Public Voice IP Address Network IP address Voice LT M
Public signaling IP address: Residing at the Voice server. Single IP address shared by a redundant pair of Voice servers. Configurable Public Voice IP address: Single IP address per ISAM Voice access node configured at the user side of the fast
path VRF. Residing at the SHub. Configurable
Public XLES IP address: Residing at the Voice server. Shared by a redundant pair of Voice servers. Configurable. Signaling path: User-side next hop IP address configured at the user side of the fast path VRF
(SHub)
Network-side next hop IP address configured at the network side of the fast path
VRF (SHub)
This model intends to reduce the number of IP subnets (that is, the total amount of reserved IP addresses), required for the voice service.
The same user-side VLAN is shared by signaling and Voice/XLES traffic and
configured at the user side of the fast path VRF.
8-56
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
The same network-side VLAN is shared by signaling and Voice/XLES traffic and
configured at the network side of the fast path VRF.
The public Voice IP interface is configured at the user side of the fast path VRF
at the SHub. A shared public signaling/XLES IP interface is configured at the Voice server. A distinct-user side subtending VLAN for Voice/XLES traffic exchanged with the subtending ISAM Voice is configured at the user side of the fast path VRF. A network-side next hop IP interface is configured on top of the network side signaling/ Voice/XLES VLAN at the network side of the fast path VRF. A user-side next hop IP interface is configured on top of the user-side subtending VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF. Upstream packet forwarding:
Signaling traffic: layer 3 forwarding at the Voice server and layer 3 forwarding at
the SHub.
Downstream packet forwarding: Signaling traffic and XLES traffic destined to the Voice server: layer 3 forwarded at
the SHub.
Voice traffic and XLES traffic destined to the Voice LT: layer 3 followed by layer
4 forwarded from the SHub to the Voice LT board.
Voice traffic and XLES traffic destined to the subtending interface: layer 3
forwarded at the SHub.
Shared signaling/Voice/XLES VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF:
The VLAN is of Voice-VLAN mode, configurable and allows layer 3 user-to-user communication. Ports associated with this VLAN are the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice server and the ISAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT. The shared VLAN terminates at the SHub/Voice server and the Voice LT board and carries:
Megaco and SIGTRAN signaling traffic exchanged between the MGC (Call
Server)/ ASP (Application Server Process) and the MG (ISAM Voice)
RTP traffic exchanged between end users RTCP traffic XLES traffic (internal signaling, control and management) exchanged between the
Voice server and the Voice LT.
Subtending Voice/XLES VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF:
The VLAN is of iBridge mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the subtending port(s). The VLAN terminates at the SHub and the Voice LT board(s) connecting to the subtending ISAM Voice and carries:
RTP traffic exchanged between end users RTCP traffic XLES traffic exchanged between the Voice server and the subtending Voice LT
board(s)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-57
The basic layer 3 addressing topology with IP subnet reduction is shown in the following figures:
For a hub ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-52. For a subtending ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-53. For a remote ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-54.
Figure 8-52 IP subnet reduction - hub ISAM Voice (routing)
MG
Internal OAM VLAN
Voice Server 1
MG
Voice Server N
Fast-path VRF
Voice LT 1 NT
Subtending VLAN
Public OAM IP Address Public Voice IP Address Public shared Signaling/Voice/XLES IP Address Private OAM IP Address Network IP address Subtending IP address Voice LT M
VOICE VLAN
Fast-path VRF Voice LT 1 NT
8-58
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-54 IP subnet reduction - remote ISAM Voice (routing)
External OAM VLAN
Network VLAN
Fast-path VRF
Voice LT 1 NT
VOICE VLAN
Public OAM IP Address Public Voice IP Address Network IP address Voice LT M
Shared public signaling/XLES IP address: Residing at the Voice server. Single IP address shared by a redundant pair of Voice servers. Configurable. Public Voice IP address: Single IP address per ISAM Voice access node at the user side of the fast path VRF
at the SHub.
Residing at the SHub. Configurable. Signaling/Voice path: Network-side next hop IP address configured at the network side of the fast path
VRF (SHub
User-side next hop IP address configured at the user side of the fast path VRF
(SHub) for the subtending link. IP subnet and IP address reduction
This model further reduces the total amount of public IP addresses, required for the integrated voice service.
A private VLAN for Voice/XLES traffic is configured at the user side of the fast
path VRF (Applies to the HUB and subtending ISAM Voice only) A network side VLAN shared by signaling/Voice/XLES is configured at the network side of the fast path VRF. A single public IP interface shared by signaling/Voice/XLES IP interface is configured at the Voice server. A private voice IP interface is configured at the user side of the fast path VRF at the SHub. A private XLES IP interface is configured at the Voice server. A distinct user side private subtending VLAN for Voice/XLES traffic exchanged with the subtending ISAM Voice is configured at the user side of the fast path VRF. A network side Next hop IP interface is configured on top of the network side signaling/ Voice/XLES VLAN at the network side of the fast path VRF.
8-59
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A user side Next hop IP interface is configured on top of the user side
signaling/Voice/XLES VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF.
A user side Next hop IP interface is configured on top of the user side subtending
VLAN at the user side of the fats path VRF. Upstream packet forwarding in shared VLAN for signaling/Voice/XLES traffic:
Signaling traffic and XLES traffic + Voice traffic originating at the Voice server:
layer 3 forwarding at the Voice server and layer 3 forwarding at the SHub.
Voice traffic and XLES traffic originating at the Remote ISAM Voice: Voice/XLES
packet is internally relayed from the Voice LT board to the SHub and layer 3 forwarding at the SHub.
Signaling traffic and XLES traffic + Voice traffic destined to the Voice server: layer
3 forwarding at the SHub. Voice traffic and XLES traffic destined to the Voice LT board (Remote ISAM Voice): layer 3 followed by layer 4 forwarding from the SHub to the Voice LT board.
Megaco and SIGTRAN signaling traffic exchanged between the MGC (Call
Server)/ ASP (Application Server Process) and the MG (ISAM Voice).
RTP traffic originated from or destined to end users connected to a remote ISAM
Voice node.
RTP traffic originated from an external end user and destined to an end user
connected to the hub node or subtending node.
RTP traffic originated from an end user connected to the hub or Subtending node
and destined to an external end user.
RTCP traffic. XLES traffic (internal signaling, control and management) exchanged between the
Voice server and the Voice LT board hosted in the remote ISAM Voice node.
The private Voice VLAN terminates at the SHUB, Voice server and the Voice LT. It carries:
RTP traffic originated or destined to end users connected to the Hub, Subtending
(Case B:) and/or Remote ISAM Voice nodes.
RTCP traffic. XLES traffic (internal signaling, control and management) exchanged between the
Voice server and the Voice LT board residing in the Hub, the Subtending (Case B) and/or the Remote ISAM Voice node.
Subtending Voice/XLES VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF:
The VLAN is of iBridge mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the subtending port(s). The VLAN terminates at the SHub and the Voice LT board(s) connecting to the subtending ISAM Voice and carries:
RTP traffic exchanged between end users RTCP traffic XLES traffic exchanged between the Voice server and the subtending Voice LT(s)
The basic layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology with IP subnet reduction and IP address reduction is shown in the following figures:
For a hub ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-55. For a subtending ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-56. For a remote ISAM Voice, see Figure 8-57.
Figure 8-55 IP subnet and IP reduction - hub ISAM Voice (routing)
MG
Internal OAM VLAN Shared SIGNALING/VOICE VLAN
Voice Server 1
MG
Voice Server N
Voice LT 1
NT
Subtending VLAN
Public OAM IP Address Private Voice IP Address Public shared Signaling/XLES IP Address Private OAM IP Address
Voice LT M
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-61
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-56 IP subnet and IP reduction - subtending ISAM Voice (routing)
External OAM VLAN
Voice LT 1 NT
Figure 8-57 IP subnet and IP address reduction - remote ISAM Voice (routing)
External OAM VLAN Shared SIGNALLING /VOICE VLAN
Voice server N
Network VLAN
Shared public signaling/Voice/XLES IP address: Residing at the Voice server. Single IP address shared by a redundant pair of Voice servers. Configurable. Public Voice IP address (for remote ISAM Voice node): Single IP address per ISAM Voice access node configured at the user side of the fast
path VRF.
Residing at the SHub. Configurable. Private Voice IP address (for hub ISAM Voice node and subtending ISAM Voice
node):
Single IP address per ISAM Voice access node configured at the user side of the fast
path VRF.
Residing at the SHub. Configurable. Private XLES IP address (for hub ISAM Voice node): Residing at the Voice server. Shared by a redundant pair of Voice servers. Configurable. Public Signaling / Voice path:
8-62
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Network-side next hop IP address configured at the network side of the fast path VRF (HUB and Remote SHub). User-side next hop IP address configured at the user side of the fast path VRF (HUB SHub). User-side next hop IP address configured at the user side of the fast path VRF (SHub) for the subtending link.
Distributed IP address topology - shared signaling/Voice IP address. Distributed IP address topology - distinct signaling/Voice IP address. Centralized IP address topology - distinct signaling/Voice IP address. Centralized IP address topology - shared signaling/Voice IP address.
Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the Voice LT board. Layer 2 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the SHub. Layer 2 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from subtending to network side. Downstream packet forwarding: Layer 2 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the SHub. Layer 2 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from subtending to network side.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-63
SIP signaling traffic exchanged between the SIP server and the SIP UA (ISAM
Voice).
OAM VLAN
Voice LT 1
SIP UA
Voice LT K
SIP UA
Voice LT L
NT
SIP UA
Relying on the former layer 2 forwarding scheme, the layer 3 IP address scheme then looks as follows:
Signaling/Voice IP interface: Configurable at the Voice LT. Multiple IP address per ISAM Voice access node.
Distributed IP address topology - distinct signaling/Voice IP address
Distinct VLANs are configured for signaling traffic and for Voice traffic at the
SHub.
Distinct IP interfaces for signaling traffic and for Voice traffic are configured at
the Voice LT board. Upstream packet forwarding:
Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the Voice LT board. Layer 2 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the SHub. Layer 2 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from subtending to network side. Downstream packet forwarding: Layer 2 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the SHub. Layer 2 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from subtending to network side.
8-64
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Signaling VLAN:
The VLAN is of iBridge mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT, the network port(s) and the subtending port(s). The signaling VLAN terminates at the Voice LT board and carries the SIP signaling traffic exchanged between the SIP server and the SIP User Agent (ISAM Voice). Voice VLAN: The VLAN is of iBridge mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT, the network port(s) and the subtending port(s). The Voice VLAN terminates at the Voice LT and carries the RTP traffic exchanged between end users and RTCP traffic. Figure 8-59 shows the layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology for this model.
Figure 8-59 Distributed IP address topology (switching): distinct signaling/voice IP address
SIP UA
Voice LT 1
SIP UA
SIGNALING VLAN
Fast-path VRF Voice LT K
SIP UA
Voice LT L
VOICE VLAN
NT
SIP UA
Public OAM IP Address Public Signaling IP Address Public Voice IP Address Subtending node
Voice LT X
Relying on the former layer 2 forwarding scheme, the layer 3 IP address scheme then looks as follows:
signaling IP interface: Configurable at the Voice LT board. Multiple IP address per ISAM Voice access node. Voice IP address: Configurable at the Voice LT board. Multiple IP address per ISAM Voice access node.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-65
Distinct VLANs are configured for signaling traffic and for Voice traffic at the
SHub. Distinct source/destination IP interfaces for signaling traffic and for Voice traffic are configured at the Voice LT board. Upstream packet forwarding:
Signaling/Voice packet is internally relayed from Voice LT board to SHub Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the SHub. Layer 2 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from subtending to network side. Downstream packet forwarding: Layer 4 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from the SHub to the Voice LT board. Layer 2 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from network to subtending side. Signaling VLAN:
The VLAN is of Voice-VLAN mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT, the network port(s) and the subtending port(s). The signaling VLAN terminates at the Voice LT board and carries the SIP signaling traffic exchanged between the SIP server and the SIP User Agent (ISAM Voice). Voice VLAN: The VLAN is of Voice-VLAN mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT, the network port(s) and the subtending port(s). The Voice VLAN terminates at the Voice LT and carries the RTP traffic exchanged between end users and RTCP traffic. Figure 8-60 shows the layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology for this model.
Figure 8-60 Centralized IP address topology (switching): distinct signaling/voice IP address
SIP UA
Voice LT 1
Voice LT K
SIGNALING VLAN
Fast-path VRF
SIP UA
Voice LT L
VOICE VLAN
NT
SIP UA
Voice LT X
Subtending node
8-66
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Relying on the former layer 2 forwarding scheme, the layer 3 IP address scheme then looks as follows:
Public signaling IP address: Configurable at the SHub. Shared by a redundant pair of NTs/SHubs. Single IP address per ISAM Voice access node. Public Voice IP address: Configurable at the SHub. Shared by a redundant pair of NTs/SHubs. Single IP address per ISAM Voice access node.
Centralized IP address topology - shared signaling/Voice IP address
Signaling/Voice packet is internally relayed from Voice LT board to SHub Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the SHub. Layer 2 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from subtending to network side. Downstream packet forwarding: Layer 4 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from the SHub to the Voice LT board. Layer 2 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from network to subtending side. Shared signaling/Voice VLAN:
The VLAN is of Voice-VLAN mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the ISAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT, the network port(s) and the subtending port(s). The signaling/Voice VLAN terminates at the Voice LT board and carries:
SIP signaling traffic exchanged between the SIP server and the SIP UA (ISAM
Voice). RTP traffic exchanged between end-users. RTCP traffic.
Figure 8-61 shows the layer 2/layer 3 addressing topology for this model.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-67
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-61 Centralized IP address topology (switching): shared signaling/voice IP address
SIP UA
Voice LT 1
SIP UA
SIP UA
NT
Voice LT L
SIP UA
Subtending node
Voice LT X
Relying on the former layer 2 forwarding scheme, the layer 3 IP address scheme then looks as follows:
Shared signaling/Voice IP interface: Configurable at the SHub. Shared by a redundant pair of SHubs. Single IP interface per ISAM Voice access node. SIP ISAM Voice as routing device
Four addressing topologies are supported:
Distributed IP address topology - shared signaling/Voice IP address. Distributed IP address topology - distinct signaling/Voice IP address. Centralized IP address topology - distinct signaling/Voice IP address. Centralized IP address topology - shared signaling/Voice IP address.
8-68
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the Voice LT board. Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the SHub. Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from subtending to network side. Downstream packet forwarding: Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the SHub. Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from network to subtending side. Signaling/Voice VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF:
The VLAN is of iBridge mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the ISAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT. The signaling/Voice VLAN terminates at the Voice LT and carries:
SIP signaling traffic exchanged between the SIP server and the SIP UA (ISAM
Voice).
RTP traffic exchanged between end-users. RTCP traffic. Subtending signaling/Voice VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF:
The VLAN is of iBridge mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the subtending port(s). The user-side signaling/Voice VLAN terminates at the Voice LT(s) connected to the subtending ISAM Voice and carries:
SIP signaling traffic exchanged between the SIP server and the SIP UA (ISAM
Voice). RTP traffic exchanged between end-users. RTCP traffic.
Figure 8-62 shows the layer 3 addressing topology for this model.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-69
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-62 Distributed IP address topology (routing): shared signaling/voice IP address
Shared SIGNALING/VOICE VLAN
SIP UA
OAM VLAN
Voice LT 1
SIP UA
SIP UA
Network VLAN
Voice LT L
Network VLAN
NT
SIP UA
OAM IP Address Shared signaling/Voice IP Address Network IP address User IP address Subtending IP address
Signaling/Voice IP interface: Configurable at the Voice LT. Multiple IP address per ISAM Voice access node. User-side signaling/voice VLAN: next-hop IP interface configured at the user
side of the fast path VRF (SHub)
Distinct VLANs are configured for signaling traffic and for Voice traffic at the
8-70
user side of the fast path VRF. Distinct VLANs are configured for signaling traffic and for Voice traffic at the network side of the fast path VRF. Distinct IP interfaces for signaling traffic and for Voice traffic are configured at the Voice LT board. Distinct subtending VLANs for signaling traffic and for Voice traffic are configured at the user side of the fast path VRF. A next hop IP interface is configured on top of the signaling VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF. A next hop IP interface is configured on top of the voice VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF. A next hop IP interface is configured on top of the signaling VLAN at the network side of the fast path VRF. A next hop IP interface is configured on top of the voice VLAN at the network side of the fast path VRF. A next hop IP interface is configured on top of the subtending signaling VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF.
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
A next hop IP interface is configured on top of the subtending voice VLAN at the
user side of the fast path VRF.
Upstream packet forwarding: Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the Voice LT board. Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the SHub. Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from subtending to network side. Downstream packet forwarding: Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the SHub. Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from network to subtending side. Signaling VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF:
The VLAN is of iBridge mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT. The signaling VLAN terminates at the Voice LT board and carries the SIP signaling traffic exchanged between the SIP server and the SIP User Agent (ISAM Voice). Voice VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF: The VLAN is of iBridge mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT. The Voice VLAN terminates at the Voice LT and carries the:
RTP traffic exchanged between end users RTCP traffic. Subtending VLAN for signaling and voice at the user side of the fast path VRF:
These VLANs are of iBridge mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the subtending port(s). The subtending signaling/Voice VLAN terminates at the Voice LT(s) connected to the subtending ISAM Voice and carries: SIP signaling traffic exchanged between the SIP server and the SIP User Agent (ISAM Voice).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-71
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-63 Distributed IP address topology (routing): distinct signaling/voice IP address
SIGNALING VLAN
SIP UA
VOICE VLAN
Voice LT 1
SIP UA
Network VLAN
Voice LT L
Network VLAN
NT OAM IP Address User IP Address User IP Address Network IP Address Subtending IP Address Subtending IP Address Signalling IP Address Voice IP Address
SIP UA
Voice LT X
Subtending node
Signaling IP interface: Configurable at the Voice LT board. Multiple IP address per ISAM Voice access node. Voice IP address: Configurable at the Voice LT board. Multiple IP address per ISAM Voice access node. User-side signaling VLAN and user-side Voice VLAN: next-hop IP interface
configured at the user side of the fast path VRF (SHub). Network-side signaling VLAN and network-side Voice VLAN: next-hop IP interface configured at the network side of the fast path VRF (SHub). User-side subtending signaling VLAN and user-side subtending voice VLAN: next-hop IP interface configured at the user side of the fast path VRF (SHub).
Centralized IP topology - distinct signaling/Voice IP address
Distinct VLANs for signaling traffic and for Voice traffic at the user side of the
fast path VRF.
Distinct VLANs for signaling traffic and for Voice traffic at the network side of
the fast path VRF. Distinct source/destination IP interfaces for signaling traffic and for Voice traffic at the user side of the VRF at the SHub. Distinct subtending VLANs for signaling traffic and for Voice traffic are configured at the user side of the fast path VRF.
8-72 November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
A next hop IP interface is configured on top of the signaling VLAN at the network
side of the fast path VRF.
A next hop IP interface is configured on top of the voice VLAN at the network
side of the fast path VRF. A next hop IP interface is configured on top of the subtending signaling VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF. A next hop IP interface is configured on top of the subtending voice VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF. Upstream packet forwarding:
Signaling/Voice packet is internally relayed from Voice LT board to SHub Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the SHub. Layer 2 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from subtending to network side. Downstream packet forwarding: Layer 3 followed by layer 4 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from the SHub to Signaling VLAN:
the Voice LT board. Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from network to subtending side.
The VLAN is of Voice-VLAN mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT. The signaling VLAN terminates at the Voice LT board and carries the SIP signaling traffic exchanged between the SIP server and the SIP User Agent (ISAM Voice). Voice VLAN: The VLAN is of Voice-VLAN mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT. The Voice VLAN terminates at the Voice LT and carries:
RTP traffic exchanged between end users RTCP traffic. Subtending VLANs for signaling and Voice at the user side of the fast path VRF:
The VLAN is of iBridge mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the subtending port(s). The Voice VLAN terminates at the Voice LT board connected to the subtending ISAM Voice and carries:
SIP signaling traffic exchanged between the SIP server and the SIP UA (ISAM
Voice)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-73
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-64 Centralized IP address topology (routing): distinct signaling/voice IP address
SIGNALING VLAN
SIP UA
VOICE VLAN
Voice LT 1
SIP UA
Network VLAN
Voice LT L
Network VLAN
NT OAM IP Address Signaling IP Address Voice IP Address Network IP Address Subtending IP Address Subtending IP Address
SIP UA
Voice LT X
Subtending node
Signaling IP address: Configurable at the SHub (user-side fast path VRF). Shared by a redundant pair of SHubs. Single IP address per ISAM Voice access node. Public Voice IP address: Configurable at the SHub. Shared by a redundant pair of NTs/SHubs. Single IP address per ISAM Voice access node. Network-side signaling VLAN and network-side Voice VLAN: next-hop IP
interface configured at the network side of the fast path VRF (SHub).
A next hop IP interface is configured on top of the subtending VLAN at the user
side of the fast path VRF. Upstream packet forwarding:
Signaling/Voice packet is internally relayed from Voice LT to SHub. Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet at the SHub. Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from subtending to network side. Downstream packet forwarding: Layer 3 followed by layer 4 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from the SHub to Signaling/Voice VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF:
the Voice LT board. Layer 3 forwarding of signaling/Voice packet from network to subtending side.
The VLAN is of Voice-VLAN mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the ASAM port(s) connecting the Voice LT. The signaling/Voice VLAN terminates at the Voice LT and carries:
SIP signaling traffic exchanged between the SIP server and the SIP UA (ISAM
Voice).
RTP traffic exchanged between end-users. RTCP traffic. Subtending signaling/Voice VLAN at the user side of the fast path VRF:
The VLAN is of iBridge mode and configurable. Ports associated with this VLAN are the subtending port(s). The subtending signaling/Voice VLAN terminates at the Voice LT(s) connected to the subtending ISAM Voice and carries:
SIP signaling traffic exchanged between the SIP server and the SIP UA (ISAM
Voice).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-75
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-65 Centralized IP address topology (routing): shared signaling/voice IP address
Shared SIGNALING/VOICE VLAN
SIP UA
OAM VLAN
Voice LT 1
SIP UA
SIP UA
Network VLAN
Voice LT L
Network VLAN
NT
SIP UA
OAM IP Address Shared signaling/Voice IP Address Network IP address User IP address Subtending IP address
Shared signaling/Voice IP interface: Configurable at the SHub (user side fast path VRF). Shared by a redundant pair of NTs/SHubs. Single IP interface per ISAM Voice access node. Network-side VLAN sharing signaling traffic and voice traffic: next-hop IP
interface configured at the network side of the fast path VRF (SHub). User-side subtending VLAN sharing signaling traffic and voice traffic: next-hop IP interface configured at the user side of the fast path VRF (SHub).
8-76
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8.9
Protocol stacks
H.248 and SIGTRAN signaling packets are exchanged between the MG (Voice server) and the MGC (Call Server). The XLES proprietary protocol is used to exchange internal signaling packets between the Voice server and the Voice LT boards residing in the hub, subtending or remote ISAM Voice access nodes. H.248 and XLES signaling packets are encapsulated with UDP, IP and layer 2 frames. SIGTRAN signaling packets are encapsulated with SCTP, IP and layer 2 frames. The layer 2 frames are formatted according to Ethernet II format (that is, using the type field) and VLAN 802.1Q tagged including priority setting according to IEEE 802.1p. H.248, SIGTRAN and XLES signaling packets include configured DSCP and .1P values. Figure 8-66 shows the H.248 signaling protocol stack for a POTS termination connected directly to the hub ISAM Voice. The Z interface is terminated at the Voice LT. User events like hook off, hook on and so on are converted into XLES/LAPV5 packets which are sent to the Voice server. The Voice server in turn converts the internal proprietary XLES/LAPV5 protocol into Megaco messages sent to the MGC.
Figure 8-66 POTS signaling protocol stack - hub ISAM Voice (switching)
Hub ISAM Voice
XLES H.248 LapV5 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.3 IP Generic PHY UDP H.248
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
Voice Server
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-77
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-67 POTS signaling protocol stack - hub ISAM Voice (routing)
Hub ISAM Voice
XLES H.248 LapV5 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.3 IP Generic PHY UDP H.248
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
Voice Server
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
For POTS terminations connected to a remote or subtending ISAM Voice, the Z interface is terminated at the Voice LT residing at the remote or subtending ISAM Voice. Information transfer between the remote or subtending ISAM Voice and the hub ISAM Voice happens through the proprietary XLES/LAPV5 protocol that is terminated at the Voice server. The Voice server in turn converts the internal proprietary XLES/LAPV5 protocol into Megaco messages sent to the MGC.
Figure 8-68 POTS signaling protocol stack - subtending ISAM Voice (switching)
Subtending ISAM Voice Hub ISAM Voice
XLES LapV5 UDP IP 802.1Q Z Itf Z Itf 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.1Q 802.1Q
XLES H.248 LapV5 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.3 IP Generic PHY UDP H.248
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
SHub
Voice Server
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
Figure 8-69 POTS signaling protocol stack - subtending ISAM Voice (routing)
Subtending ISAM Voice Hub ISAM Voice
XLES LapV5 UDP IP 802.1Q Z Itf Z Itf 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.1Q IP 802.1Q
XLES H.248 LapV5 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.3 IP Generic PHY UDP H.248
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
SHub
Voice Server
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
Figure 8-70 POTS signaling protocol stack - remote ISAM Voice (switching)
Remote ISAM Voice Hub ISAM Voice
XLES LapV5 UDP IP 802.1Q Z Itf Z Itf 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.1Q 802.1Q 802.1Q
XLES H.248 LapV5 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.3 IP Generic PHY UDP H.248
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
SHub
Voice Server
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
8-78
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-71 POTS signaling protocol stack - remote ISAM Voice (routing)
Remote ISAM Voice Hub ISAM Voice
H.248
L3
IP Generic PHY
802.1Q 802.3
802.1Q 802.3
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
SHub
Voice Server
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
For ISDN BRI terminations, the Voice server behaves as the signaling Gateway (SG). It communicates with the ASP through the SIGTRAN protocol. The D-channel layer 2 protocol (Q.921) is terminated at the Voice LT. The D-channel layer 3 protocol (Q.931) is fully transparent to the Voice server. Q.931 is encapsulated with SIGTRAN and fully transparently forwarded to the ASP. The ISAM Voice still acts as the MG for the call control in calls involving B-channels.
Figure 8-72 ISDN BRI signaling protocol stack - hub ISAM Voice (switching)
Hub ISAM Voice
Q931 XLES Q921 Q921 LapV5 UDP IP I410 I410 802.1Q 802.3 XLES IUA LapV5 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 SCTP IP 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.3 IP Generic PHY
Q931
IUA
SCTP
L3
IP 802.1Q 802.3
Termination
Voice LT
Voice Server
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
Figure 8-73 ISDN BRI signaling protocol stack - hub ISAM Voice (routing)
Hub ISAM Voice
Q931 XLES Q921 Q921 LapV5 UDP IP I410 I410 802.1Q 802.3 XLES IUA LapV5 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 SCTP IP 802.1Q 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.3 IP Generic PHY
Q931
IUA
SCTP
L3
IP 802.1Q 802.3
Termination
Voice LT
Voice Server
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
For ISDN BRI Terminations connected to a remote or subtending ISAM Voice, the D-channel layer 2 protocol (Q.921) is terminated at the Voice LT residing at the remote or subtending ISAM Voice. Information transfer between the remote or subtending ISAM Voice and the hub ISAM Voice happens through the proprietary XLES/LAPV5 protocol that is terminated at the Voice server. The Voice server in turn converts the internal proprietary XLES/LAPV5 protocol into SIGTRAN messages sent to the ASP.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-79
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-74 ISDN BRI signaling protocol stack - subtending ISAM Voice (switching)
Subtending ISAM Voice Hub ISAM Voice
Q931
XLES XLES H.248 LapV5 UDP IP LapV5 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.3 IP Generic PHY
Q931
IUA
Q921
Q921
L3
I410
I410
802.1Q 802.3
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
SHub
Voice Server
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
Figure 8-75 ISDN BRI signaling protocol stack - subtending ISAM Voice (routing)
Subtending ISAM Voice Hub ISAM Voice
Q931
XLES XLES H.248 LapV5 UDP IP IP 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 LapV5 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.3 IP Generic PHY
Q931
IUA
Q921
Q921
L3
I410
I410
802.1Q 802.3
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
SHub
Voice Server
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
Figure 8-76 ISDN BRI signaling protocol stack - remote ISAM Voice (switching)
Remote ISAM Voice Hub ISAM Voice
Q931
Q931
XLES XLES H.248
IUA
Q921
Q921
LapV5 UDP IP
LapV5 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.3 IP Generic PHY
L3
I410
I410
802.1Q 802.3
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
SHub
Voice Server
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
Figure 8-77 ISDN BRI signaling protocol stack - remote ISAM Voice (routing)
Remote ISAM Voice Hub ISAM Voice
Q931
Q931
XLES XLES H.248
IUA
Q921
Q921
LapV5 UDP IP
IP 802.1Q 802.3 IP
L3
IP 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 IP Generic PHY
I410
I410
802.1Q 802.3
802.1Q 802.3
802.1Q 802.3
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
SHub
Voice Server
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
8-80
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Voice traffic, using Real-Time Protocol (RTP) providing the information needed to restore the original digital voice stream, is encapsulated in UDP/IP. The same encapsulation method is applied to Real-Time Control Protocol (RTCP), the control protocol associated to RTP. The encapsulated voice traffic (RTP/RTCP) includes a configurable DSCP and .1P bit value. As a result the voice packets can use separate queues in the layer 2/layer 3 network to minimize delay and jitter.
Figure 8-78 Voice protocol stack - upstream (switching)
Hub ISAM Voice
RTP UDP IP 802.1Q Z Itf Z Itf 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.1Q IP 802.1Q IP Generic PHY
RTP UDP
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
TGW
RTP UDP IP 802.1Q Z Itf Z Itf 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.1Q IP 802.1Q IP Generic PHY
RTP UDP
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
TGW
RTP UDP IP 802.1Q Z Itf Z Itf 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.1Q IP 802.1Q IP Generic PHY
RTP UDP
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
TGW
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-81
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-81 Voice protocol stack - downstream (routing)
Hub ISAM Voice
RTP UDP IP 802.1Q Z Itf Z Itf 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 UDP IP 802.1Q IP 802.1Q 802.1Q IP 802.1Q IP Generic PHY
RTP UDP
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
TGW
SIP signaling packets are exchanged between the Voice gateway and the SIP server. All signaling packets are encapsulated with UDP, IP and layer 2 frames. The layer 2 frames are formatted according to Ethernet II format (that is, using the type field) and VLAN 802.1Q tagged including priority setting according to IEEE 802.1p. SIP signaling packets will include configured DSCP and .1P values. Figure 8-82, Figure 8-83, Figure 8-84, Figure 8-85, Figure 8-86 and Figure 8-87 show the SIP signaling protocol stack for a POTS termination for the different architectures. The Z interface is terminated at the Voice LT board. User events like hook off, hook on, and so on are converted into SIP messages sent to the SIP server.
Figure 8-82 POTS signaling protocol stack - distributed architecture (switching)
Hub ISAM Voice
SIP
SIP
UDP IP 802.1Q Z Itf Z Itf 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.1Q 802.1Q IP 802.1Q IP Generic PHY
UDP
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
TGW
8-82
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-83 POTS signaling protocol stack - distributed architecture (routing)
Hub ISAM Voice
SIP
SIP
UDP IP 802.1Q Z Itf Z Itf 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.1Q IP 802.1Q IP Generic PHY
UDP
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
TGW
Figure 8-84 POTS signaling protocol stack - centralized architecture - upstream (switching)
Hub ISAM Voice
SIP
SIP
UDP IP 802.1Q Z Itf Z Itf 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.1Q IP 802.1Q IP Generic PHY
UDP
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
TGW
Figure 8-85 POTS signaling protocol stack - centralized architecture - upstream (routing)
Hub ISAM Voice
SIP
SIP
UDP IP 802.1Q Z Itf Z Itf 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.1Q IP 802.1Q IP Generic PHY
UDP
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
TGW
Figure 8-86 POTS signaling protocol stack - centralized architecture - downstream (switching)
Hub ISAM Voice
SIP
SIP
UDP
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
TGW
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-83
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-87 POTS signaling protocol stack - centralized architecture - downstream (routing)
Hub ISAM Voice
SIP
SIP
UDP IP 802.1Q 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.3 802.1Q 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.3 IP Generic PHY
UDP
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
TGW
Voice traffic, using RTP providing the information needed to restore the original digital voice stream, is encapsulated in UDP/IP. The same encapsulation method is applied to RTCP, the control protocol associated to RTP. The encapsulated voice traffic (RTP/RTCP) includes a configurable DSCP and .1P bit value. As a result the voice packets can use separate queues in the layer 2/layer 3 network to minimize delay and jitter.
Figure 8-88 Voice protocol stack - distributed architecture (switching)
Hub ISAM Voice
RTP UDP IP 802.1Q Z Itf Z Itf 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.1Q 802.1Q IP 802.1Q IP Generic PHY
RTP UDP
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
RTP UDP IP 802.1Q Z Itf Z Itf 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.1Q IP 802.1Q IP Generic PHY
RTP UDP
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
8-84
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-90 Voice protocol stack - centralized architecture - upstream (switching)
Hub ISAM Voice
RTP UDP IP 802.1Q Z Itf Z Itf 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.1Q IP 802.1Q IP Generic PHY
RTP UDP
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
RTP UDP IP 802.1Q Z Itf Z Itf 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 IP 802.1Q 802.1Q IP 802.1Q IP Generic PHY
RTP UDP
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
RTP UDP IP 802.1Q Z Itf Z Itf 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 UDP IP 802.1Q 802.1Q IP 802.1Q IP Generic PHY
RTP UDP
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
RTP UDP IP 802.1Q Z Itf Z Itf 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 802.3 UDP IP 802.1Q IP 802.1Q 802.1Q IP 802.1Q IP Generic PHY
RTP UDP
L3
IP Generic PHY
Termination
Voice LT
SHub
EMAN
Edge Router
MGC
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-85
8.10
Management interface
General
Internally, the ISAM Voice supports three management entities:
Intelligent Access termination, Control and Management (IACM) entity. SHub management entity. Voice server.
With the focus on the ISAM Voice, being an access node with integrated voice service, the following management responsibilities are assigned to the different management entities:
In a Megaco ISAM Voice access node: The IACM entity deals with equipment, platform and system control. The SHub management entity deals with central switching control. The Voice server deals with voice service control. In a SIP ISAM Voice access node: The IACM entity deals with equipment, platform, system and voice service control. The SHub management entity deals with the central switching control.
The ISAM Voice supports SNMPv3. A single public OAM IP address per access node is used to address all management entities (the IACM, the SHub and the Voice server management entity). The public OAM IP address resides at the NT and its value can immediately be configured through manual command input. Another valid configuration option is to let the OAM IP address be retrieved by means of the BOOTP protocol. The OAM IP address is shared by both NTs of the redundant pair. Management of the ISAM is in-band, within a configurable external-OAM VLAN (default value is 4093). The external communication VLAN terminates at the NT and carries the OAM traffic exchanged between the external management platform and the IACM management entity. The external communication VLAN is of iBridge mode and configurable (although by default allocated with VLAN ID 4093). Ports associated with this VLAN are the NT port(s), subtending port(s) and the network port(s). The SHub and Voice server management entity can be addressed through the use of dedicated context names. The internal communication VLAN allows the NT to relay the specific management commands for SHub or Voice service to the SHub/Voice server. Local management of the ISAM requires the operator to use the serial interface on the IACM. Via this interface he can manage all ISAM functionality, IACM, SHub, and Voice server, using CLI.
Note The SHub has dedicated CLI commands.
8-86
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
The IACM part (including SIP) can be fully managed using TL1.
Note The SHub can also be partly managed via the IACM TL1 that supports:
Flow-through provisioning of VLANs and VLAN-ports on SHub Alarm reporting and alarm report/threshold configuration on
SHub
ISAM IACM
TL1
CLI
SHub
SNMP
Voice Server
SNMP
SNMP
Mapper
Mapper
Application code
Application code
Application code
The CLI agent on the IACM must support parsing for the complete CLI interface for support of auto-completion and the help function for the complete CLI functionality. The CLI agent will parse the complete command line with auto-completion. Once the line has been completed, the CLI agent will either execute the command itself or dispatch it to the SHub. Therefore the dispatcher will have to know the complete command tree of the SHub.
Note Local and remote CT interface (serial interface) with command line interface is supported at the NT.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-87
In Megaco terminology, Voice subscribers are called terminations. A termination is a logical entity on a MG that sources and/or sinks media and/or control streams. A termination is described by a number of characterizing properties, which are grouped in a set of descriptors that are included in commands. Terminations have unique identities, called TerminationIDs assigned by the MG at the time of their creation. The ISAM Voice allows to make use of 2 different formats for the terminationID: the flat-termination-id:
Consists of a prefix and a termination ID, Format = 'prefix<tidXXXXX>' Prefix: the prefix can be configured as uppercase or lower case character string
with a maximum length of 10 characters.
8-88
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
<tidXXXXX>: Maximum length of the termination ID = 5 numeric digits. The configured format defines the MINIMUM length to be generated for the
termination ID (might require leading zeroes). However, it does not limit the maximum value of the termination ID itself. The termination ID can be defined as fixed length or variable length termination ID. Fixed length termination ID may imply the insertion of leading zeroes. Examples: AL0, AL1, AL54, AL004, AL0008, AL00055
Termination ID value range can start from value 0 or from value 1 (Value
range start value cannot be derived from the format definition; it is received through the provisioned termination id value.) POTS: a flat value in the range [032767] ISDN BRI: a flat value in the range [08175] the hierarchical-termination-id:
The keywords must appear in a pre-defined order: Dslam_Id, rack, shelf, slot, port,
channel. The delimiter is mandatory between the pre-defined keywords while optional between the prefix and the subsequent keyword. The delimiter character is fixed to /. The delimiter character is copied to the generated termination ID. Key-words: Dslam_Id (optional), rack (optional), shelf (mandatory), slot (mandatory), port (mandatory) and channel (mandatory for ISDN-BRI only). - Dslam_id: integer (1..255). - Rack: char (1); value range '1' - '7'. - Shelf: char (2); value range ' 01' - '04'. - Slot: char (2); The applicable value range will depend on the configured Slot ID numbering scheme. - Port: char(3); value range '001' - '072'. - Channel: char (2); value range '00' - '99'. All keywords, leading zeroes are to be included where needed. Prefix: char (8), optional delimiter not included.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-89
Maximum length of the full hierarchical termination id string equals 128 bytes. Key-words: Dslam_Id (optional), rack (optional), shelf (mandatory), slot
(mandatory), port (mandatory) and channel (mandatory for ISDN-BRI only). The sequence of the key-words as shown in the typical format string must be respected. A key-word can only occur once in the hierarchical termination id character string. Key-word delimiter is optional. / is defined as the default delimiter Delimiter can be any valid character or character string not overlapping with the start character (string) of any of the key-words. The delimiter is copied to the generated termination ID. Each key-word can be followed by a number of numeric digits with the maximum number of digits = 5. The number of digits and the value of the digits configured in the format string define the MINIMUM number of digits to be generated (might require leading zeroes) and the value to start from, 0 or 1. The value following the key-word can start from value 0 or from value 1. Wildcard (*) is supported. The real value of the hierarchical termination id will autonomously be generated by the system based on the configured hierarchical termination id format string. Example: (1) ALshelf001/slot001port00000 whereby the shelf value range shall start from value 1 with max value 999, the slot value range shall start from value 1 with max value 999, while the port value range shall start from value 0 with max value 99999. (2) AL/Dslam_Id/shelf000slot000port00000 whereby the shelf value range shall start from value 0 with max value 999, the slot value range shall start from value 0 with max value 999, the port value range shall start from value 0 with max value 99999.
From a management interface perspective, should an operator decide to make use of the flat-termination-id format, then such flat termination id is to be configured for each of the terminations. Otherwise, should the hierarchical-termination-id format be used then the hierarchical termination syntax is to be configured once and the system will autonomously create the appropriate hierarchical termination id for each of the terminations. However, in addition, also the flat termination id is to be configured for each of the terminations for internal ISAM Voice purposes only. The management input for the flat termination ID can be given in 2 different ways:
By entering a single create command per termination and dictating the value for
the Flat Termination ID parameter per individual voice subscriber.
8-90
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
of the Flat Termination ID, starting from one or previously successfully completed create command. and increment it by one for every subsequent termination being created.
Provisioning of MID field (H.248 packets)
ISAM Voice supports the provisioning of the Media Gateway IP Address, Media Gateway FQDN or Media Gateway Device Name to be used as Message identifier (MID) in H.248 signaling packets. Besides this, ISAM Voice supports the addition of the Port Number should either FQDN or IP address be used as MID. The ISAM-Voice allows to provision the MID in accordance to the following provided options:
ipv4: the media Gateway IP Address is used as the MG MID. ipv4-port: the media Gateway IP Address together with the media Gateway
UDP Port is used as the MG mid. domain-name: the media Gateway Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) is used as the MG MID. domain-name-port: the media Gateway FQDN together with the media Gateway UDP Port is used as the MG MID. device-name: the media Gateway Name is used as the MG MID The provisioning of the MG FQDN does only result in using this FQDN as MID in H.248 messages, it will for sure not be used as a trigger to perform DNS look-up for retrieving the media Gateway IP address. The latter IP address I still to be manually provisioned.
SIP-ISAM Voice
The Integrated Voice Service Management interface is fully supported by the SNMP and CLI agents that reside on the NT.
8.11
8.12
Management model
0..18
1 1 1 1 1
1..8
Internal Signalling
POTS LT
Term Id Syntax
Voice LT
1..n 1
Media Gateway
1 1
1 1
Board
NT
CDE profile
Voice Server
LT LineId
1
1..n
LT Session
1 1..n
LT test Param
1..n
LTLineId ExtReport
8-92
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
The Megaco ISAM Voice management model includes the following classes:
The classes NT, VoiceServer, VoiceLT and Board reflect the Network
Termination, respectively the Voice Server and Voice Line Termination HW being involved in the integrated voice service. These classes are not further elaborated in subsequent chapters. The classes PotsLT and IsdnLT are instantiations of the class Voice LT. The class VoiceLT will be further elaborated in subsequent chapters. The classes PotsLine and IsdnLine are instantiations of the class EquipmentTermination. The class EquipmentTermination will be elaborated in subsequent chapters.
Voice Cluster management
A Voice Cluster is the aggregation of the ISAM network elements and Voice LT boards controlled by a single Voice Server. The class EquipmentNode includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the ISAM network elements that are associated with the voice cluster controlled by a particular Voice Server. The class EquipmentBoard includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the voice LT boards that are associated with the voice cluster controlled by a particular Voice Server. The methods that have been defined for both classes are Creation, Destroy and Retrieve.
Voice Network management
The class MediaGateway includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing:
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-93
The class EquipmentTermination includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the POTS / ISDN subscribers associated with a Voice Server, including the ability to overrule the QOS properties of the voice flow defined in the class MediaGateway, should a particular subscriber require an exception. The methods been defined for both classes are Creation, Destroy, Modification and Retrieve.
Note For method Modification please refer to In-service/out-of-service modification.
The class InternalSignaling includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the internal signaling (XLES communication) properties of the voice cluster. The methods been defined for this class are Modification and Retrieve.
Note For method Modification please refer to In-service/out-of-service modification.
The class VoiceDatabase includes the attributes and methods that allow managing the Voice Database. In particular, it allows (by manual trigger) saving the actual configuration settings of the Voice Database at the Voice Server to the system disk. The methods that have been defined for this class are Modification and Retrieve.
Note For method Modification please refer to In-service/out-of-service modification.
The class TermIdSyntax includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the termination ID syntax properties at the Voice Server. Both, the flat termination-id format and the hierarchical termination-id format are allowed. When selecting the flat termination-id format, the H.248 termination ID equals the termination ID created in class EquipmentTermination. Otherwise, when selecting the hierarchical termination-id format, the H.248 termination ID is autonomously generated by the system based the hierarchical termination ID syntax. (The termination ID created in class EquipmentTermination is then for internal usage only.)
8-94 November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
The Termination ID syntax is configured as a character string composed of a number of pre-defined keywords and operator defined characters. For a more detailed description, see section Megaco ISAM Voice. Both for POTS subscribers and for ISDN subscribers, the Termination-id must be unique network-wide. The methods that have been defined for this class are Modification and Retrieve.
Note For method Modification please refer to In-service/out-of-service modification.
The class CDEProfile includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the CDE profile for both the Voice Server and the voice LT. The methods that have been defined for this class are Modification and Retrieve.
Note For method Modification please refer to In-service/out-of-service modification.
The class LtSession includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing a narrowband line test session. The class LtLineId includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the subscriber lines involved in a narrowband line test session. The class LtTestParam includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the parameters being considered in the course of a narrowband line test session. The class ltReport trap event during line test. The class LtLineIdExtReport includes the attributes and methods that allow retrieving the results of the completed narrowband line test session. The methods that have been defined for this class are Modification (first three classes only) and Retrieve.
Note For method Modification please refer to In-service/out-of-service modification.
In-service/out-of-service modification
The method modification includes 2 different functions: the In-service-modification and the Out-of-service-modification.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT 8-95
With the in-service-modification function, the system allows to modify the values of attributes of a previously created object whilst that object remains in service. With the Out-of-service-modification function, the system allows to modify values of attributes of a previously created object on the condition that object has been put out-of-service. An attribute is modifiable either by means of in-service-modification or by means of out-of-service-modification (these are mutual exclusive functions). Usually, an out-of-service-modification function involves three steps to be executed:
Modify the value of one or multiple attributes of the object. Putting the object in-service by changing the administrative state of that object to
up. The first step usually causes de-registration of the voice subscribers associated with the object. The third step will then result in re-registration of the same voice subscribers. The latter step might also invoke a reset of the Voice Server. Below a more detailed view is given on the applicability of the in-service and out-of-service modification for the different Voice classes:
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-97
Dial Plan
NT
System Stats
VSP
1 1
0..n
Termination
0..1 1
Line Stats Current 15m Line Stats Recent 15m Line Stats Current 1d Line Stats Recent 1d Call Stats Recent 15m Threshold Crossing Alarm
96
SIP Timers
POTS Line
n 1..n 1 1
Service profile
0..n 1
POTS LT
1..n
0..n
1 1 1..n
Voice LT
1 1
CDE p rofile
1 1
Board
1
CPU stats
NT
0..1
Resource Stats
NT
1 1 0..8
Available Lt Session ID
1 1
1 1..n
1.
8-98
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
The SIP ISAM Voice management model includes the following classes:
The classes NT, VoiceLT and Board reflect the Network Termination,
respectively the Voice Server and Voice Line Termination HW being involved in the integrated voice service. These classes are not further elaborated in subsequent chapters. The class PotsLT is an instantiation of the class Voice LT. The class VoiceLT will be further elaborated in subsequent chapters. The class PotsLine is an instantiation of the class SipTermination. The class SipTermination will be elaborated in subsequent chapters. The class POTS CDE Profile is an instantiation of the class CDE Profile. The class CDE Profile will be elaborated in subsequent chapters.
Voice Network management
The class SipSysObjects includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the properties of the Sip Session Timer facility. The methods that have been defined for this class are Modification and Retrieve. The class SipServer includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the set of SIP servers used by the SIP based integrated voice service. Actually, only one SIP server can be used for the SIP server roles Proxy-server and Registrar. The methods that have been defined for this class are Creation, Destroy, Modification and Retrieve. The class SipVsp includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the properties of the Voice Service provider. Actually only one Voice service provider is supported. This object is auto-created by the system. The methods that have been defined for this class are Modification and Retrieve. The class SIP Timers includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the timers applicable to the user Agent. The methods that have been defined for this calls are Modification and Retrieve. The class SipUserAgent includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing:
Access Gateway layer 3 addressing scheme. Access Gateway interface with the Proxy/Registrar server. Quality of Service properties of the signaling and voice flows.
The ISAM-Voice access node supports a single SIP User Agent as the properties of the SipUserAgent class are assumed to be associated with the Access provider, not the Voice Service provider. The methods that have been defined for this class are Creation, Destroy, Modification and Retrieve.
Note Neither the modification of the SIP architecture mode (centralized, distributed) nor the modification of the configuration mode (manual, DHCP) is allowed. The modification of these properties is only allowed through a destroy and creation procedure. However a User Agent instance can only be destroyed on the condition that all the associated termination instances were destroyed before.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-99
The class SipUserAgentAccessPoint includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing:
The physical mapping properties for each of the SIP User Agent access points
created in the ISAM Voice access node.
The class SipTermination includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing POTS subscribers associated with the local SIP User Agent.
Note The SIP Digest Register Password is encrypted (not visible in display command).
The methods that have been defined for this class are Creation, Destroy, Modification and Retrieve.
Note For all classes: regarding the method Modification, see section In-service/out-of-service modification
8-100
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
The class Threshold Crossing Alarm includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the threshold crossing alarms on a per subscriber line. The methods that have been defined for this class are Modification and Retrieve. The class Line Stats Current 15m includes the attributes and methods that allow displaying the current 15-minutes register results of the per-subscriber-line performance monitoring. The method that has been defined for this class is Retrieve. The class Line Stats Recent 15m includes the attributes and methods that allow displaying the recent 15-minutes registers results of the per-subscriber-line performance monitoring. The system defines a maximum of 96 15-minutes per-line recent registers per subscriber line. The method that has been defined for this class is Retrieve. The class Line Stats Current 1d includes the attributes and methods that allow displaying the current 1-day register results of the per-subscriber-line performance monitoring. The method that has been defined for this class is Retrieve. The class Line Stats Recent 1d includes the attributes and methods that allow displaying the recent 1-day registers results of the per-subscriber-line performance monitoring. The system defines a maximum of three 1-day recent registers per subscriber line. The method that has been defined for this class is Retrieve. The class Call Stats Recent 15m includes the attributes and methods that allow displaying the recent 15-minutes registers results of the per-call & per-subscriber-line performance monitoring. The system defines a maximum of 96 per-call recent registers per subscriber line. The method that has been defined for this class is Retrieve. The class CPU Stats includes the attributes and methods that allow displaying the actual CPU load figures per voice LT. The method that has been defined for this class is Retrieve. The class Resource Stats includes the attributes and methods that allow displaying the actual memory resource allocation per voice LT. The method that has been defined for this class is Retrieve. The class System Stats includes the attributes and methods that allow displaying the actual state of the subscriber line occupancy and service availability. The method that has been defined for this class is Retrieve.
SIP Voice Database management
The class SIP Voice Database includes the attributes and methods that allow managing the SIP Voice Database.
Termination ID Syntax management
The class LineIdSyntaxProfile includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the termination ID syntax for POTS terminations.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-101
The Termination ID syntax (userInfo part of the SIP URI) is configured as a character string composed of a number of pre-defined keywords and operator defined characters. The pre-defined keywords are separated by the operator defined characters. The system supports pre-defined key-words for: Channel, Port, ShPrt, Slot, ShSlt, Shelf, Rack, ACCESS_NODE_ID. The difference here between Port/ShPrt, Slot/ShSlt is the former keywords express leading zero and the latter express non-leading zero. The methods that have been defined for this class are Creation, Destroy, Modification and Retrieve.
Note For all classes: regarding the method Modification, see section In-service/out-of-service modification
The class CDEProfile includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the CDE profile for both the Voice Server and the voice LT. The methods that have been defined for this class are Modification and Retrieve.
Note For all classes: regarding the method Modification, see section In-service/out-of-service modification
The class Service Profile includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the Service profile for the voice LT. The methods that have been defined for this class are Modification and Retrieve.
Note For all classes: regarding the method Modification, see section In-service/out-of-service modification
The class Line Test Session includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing a narrowband line test session. The class Line Test Line ID includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the subscriber lines involved in a narrowband line test session. The class Line Test Parameters includes the attributes and methods that allow defining and managing the parameters being considered in the course of a narrowband line test session. The class LtReport traps event during line test.
8-102
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
The class Line Test Report includes the attributes and methods that allow retrieving the results of the completed narrowband line test session. The methods that have been defined for this class are Modification (first three classes only) and Retrieve.
Note Regarding the method Modification, see section In-service/out-of-service modification
Strict object creation priorities: The management classes have been split in three main categories:
Category 2: includes the management class SipVsp. Category 3: includes the management class Siptermination.
The overall management policy is such that the system requires that category N class objects must be created prior to category N+1 class objects.
Note The strict object creation policy does not apply to the CDEProfile class.
In-service/out-of-service modification
The method modification includes 2 different functions: the In-service-modification and the Out-of-service-modification.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-103
2 3
Modify the value of one or multiple attributes of the object. Putting the object in-service by changing the administrative state of that object to up.
The first step usually causes de-registration of the voice subscribers associated with the object. The third step will then result in re-registration of the same voice subscribers. The down operation of SipVsp, SipUserAgent, SipUserAgentAccessPoint, SipServer, SipTermination will be successful immediately no matter there is active call. Below a more detailed view is given on the applicability of the in-service and out-of-service modification for the different Voice classes.
8-104
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8.13
8.14
IOT with multiple Application Servers, including the flexibility of a new IOT
during a maintenance phase of a ISAM release
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-105
The content of the service profile is customer dependent. A service profile is produced off-line at the factory. The content is collected from the voice service requirements defined by the customer. The service profile is appended to the CDE profile in the CDE profile file. As such it is downloaded together with the CDE profile in the individual ISAM Voice access nodes, that is, the hub node and the subtending nodes.
8.15
Performance monitoring
os
or
rtp
ps
pr
(1 of 2)
8-106
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Package
Statistics
CLI/SNMP
Notes
pl
Provides the current rate of packet loss on an RTP stream, as defined in RFC 3550. Packet loss is expressed as percentage value: number of packets lost in the interval between two reception reports, divided by the number of packets expected during that interval. Provides the current value of the inter-arrival jitter on an RTP stream as defined in RFC 3550. Jitter measures the variation in inter-arrival time for RTP data packets. Provides the current value of packet propagation delay expressed in timestamp units. This is the same as average latency.
jit
delay
(2 of 2)
The Per-Line statistics reflecting the measurements that have been done for calls
made by a particular subscriber line during a 15-min time interval or a 1-day time interval. A set of per-line statistics is identified by the subscriber line identifier. The per-call statistics reflecting the measurements been done for a particular call. A set of per-call statistics, belonging to a particular call, is identified by the IMS Charging IDentifier (ICID) and the subscriber line identifier of the SIP termination that was involved in this particular call. Per-board resource utilization statistics. Subscriber line utilization and service availability statistics.
For both the per-line statistics and the per-call statistics, the Performance History Storage Framework is used as the basic framework to collect performance measurements. This basic framework relies on historical interval counters that make use of storage registers to store the history of the PM counters. This is typically one register per 15 minutes or per 24 hours. By applying the interval counters, should the duration of a call exceed the interval boundary, the per-call statistics for such a call will be collected and reported spread over multiple intervals. The post-processing (sum of all portions) of such per-call statistics portions is not supported by the ISAM Voice access node.
Note The use of some particular supplementary services may cause a dialog to become inactive for a while. This will also result in the generation of per-call statistics portions for the same call even within a single interval.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-107
A current 15-minute register: a single register containing the PM counters for the
PM measurements ongoing in the current 15-minute interval. A set of 96 15-minute recent registers: a set of 96 registers containing the PM counters of the 15-minute intervals preceding the current 15-minute interval. A current 1-day register: a single register containing the PM counters for the PM measurements ongoing in the current 1-day interval. A set of three 1-day recent registers: a set of three registers containing the PM counters of the 1-day intervals preceding the current 1-day interval. For the per-call statistics the SIP ISAM Voice supports:
A current 15-minute register: a single register containing the PM counters for the
PM measurements ongoing in the current 15-minute interval.
The usual management interface (SNMP/CLI) (see Figure 8-97): Row-by-row performance monitoring collection Data analysis is to be done by OSS platform The Statistics Data Collector (SDC) (see Figure 8-98), which: provides a feature-rich collection strategy (Fast MIB Upload) provides a user-friendly report generation as performance monitoring data analysis
is done at the SDC
guides the MSAN to collect specific data via config. File (based on operator input) retrieves performance monitoring results from the ISAM Voice via TFTP enhanced
with proprietary extensions
8-108
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-97 PM data collection by means of the usual management interface
CLI terminal Collection strategy: Click to Get via SNMP AMS
SNMP
DSLAM
LT
LT
Stats agent
NT LT
1 Collection strategy
- Statistics to be collected - File generation parameters - Collection interval - Automatic start or not Retrieve list of managed NEs from EMS
EMS
MSAN
5529
SNMP/TFTP
2 TFTP-PUT
Cfg. file Cfg. file
LT
FMU
5 TFTP-GET
Controller
3 4
Data file
FMU
LT
Filter alarm
6 TFTP-GET
Output
NT
LT
FMU
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-109
The SIP ISAM-V allows to retrieve the following performance monitoring results:
For the per-line statistics: The contents of the current 15-minute register The contents of the 96 recent 15-minute registers The contents of the current 1-day register The contents of the three recent 1-day registers For the per-call statistics: The contents of the 96 recent 15-minute registers.
Figure 8-99 Result post-processing
OSS Platform 2. Associate PM record with CDR record by using the Dialog Reference 1. Generate PM record for dialog A including Dialog Reference
Other NE
CDR
SDC 2. Generate PM record for dialog A including Dialog Reference. 1. Retrieve all PM portions for dialog A using Dialog Reference Dialog A Elapse time
Dialog A
Dialog A active time portion 1 Dialog A Portion_1 PM record Recent 15 min interval N-1
Dialog A active time portion 2 Dialog A Portion_3 PM record Dialog A Portion_4 PM record Recent 15 min interval N+1
Packets Sent. Offers the number of RTP packets sent by a SIP termination during one or more calls
made in a single 15-min / 1-day interval
32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the creation of the SIP termination.
Octets Sent.
Offers the number of RTP payload octets sent by a SIP termination during one or
more calls made in a single 15-min / 1-day interval
32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the creation of the SIP termination. Packets received. Offers the number of RTP packets received by a SIP termination during one or more
calls made in a single 15-min / 1-day interval
32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the creation of the SIP termination.
8-110
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Octets received.
Offers the number of RTP payload octets received by a SIP termination during one
or more calls made in a single 15-min or 1-day interval.
32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the creation of the SIP termination. Average Jitter Buffer Fill Level. Offers the average jitter buffer fill level for one or more calls made by a SIP
termination during a single 15-min / 1-day interval.
32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the creation of the SIP termination. Average Inter-Arrival Jitter. Offers the average Inter-Arrival Jitter for one or more calls made by a SIP
termination in a single 15-min or 1-day interval.
32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the creation of the SIP termination. Average Round Trip Delay. Offers the average Round Trip Delay for one or more calls made by a SIP
termination during a single 15-min / 1-day interval
32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the creation of the SIP termination. Total Packet Loss. Offers the total (absolute) amount of packets lost for one or more calls made by a
SIP termination during a single 15-min / 1-day interval.
32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the creation of the SIP termination.
Per-Call Performance Monitoring counters
Packets Sent. Offers the number of RTP packets sent by the SIP termination since:
- The call was established (call established in this 15-min interval) - The start of the 15-min interval (call established in a previous 15-min interval) And - The end of the call (call terminates in this 15-min interval) - The expiry of the 15-min interval (call crosses the border of this 15-min interval) 32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the configuration of the SIP termination.
Octets Sent. Offers the number of RTP payload octets sent by the SIP termination since:
- The call was established (call established in this 15-min interval) - The start of the 15-min interval (call established in a previous 15-min interval) And - The end of the call (call terminates in this 15-min interval) - The expiry of the 15-min interval (call crosses the border of this 15-min interval 32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the configuration of the SIP termination.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-111
Packets Received. Offers the number of RTP packets received by the SIP termination since:
- The call was established (call established in this 15-min interval) - The start of the 15-min interval (call established in a previous 15-min interval) And - The end of the call (call terminates in this 15-min interval) - The expiry of the 15-min interval (call crosses the border of this 15-min interval) 32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the configuration of the SIP termination.
Octets received. Offers the number of RTP payload octets received by the SIP termination since:
- The call was established (call established in this 15-min interval) - The start of the 15-min interval (call established in a previous 15-min interval) And - The end of the call (call terminates in this 15-min interval) - The expiry of the 15-min interval (call crosses the border of this 15-min interval) 32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the configuration of the SIP termination.
Average Inter-Arrival Jitter. Offers the average Inter-Arrival Jitter for an RTP data stream since:
- The call was established (call established in this 15-min interval) - The start of the 15-min interval (call established in a previous 15-min interval) And - The end of the call (call terminates in this 15-min interval) - The expiry of the 15-min interval (call crosses the border of this 15-min interval) 32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the configuration of the SIP termination.
Offers the peak Inter-Arrival Jitter for an RTP data stream since:
- The call was established (call established in this 15-min interval) - The start of the 15-min interval (call established in a previous 15-min interval) And - The end of the call (call terminates in this 15-min interval) - The expiry of the 15-min interval (call crosses the border of this 15-min interval) 32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the configuration of the SIP termination.
Average Round Trip Delay. Offers the average Round Trip Delay for an RTP data stream since:
- The call was established (call established in this 15-min interval) - The start of the 15-min interval (call established in a previous 15-min interval) And - The end of the call (call terminates in this 15-min interval) - The expiry of the 15-min interval (call crosses the border of this 15-min interval) 32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the configuration of the SIP termination.
8-112
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Peak Round Trip Delay. Offers the Peak Round Trip Delay for an RTP data stream since:
- The call was established (call established in this 15-min interval) - The start of the 15-min interval (call established in a previous 15-min interval) And - The end of the call (call terminates in this 15-min interval) - The expiry of the 15-min interval (call crosses the border of this 15-min interval) 32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the configuration of the SIP termination.
Total Packet Loss. Offers the total amount of packets lost for an RTP data stream since:
- The call was established (call established in this 15-min interval) - The start of the 15-min interval (call established in a previous 15-min interval) And - The end of the call (call terminates in this 15-min interval) - The expiry of the 15-min interval (call crosses the border of this 15-min interval) 32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the configuration of the SIP termination.
Total Packet Loss due to Jitter Buffer Overrun. Offers the total amount of packets lost due to Jitter Buffer Overrun for an RTP data
stream since: - The call was established (call established in this 15-min interval) - The start of the 15-min interval (call established in a previous 15-min interval) And - The end of the call (call terminates in this 15-min interval) - The expiry of the 15-min interval (call crosses the border of this 15-min interval) 32-bit counter Autonomously enabled by the system upon the configuration of the SIP termination
CPU load Offers the CPU load for a particular Voice LT board as:
- a detailed value for the 180 most recent measurement points - an average value over the 180 most recent measurement points. Offered at board level and de-coupled from the Performance History Storage Framework. Enabled / Disabled on explicit operator request.
Memory Utilization Offers the memory utilization for a particular Voice LT board as:
- an absolute value - as a percentage compared to the reserved amount of dynamic memory for that Voice LT board. Offered at board level and de-coupled from the performance History Storage framework. Autonomously enabled by the system upon the planning of the LT board.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-113
Planned subscriber lines are subscriber lines associated with planned Voice LT
boards.
Equipped subscriber lines are subscriber lines associated with equipped Voice LT
boards.
they are 32-bit counters they are offered at system level and de-coupled from the performance History
Storage framework.
they are autonomously enabled by the system upon system start-up and Voice LT
board planning. Summarized: the sum of the lines of the planned Voice LT boards and the lines of the equipped Voice LT boards is equal to the sum of the non-configured lines, the operational configured lines, and the non-operational configured lines.]
Threshold Crossing Alarm Treatment
The SIP ISAM Voice supports TCA handling for the Jitter Buffer Fill level. The TCA can be enabled / disabled for each individual subscriber line. Both the high and the low TCA threshold are configurable.
8-114
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8.16
Equipment Protection
NT redundancy
NT 1+1 redundancy applies to both Megaco ISAM Voice and SIP ISAM Voice. For further details about NT redundancy, see chapter Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM.
Megaco ISAM Voice: Voice Server redundancy
Voice server 1+1 redundancy applies to Megaco ISAM Voice only. The Voice server may be installed as a 1+1 Redundancy pair. Both Voice servers of a 1+1 redundancy pair must be equipped in neighboring slot positions. One Voice server is active while the other runs in standby mode. In case the active Voice server encounters a HW or SW problem, the standby Voice server takes over and becomes the active Voice server for the integrated voice service. Upon switchover, the recovery time is less than 7 s for call signaling and less than 3 s for voice traffic. Stable calls are not lost during the switchover. Non-stable calls that is, calls in the set-up phase may be lost due to a Voice server switchover. This applies to both, POTS and ISDN BRI calls.
Connectivity Protection
Besides the support of Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) or Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) and Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) on the network links of the ISAM Voice node, some additional, more voice specific connectivity protection concepts are introduced.
Megaco ISAM Voice: dual homing
Megaco ISAM Voice allows the provisioning of a primary and a secondary Softswitch (IP address). This allows the ISAM Voice access node to make a switchover from the actual connected Softswitch to the alternative one in case the communication with the actual one would be broken. The Megaco ISAM Voice supports the capability to preserve stable calls over a Softswitch switchover. However, whether stable calls are preserved or not depends on the capabilities of the Softswitch with which the ISAM Voice establishes the MGI, the customer requirements regarding the switch-over scenario to be followed and finally the total elapse time for making the switchover.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-115
[A]: Upon no reply on a transaction request originating from the Voice server:
Megaco ISAM Voice allows configuring the maximum number of retries (max 7) per transaction together with the transaction retry mode being either the transaction retry mode comprising a fixed (configurable) retry interval or the transaction retry mode comprising an increasing retry interval. The initial retry interval is configurable; the retry interval doubles for each subsequent retry. The decision that connectivity with the MGC is broken is taken the moment the maximum number of configured retries for a transaction request initiated by the voice server has been exceeded without receiving a reply from the MGC. Inactivity Timer package: This package contains an event that can be implemented by an MGC and by an MG. The purpose of the event is to allow the MG to detect periods of silence of messaging from the MGC. Once the period of silence exceeds a threshold, the MG assumes a connectivity failure with the MGC.
Also known as Path Connectivity Check and Protection (PCCP). This protection technique aims at consolidating the connectivity between a Megaco ISAM Voice and a network device, mostly its default gateway. For further details about Network Connectivity Protection, see chapter Failure protection and redundancy provisions in ISAM.
8-116 November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Failover is the capability to switch over automatically to a redundant or standby SIP server upon the failure or abnormal termination of the previously active SIP server. Failover happens without human intervention and generally without warning. SIP ISAM Voice supports a provisional FQDN for the outbound proxy and follows RFC3263 and RFC2782 for trying different proxy addresses until one is successful. SIP ISAM Voice supports provisional primary and alternate proxy servers; Provisioned proxy addresses (primary or alternate) can be either an IP address or an FQDN. It is recommended to use FQDN. There are a number of alternatives for populating these addresses:
Populate both a primary and an alternate address with IP addresses (IP1 and IP2) Populate both a primary and an alternate address with FQDNs (FQDN1 and
FQDN2) Populate just a primary address with an FQDN that resolves to multiple IP addresses.
Note When primary and alternate proxies are provisioned, the current SIP ISAM Voice will only consider the primary proxy. Failover to the alternate proxy when the primary proxy is not available is not autonomously triggered by the system; this switch requires manual (configuration) intervention. Consequently, for autonomous fail-over support, the third alternative must be used. that is, populate just a primary address with an FQDN that resolves to multiple IP addresses.
The FQDN is resolved through DNS server access. The SIP ISAM Voice does not currently support SRV parameters such as priority though A-record queries are supported. In this case, however, the DNS A-record query may include the complete list of primary and secondary IP addresses. The SIP ISAM Voice currently assumes that the A-record list of intended primary and alternate servers remains in the desired order on the DNS, that is, it assumes that the list will not be permuted such as for load sharing purposes. The SIP ISAM voice does not currently distinguish the primary from the alternate outbound proxies. The SIP-UA first attempts to register with the first outbound proxy found in the IP address list. If registration via the current outbound proxy fails, the SIP-UA attempts to register via the next outbound proxy found in the IP address list. If after all, registration would fail (as none of the outbound proxies do reply), the SIP-UA raises an alarm. The maximum lifetime of the list of IP addresses received through a DNS A-query is controlled by a DNS purge timer which is currently fixed at a period of 20 minutes. A new DNS A-query is also launched in case none of the SIP servers in the list do respond.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-117
SIP ISAM Voice also allows enabling a heartbeat mechanism, based on the OPTION message, to verify the connectivity with a SIP server. In case there is no response to the OPTION request, the associated SIP server is marked as unreachable; stable calls that were associated with that SIP server are released and terminations associated with this SIP server are de-registered.
SIP ISAM Voice: SIP server fail-back
Fail-back, conversely, is the process of restoring a system/component/service in a state of failover back to its original state (before failure). Based on the explanation given above, the fail-back would occur upon restoration of the first / primary server listed in the DNS A-query. While this primary server was unavailable, the secondary servers from the DNS A-query list were used.
The process has a lot of work to do and runs at a high priority. For example a
protocol stack is running in its own task and receives a lot of network traffic that it has to process. The process enters an endless loop. The software watchdog is responsible for just detecting that there is a problem in the system, not to resolve the problem. The latter aspect is the responsibility of the clients of the software watchdog. Several SW Watchdog levels were introduced at the Voice server, each of them monitoring the range of SW tasks that run with priorities higher than the SW Watchdog level. The lower the SW Watchdog level, the longer it may take before a SW watchdog time-out is triggered.
8-118
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Watchdog approach
Overload = Voice server card runs at 100% of its CPU capacity: Received Megaco packets get a priority treatment Received Line events (off-hook, on-hook, flash-hook, dialed digits) could be
ignored,
Robustness Level 1 = reached when the Voice server remains running at 100% of
its CPU capacity during at least the next 40 s. The SW Watchdog task is started every 40 s and monitors the CPU capacity for another 40 s. As a result, the Voice server will get into robustness Level 1 mode 40 to 80 s after reaching the maximum CPU capacity.
A Megaco ADD command being received from the MGC is replied with error 510
(Insufficient Resources). Any incoming auditvalue or auditcapability command is discarded (this includes the heartbeat audit).
Robustness level 2 = reached when the Voice server runs in Level 1 mode and
remains running at 100% of its CPU capacity during the next 160 s. The SW Watchdog task is started every 80 s and monitors the CPU capacity for another 80 s. As a result, the Voice server may get into robustness Level 2 mode at the earliest 160 s after having reached Level 1 mode.
Robustness level 3 = reached when the Voice server runs in Level 2 mode and
remains running at 100% of its CPU capacity during the next 320 s. The SW Watchdog task is started every 160 s and monitors the CPU capacity for another 160 s. As a result, the Voice server may get into robustness Level 3 mode at the earliest 320 s after having reached Level 2 mode. The Voice server initiates a board reset. Outgoing Megaco packets as well as outgoing internal signaling (XLES) packets remains treated as is the case when the Voice server runs in a non-overload situation
MG Control Overload package
An additional overload mechanism based on CPU load monitoring and in line with H.248.11 (MG Control Overload Package) is implemented (ocp). This package protects an MG from processing overload that prevents the timely execution of Megaco transactions. The MGC, supporting the MG Control Overload Package, adaptively throttles the rate with which it sets up calls using the ISAM Voice Server to maximize the effective throughput of the MG whilst bounding its response times. It does this by throttling the rate at which transactions that set-up new calls or that new call legs are sent to the overloaded MG, so the rate of overload notifications which the MGC receives from the overloaded MG converges to a suitably low level.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT 8-119
To prevent a toggling between CPU-overload and end-of-CPU-overload, an (End of) Overload Persistency Time has been introduced. The Overload Persistency Time is the time period the CPU load of the ISAM Voice Server must exceed the High-Water-Mark before it can enter the CPU overload state. Similarly, the End of Overload Persistency Time is the time period the CPU load of the ISAM Voice Server must below the Low-Water-Mark before it leaves the CPU overload state. The End of Overload Persistency Time is set larger than the Overload Persistency time as to ensure that the CPU load is for a sufficient long time below the Low-Water-Mark as not to cause quite immediately a new CPU overload situation.
CPU load monitoring: Monitors the overall CPU load of the Voice server by measuring the run time of the
IDLE task.
Informs registered SW applications in case of overload detection Upon being notified of an overload situation, the SW Application takes action to
reduce the load.
Upon the receipt of Overload-condition notification, the Voice server takes the
following actions:
If requested by MGC and after having received and replied to a Megaco ADD
command, report the ocp/mg_overload event (irrespective of the events reporting settings being configured in the H.248 MIB. If not requested by the MGC, reports the ocp/mg_overload event if the MG-Overload event is enabled in the H.248 MIB (after having received and replied to a Megaco ADD command). Raise the MG-Overload alarm.
8.17
Quality of Service
For VoIP to be a realistic replacement for standard public switched telephone network (PSTN) telephony services, customers need to receive the same quality of voice transmission they receive with basic telephone services, meaning consistently high-quality voice transmissions. Like other real-time applications, VoIP is extremely sensitive with regard to bandwidth and delay. For VoIP transmissions to be intelligible to the receiver, voice packets should not be dropped, excessively delayed, or suffer varying delay (otherwise known as jitter).
8-120
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
VoIP can guarantee high-quality voice transmission only if the voice packets, for both the signaling and the voice channel, are given priority over other kinds of network traffic. For VoIP to be deployed so that users receive an acceptable level of voice quality, VoIP traffic must be guaranteed certain compensating bandwidth, latency, and jitter requirements. QOS ensures that VoIP voice packets receive the preferential treatment they require. P-bit marking (layer 2) and DSCP marking (layer 3) for signaling and voice (including fax and modem) traffic are supported. The p-bit as well as the DSCP values are configurable for signaling and voice traffic
Megaco ISAM Voice Signaling traffic: The p-bit and DSCP values are configurable at Media Gateway
level.
Voice traffic (including fax and modem): The p-bit and DSCP values are
configurable at Media Gateway and Termination level.
SIP ISAM Voice Signaling traffic: the p-bit and DSCP values are configurable at SIP UA level. Voice traffic (including fax and modem): the p-bit and DSCP values are
configurable at SIP UA level.
8.18
DHCP interworking
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-121
Management interface parameters for which the value can be retrieved through a DHCP request are:
The source IP address and subnet mask of the SIP UA. The default gateway IP address for signaling and Voice traffic. The IP address of the DNS server.
8.19
DNS interworking
8-122
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8.20
Interfacing at subscriber's side according to the Z POTS interface. DTMF/pulse digit detection/processing. Caller identification services (FSK, DTMF, on/off hook). FSK/DTMF configurable per line Signaling events processing en-bloc dialing. Voice activity detection, comfort noise, and packet loss concealment. Configurable jitter buffer: adaptive or fixed size (per call). G.168/G.165 echo cancellation with an echo tail length at 16ms Tone generation: Ring tone, Dial Tone, Special (Information) Dial Tone, Ring
Back Tone, Congestion Tone, Busy Tone, and Howler tone.
Balanced ringing Flexible Termination ID format including wildcard Flat termination ID format Hierarchical termination ID format:
- Configurable Termination ID syntax - A character string composed of a number of pre-defined keywords.
Configurable ephemeral termination id range. Audit of ephemeral termination with support of the wildcard *. Capability of configuring 2 dial plans in the CDE profile, each with a max size of
4 Kbytes including digit map patterns and digit map pattern separators. The digit patterns are consecutively stored with the 4 Kbytes buffer, separated by a digit pattern separator. Capability to store up to 512+51 dial plans (one dial plan/call; downloaded by the MGC), each with a max size of 4 Kbytes including digit map patterns and digit map pattern separators. T.38 Fax/Modem
Softswitch is responsible of voice/T.38 call control & charging. Fax over IP according to ITU-T Rec. T.38 Between 2 Group 3 facsimile terminals. UDP transportation V21 flag detection Byte based and frame based FEC and redundancy 2400 bps, 4800 bps, 7200 bps, 9600 bps, 12200 bps, 14400 bps. Maximum Speed is 14400bps which depends on network situation.
T30 Fax/Modem, requiring full control at the MGC. Detected tones reported to MGC Switch to VBD mode upon receipt of MGC command.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT 8-123
Transparent modem/fax service (v.150 VBD mode) Capability to detect fax/modem tones from network side or local side. In-band tones compliant with RFC2833 (e.g., frequency, duration, volume,
modulation etc. shall be same).
In-band tone detection of fax/modem/text tones from remote side (voice band
codecs, commonly G.711, ADPCM like G.726, etc.), which serves both as a VBD stimulus and a coordination technique to guarantee autonomous behavior. In-band fax/modem tones trigger ISAM Voice to switch to VBD mode For H.248only CNG/ANS tones and V.21 from local side will be reported to MGC in case of T30/modem full control by MGC. Support of the reception of event 52 in compliancy with RFC4734, allowing to swap to VBD for Bell 103 / Bell 212 modems. Support of the reception of event 28 in compliancy with RFC4734, allowing to swap to VBD for V.8 bis modems. Support of enhanced fax/modem in-band tone detection from local / IP side with additional tones treated in compliancy with RFC4733 (when defined). Additional fax/modem tones support together with IP side in-band tone detection can be activated simultaneously without causing a density decrease. IP side in-band tone detection can be turned off via CDE Profile. Fax: V.21, V.17, V.27 ter, V.29, V.34 Modem (or textphone): V.18, V.21, V.22, V.22bis, V.23, V.32, V.32bis, V.32ext, V.34, V.90, V.92, Baudot, Bell103, Bell 212A, V.25/V.8/V.8bis compliance. Public Payphone (reverse polarity) Line Polarity Reverse at answer. (H.248: driven by CDE profile input & MGC command input) 12 /16 Khz Metering (1 TR 110 - 1) for POTS lines connected to public coin boxes and payphones.
Periodic Pulsing Only Burst once then Periodic Pulsing Periodic Bursts Periodic bursts with Periodic Pulsing in between the bursts Burst once at the begin of a call Tariff changes during a call
Configuration of Line impedance on a per subscriber port basis Payload format 'audio/telephone_event' and associated dynamic payload type
number.
Delay before Reduce battery: Apply reduced power feed in case the analogue line
continues to remain Off-Hook without being associated to any connection. The ISAM Voice shall trigger timeout of cg/bt and xcg/roh signal and starts a timer in case the physical termination is in NULL Context or is the only termination in a non NULL context. Upon timer expiry, all active signals are disabled and the reduced battery line state is autonomously entered. The timer is disabled by 'On-Hook' event or 'stimal/stedsig=reduced battery' signal. Termination of the ISDN BRI U interface (ITU G.961). Q921 protocol termination. Q931 protocol relay via SIGTRAN. CODECs:
8-124
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
48 lines POTS LT / 24 lines ISDN LT: G.711 A/u law (10ms, 20ms, 30ms),
G.729AB (10ms, 20ms, 30ms, 40ms, 50 ms, 60ms), G.723.1 (5.3kbps, 6.3kbs, with 30ms), T.38, RFC2833 72 lines POTS LT: G.711 A/u (10ms, 20ms, 30ms), G.729 A/B (10ms, 20ms, 30ms, 40ms, 50ms, 60ms), G.723.1 (5.3 kb/s/30ms, 6.3 kb/s/30ms), T.38, RFC 2833; For G.711, DTMF or RFC2833 signaling is supported For G.729, RF2833 signaling is supported
ISDN: Test based formatted ISDN IUA Interface identifier. SIP ISAM Voice
Interfacing at subscriber's side according to the Z POTS interface. Caller Identification Services (FSK, DTMF, on/off hook). FSK/DTMF configurable per line Signaling events processing. Voice activity detection, comfort noise, and packet loss concealment. Configurable jitter buffer: adaptive or fixed size (per call). G.168 echo cancellation with an echo tail length at 16ms en-bloc dialing Overlap dialing Multiple-invite method In-dialog (INFO method) Balanced ringing Capability of configuring one dial plan through the usual management interface. The dial plan has a maximum size of 4 Kbytes including digit patterns and digit
pattern separators.
The dial plan needs to be configured by means of a maximum of 128 MIB table rows
with a size of 32 bytes each.
Each row may contain one or more digit patterns separated by a digit pattern
separator.
A digit pattern must not be split over 2 or more rows. Constant payload type throughout session CODECs: 48 lines POTS LT / 24 lines ISDN LT: G.711 A/u law (10ms, 20ms, 30ms),
G.729AB (10ms, 20ms, 30ms, 40ms, 50ms, 60ms), T.38. RFC2833
72 lines POTS LT: G.711 A/u (10ms, 20ms, 30ms), G.729 A/B (10ms, 20ms, 30ms,
40ms, 50ms, 60ms), T.38, RFC 2833;
For G.711, DTMF or RF2833 signaling is supported For G.729, RF2833 signaling is supported Supported GR-506 requirements: Detection of Dial-Pulse Signals from Analog Access Lines Hits, Flash Signals, and Disconnect Signals Detection of DTMF Signals from Analog Access Lines
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT 8-125
Call Process Signals Audible ringing to calling line Tone generation: Ring tone, Dial Tone, Special (Information) Dial Tone, Ring
Back Tone, Congestion Tone, Busy Tone, and Howler tone.
E2E Dynamic payload type negotiation (RFC3264) - dynamic payload value out
of the range 96...127. T.38 Fax/Modem
China telecom T.38 fax scenario in Softswitch is mandatory Softswitch is responsible of voice/T.38 call control & charging. Fax over IP according to ITU-T Rec. T.38 Between 2 Group 3 facsimile terminals. UDP transportation V21 flag detection Byte based and frame based FEC and redundancy 2400 bps, 4800 bps, 7200 bps, 9600 bps, 12200 bps, 14400 bps. Max. Speed is 14400bps which depends on network situation.
Support of enhanced fax/modem in-band tone detection from local / IP side with
additional tones treated in compliancy with RFC4733 (when defined). Additional fax/modem tones support together with IP side in-band tone detection can be activated simultaneously without causing a density decrease. IP side in-band tone detection can be turned off via CDE Profile. Simultaneous activation of Fax/modem tones support. In-band tones compliant with RFC2833 (e.g., frequency, duration, volume, modulation etc. shall be same). in-band tone detection of fax/modem/text tones from remote side (voice band codecs, commonly G.711, etc.), serving as both a VBD stimulus and a coordination technique, guarantees autonomous behavior. Fax: V.21, V.17, V.27 ter, V.29, V.34 Modem (or textphone): V.18, V.21, V.22, V.22bis, V.23, V.32, V.32bis, V.32ext, V.34, V.90, V.92, Baudot, Bell103, Bell 212A, V.25/V.8/V.8bis compliance. Flexible SIP URI provisioning: Operator control on 'userinfo' part of SIP-URI
full operator control: The operator can configure a string per SIP Termination Point.
This configured string will be integrally copied into the 'userinfo' part of the SIP-URI where it will be completed with the '@' character. the MSAN itself generates a 'termination-id' string for the 'userinfo' part. This string shall be generated according a syntax that is under operator control. The string generated according the syntax will be completed with the '@' character. hostname: port IPv4address: port Hostname IPv4address
Flexible Termination ID provisioning: Configurable Termination ID syntax A character string composed of a number of pre-defined keywords and operator
defined characters.
8-126
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Public Payphone (reverse polarity): Line Polarity Reverse at answer. 12 /16 Khz Metering (1 TR 110 - 1) for POTS lines connected to public coin
boxes and payphones.
Periodic Pulsing Only Burst once then Periodic Pulsing Periodic Bursts Periodic bursts with Periodic Pulsing in between the bursts Burst once at the begin of a call Tariff changes during a call
Configuration of Line impedance on a per subscriber port basis Service Subscriber Control for POTS subscribers: Subscriber Control with & without a PIN code. PIN code is modifiable from the subscriber telephone set. Delay before Reduce battery: Apply reduced power feed in case the analogue line
continues to remain Off-Hook without being associated to any connection.
for 72-line POTS LT: complex tone support: up to 12 multi tone cadences each tone cadence can be 4 frequency tone
Supplementary Services
Tightly Coupled Model. More Advanced SIP EP Model (predecessor of Loosely Coupled Model). Loosely Coupled Model.
Tightly Coupled Model
On-hook and flash-hook are interpreted by the AS. Call Waiting: Flash-hook only: Calling termination presses the flash-hook to switch between the
current called termination and a third party.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-127
3-party Conference: Compliant to both TISPAN and non-TISPAN specification, noted that the
Y-function hosts in the MRF/MS, not in IAM Voice.
Following 2 methods are supported (depends on AS service application): Explicit Call Transfer: Compliant to both TISPAN and non-TISPAN specification. The following 3 Explicit Call Transfer methods are supported:
- Automatically bridged call by AS - User dialing decided conference call Non-TISPAN implementation only supports IOT with Broadworks FS.
Malicious Call Identification: Permanent (transparent to ISAM-Voice): supported. After call completion: supported. During call (transparent to ISAM-Voice): supported
- Consultative call transfer: for forwarding a call after the first person who was called spoke to the caller (for example, this is useful if a secretary is called and forwards the call afterwards to the responsible person). - 3-Way Call transfer: a termination can set up a three-way call and then disconnect, allowing the remaining parties to continue the conversation. - Blind call transfer: to transfer a call without talking to the called party. Non-TISPAN implementation only supports IOT with Broadworks FS.
Note In this case the Application Server cannot make any different between flash-hook for MCID or flash-hook for another supplementary service, for example, put call on hold.
As such, the Application Server does either support MCID or the rest of the supplementary service activated by flash-hook, but cannot support both simultaneously. More Advanced SIP EP Model
This model was introduced as the predecessor of the Loosely Coupled Model in
order to meet the increased market demand from IMS Core and Application Server vendors. This model has been fully replaced by the Loosely Coupled Model. Loosely Coupled Model
On-hook and flash-hook events are analyzed in the AGCF/VGW (much like a
simulation endpoint would operate).
Call Waiting:
Supported in compliancy with ETSI TS183043 C.9.1/C.16.1 Loose Coupling, 3GPP ES 23.228 chap5.11.1, ES 24.228 chap10.1, and China Mobile spec; Generates re-INVITE message when the supplementary service becomes activated due to pressing the hook-flash. Call Hold: Supported in compliancy with ETSI TS183043 C.9.1/C.16.1 Loose Coupling, 3GPP ES 23.228 chap5.11.1, ES 24.228 chap10.1, and China Mobile spec; Generates re-INVITE message when the supplementary service becomes activated due to pressing the hook-flash.
8-128 November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
3-Party Conference:
Supported in compliancy with ETSI TS183 043 C.14.2 Loose Coupling option 1 and China Mobile spec. Support audio mixing on the 72 lines voice LT board. Malicious Call Identification: Permanent (transparent to ISAM-Voice): supported. After call is finished: supported. During call: NOT supported
Call Transfer: Blind Transfer, Consultant Transfer, Call Proceeding. Supported in compliancy with China Mobile spec and 3GPP ES 23.228 chap 5.11.5
Redirection, ES 24.228 chap 10.5.
Support Refer message to send the DTMF to the AS in compliancy with RFC
3515 REFER Method/Refer-to header and RFC 3892 Referred-By header.
Support of the selected approach with or without SOC. Support of TISPAN SIP UA-profile according to ETSI TS183 043 Annex A. Support of SDP update of an early media stream.
Note The SIP ISAM Voice is also able to interoperate with the BroadSoft BroadWorks Softswitch. Interoperability of the ISAM Voice with additional voice applications servers is also possible through commercial agreement.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-129
CLIP: Primary source for the Calling Line Identity is either the From header or the
P-Asserted Identity header (RFC3325). The primary source to be considered is configurable in ISAM Voice: PAI SIP URI user part, PAI SIP URI display name, PAI Tel URI, SIP URI user part, SIP URI display name, Tel URI. In case the end-user becomes identified to the CLIP service as No subscription, Private or Unavailable, part of the From header or from the P-Asserted Identity header will be set to a dedicated value by the IMS core network. ISAM Voice allows to configure whether either Display Name or User Part (PAI / From) or both do include this dedicated value. The dedicated value(s) for No Subscription, Private and Unavailable are configurable in ISAM Voice. Should a termination not be subscribed to the CLI service, then no CLI data transmission signalling sequence is applied. Should a termination be identified as Private CLI, then the calling Line identity parameter is omitted. Instead, Reason for absence of calling line ID=private is propagated. Should a termination be unavailable, then the calling Line identity parameter is omitted. Instead, Reason for absence of calling line ID=unavailable is propagated. Should both, a tel-uri as well as a sip-uri formatted P-Asserted Identity headers be present, then precedence is given to one of these headers in accordance with the precedence policy configured in ISAM Voice. In general, IMS networks do provide calling number information in the global number format identified by the leading + character (Ref. RFC3966). ISAM Voice converts the leading + into a configurable international-prefix before the CLI propagated in the CLIP FSK data message. ISAM Voice allows to configure whether the Date and Time parameter is to be included in the CLIP FSK data message. ISAM Voice is capable to display the date and time of the receipt of the INVITE request originated by the calling user based on the SIP Date header. ISAM Voice allows to configure whether the date and time shall be taken from the SIP Date Header or from the local ISAM Voice time reference. ISAM Voice allows to configure whether Calling Party Name and Reason for absence of calling party name is applicable or not. Should Reason for absence of calling party name be applicable and: - The termination is requesting private CLI, then the Reason for absence of calling party name is set to Private - The termination calling party name information is unavailable (either no display name in header or using blank between double quotes), then the Reason for absence of calling party name is set to unavailable. ISAM Voice allows to configure the primary source for the Calling Party Name i.e. from PAI SIP URI Display Name or from SIP URI Display Name. The Privacy header with value id, user, header is used for Calling Party Number/Name restriction. Number only, Name only, both Number and Name restriction are configurable by ISAM Voice. Privacy header with value none means that CLI is not forbidden by Privacy header. Whether CLI is presented or not still depends on the CLIP subscription status.
8-130
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
ISAM Voice allows to distinguish the following number display modes: display number restricted display number display number not available no display (no subscription to CLIP) Release Control Procedure:
ISAM Voice support the services:
Called Subscriber Held (a.k.a re-answer), Calling party hold by emergency operator, Other calls to/from non-emergency operators for which to hold Calling party hold for malicious calling indication in compliancy with the call flow diagrams documented in NICC ND1021 (v.0.13.1), chapter E.2.7 & E.2.8 (support of INVITE 'no ring').
ISAM Voice supports the Fixed line SMS service in compliancy with SIN413
Fixed Line SMS As to be able to make use of this service, the termination needs to install an SMS enabled terminal (SM-TE). Once the call between the SM-TE and SM_SC has been successfully established, either SM-TE or SM-SC will initiate the FSK data transmission in compliancy with ETSI EN 300 659 -2 (Off-hook data transmission). The TE-alerting signal (TAS) is used to signal that data-transmission shall be carried. Upon the receipt of the TAS (line side & IP side), the ISAM Voice switches to VBD mode. Only the Dual Tone TE-alerting signal can be used for off-hook data transmission, as is specified in EN 300 659 - 1 (On-hook data transmission).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-131
Registration procedure
From a system perspective: by all SIP UAs in parallel. From a SIP UA perspective: on individual SIP termination basis, in a sequential
way corresponding to the order that the SIP terminations become administratively enabled. From a voice LT board (system) recovery perspective: the SIP UA calculates the registration time for each individual SIP termination randomly within a fixed registration time frame ranging from [060] s.
Supplementary services
Supplementary services are widely used in traditional PSTN networks. When customers consider migrating from a TDM network to a NGN network, they expect feature parity to support legacy services.
Megaco: POTS service
The following is a list of representative POTS supplementary services that are available via the ISAM-Voice working in conjunction with different vendor MGC products.
8-132
three-Party Conference (3PTY) Abbreviated Address/Dialling (AA) Add-on Conference (CONF) Administrative Call Barring (ACB)/ Bad Payer Alarm Call (AC) Announcement Connection Anonymous Call Rejection (ACR) Call completion to Busy Subscriber (CCBS) / Ring Back Calling Line Identification Presentation (CLIP) Calling Line Identification Presentation Analog (CLIP-A) Calling Line Identification Rejection (CLIR) Call Forwarding Unconditional (CFU) Call Forwarding on Busy (CFB) Call Forwarding on No Reply (CFNR) Call Forwarding to Fixed Announcement (CFFA) Voice Mail Call Forwarding to Voice Mail (CFVM) Call Hold (HOLD) Call Pick-UP (CPU) Call Return (CR) Call Waiting (CW) CWID service Call Waiting Originating Coin box (CB)
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Connected Line Identification Restriction (COLR) Distinctive Ringing Do Not Disturb (DND) Explicit Call transfer (ECT) Fixed Destination Call (FDC) / Hotline General Deactivation (GD) Incoming Call Barring (ICB) Inhibition of Incoming Forwarded Calls (IIFC) Lawful Interception (LI) Line Hunting (LH) Malicious Call Identification (MCID) Message Waiting Indication (MWI) Numbering Plan and Dialed Digits Outgoing Call Barring (OCB) Outgoing Call Screening (OCS) Special Dial Tone Warm Line Call Park Last Call return
The following is a list of representative ISDN BA supplementary services that are available via the ISAM-Voice working in conjunction with different vendor MGC products.
three-Party Conference (3PTY) Abbreviated Address/Dialling (AA) Alarm Call (AC) Call completion to Busy Subscriber (CCBS) / Ring Back Change password Calling Line Identification Presentation (CLIP) Calling Line Identification Rejection (CLIR) Calling Line Identification Rejection Override (CLIR-O) Call Forwarding Unconditional (CFU) Call Forwarding on Busy (CFB) Call Forwarding on No Reply (CFNR) Call Hold (HOLD) Call Waiting (CW) CWID service Connected Line Identification Presentation (COLP) Connected Line Identification Restriction (COLR) Distinctive Dialing In (DDI) Do Not Disturb (DND) Fixed Destination Call (FDC) / Hotline Incoming Call Barring (ICB)
8-133
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Inhibition of Incoming Forwarded Calls (IIFC) Malicious Call Identification (MCID) Outgoing Call Barring (OCB) Sub Addressing (SUB) Terminal Portability (TP)
The following is a list of representative POTS supplementary services that are available via the ISAM-Voice working in conjunction with the ALU IMS R7 / 5420 CTS R5 products. More extensive treatment of the supplementary services supported is available in the associated ALU IMS documentation.
three-Party Conference (3PTY) Abbreviated Address/Dialling (AA) Anonymous Call Rejection (ACR) Call completion to Busy Subscriber (CCBS) / Ring Back Calling Line Identification Presentation (CLIP) Calling Line Identification Rejection (CLIR) Call Forwarding Unconditional (CFU) Call Forwarding on Busy (CFB) Call Forwarding on No Reply (CFNR) Voice Mail Call Hold (HOLD) Call Pick-UP (CPU) Call Waiting (CW) CWID service Distinctive Ringing Do Not Disturb (DND) Explicit Call transfer (ECT) Fixed Destination Call (FDC) / Hotline Malicious Call Identification (MCID) Outgoing Call Barring (OCB) Selective Call Forwarding (SCF) SIP Authentication Registration Special Dial Tone Music On Hold
8.21
BITS Support
An accurate synchronization is mandatory for the voice service, especially for voice-band-data services and ISDN services. The 24Gbps NT or the ERAM-A with BITS variant can be connecting by an external BITS clock or using its integrated BITS module (< 5ppm) to reach a decent quality voice quality. The NT boards without BITS module (50ppm) are not valid and are not permitted for voice application.
8-134
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8.22
Complete loopback with test pattern: Loopback of full bit stream (B1 and B2 and D channel) Loopback at ISDN LT and NT/NT1: Self test on layer 1 by the ISAM Voice: ISAM Voice generates a test pattern,
activates a loopback at the LT, and verifies and evaluates the received test pattern. Test towards the NT/NT1: ISAM Voice generates a test pattern, activates a loopback at the NT, and verifies and evaluates the received test pattern.
8.23
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-135
8.24
8.25
Lawful Intercept
8-136
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
To serve such Lawful intercept topology, Megaco ISAM Voice allows enabling the External Packet Forwarding facility. In addition, the EPF facility requires the IP address of the external device to which the voice traffic is to be forwarded as a configuration input. The external destination device must be directly connected to the ISAM Voice. When EPF is enabled, all voice traffic that originates from a voice termination point A connected to the ISAM Voice and destined to a voice termination point B, either connected to the same ISAM Voice, or connected to an ISAM Voice that subtends to the former ISAM Voice, or connected to an ISAM Voice that together with the former ISAM Voice subtends to the same Hub ISAM Voice, or to an ISAM Voice connected by means of a layer 2/layer 3 aggregation network with the former ISAM Voice, is forwarded in upstream direction to the external device as being pointed to by the configured IP address prior to the downstream forwarding to the destined voice termination point. The same forwarding principle as mentioned before, applies when either voice termination point A or voice termination point B becomes replaced by the Voice server due to the support of some supplementary services or the support of an optimized IP addressing scheme.
Note External packet Forwarding must not be enabled for H.248
L2 aggregation network
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
MGC
ASP
Edge Router serves as "external device" from where the voice traffic is tapped to the LI device
SoftSwitch
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-137
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-101 Megaco ISAM Voice: External Packet Forwarding disabled
Remote node NT board NT board Main node
Signaling IP address Voice
L2 aggregation network
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
Voice LT board
MGC
ASP
SoftSwitch
8.26
Compliancy to standards
ISAM Voice is fully/partially compliant to the following standards (further details are provide in the related Protocol Information Compliancy Sheets (PICS documents)):
Megaco ISAM Voice RFC768, RFC791, RFC792, RFC826, RFC894, RFC919, RFC920, RFC950,
RFC1157, RFC2327, RFC2960, RFC3057, RFC3389, RFC3550, RFC4734 IEEE Std 802.3, IEEE Std 802.1Q, IEEE Std 802.1P ITU-T Study Group 16: H248.1v2, H248.1v3 annex E, H248.1v3 annex F, H248.2, H248.3, H248.8, H248.11, H248.14, H248.16, H248.23, H248.26, H248.27, H248.34, H248.45 RFC2960, RFC4233 ITU-T Study Group II: Basic Call Progress Tones Generator with Directionality, Expanded Call Progress Tones Generator Package, Basic Services Tones Generation Package. ITU-T Recommendation Q.921, ITU-T T.38 Recommendation Fax over IP, ITU-T recommendation V.23 (FSK), ITU-T recommendation Q.552: Transmission characteristics at a 2-wire analogue interface of digital exchanges ITU-T I.603 SERIES I: INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN) Maintenance principles; Application of maintenance principles to ISDN basic accesses
8-138
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Telcordia Bell 202 (FSK) ETSI EN 300 659-1 V1.3.1 DTMF for on-hook data transmission ETSI EN 300 659-1 V1.3.1, ETSI EN 300 659-2 V1.3.1, ETSI EN 300 659-3
V1.3.1: Subscriber line protocol over the local loop for display (and related) services. ETSI EMC 300 386 v1.3.1: Electromagnetic Compatibility Requirements Telcordia recommendation GR-30 LSSR: LSSR: Voice band Data Transmission Interface (FSD 05-01-0100), 1998 Calling Line Identification service SIN 227, issue 3.2. British Telecom specification, 2002
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-139
8.27
Off-line SW Migration
The ISAM Voice uses the ISAM offline migration procedure, that is, the integrated voice service databases and related CDE profiles are considered to be an integral part of the ISAM offline database migration (next to the NT and SHub databases). This implies that at SW migration time:
The integrated voice service databases and related CDE profiles are uploaded to
the migration server offline migrated via the Push Button Migration Tool. The offline migrated integrated voice service database and associated CDE profiles are downloaded to the ISAM and activated together with the new SW package.
Megaco ISAM Voice
An Upgrade/Migration cluster is the aggregation of all ISAM Voice clusters served by a hub ISAM Voice node, this hub ISAM Voice node included.
Note The following restriction applies:
All Voice servers equipped in a hub ISAM Voice node are supervised by one and the same Voice Service Provider. In order for the integrated voice service to work correctly, the same SW package must be downloaded to all ISAM Voice nodes of an ISAM Voice cluster, that is, in particular with focus on the integrated voice service, the SW (maintenance) Release on the voice LT boards must be the same as the SW (maintenance) release on the Voice server and this for the complete ISAM Voice cluster. The same applies within one ISAM Voice node. Only one SW (maintenance) Release can be active at an ISAM Voice node at the same time. This implies that all Voice server pairs in the hub ISAM Voice node must run the same SW (maintenance) Release. As a consequence, for the integrated voice service to work, all ISAM Voice nodes within the same upgrade/migration cluster must be on the same SW (maintenance) release. The above rules imply that for both a SW upgrade and a SW migration, the upgrade/offline migration procedure for the full upgrade/migration cluster must be completed in a single maintenance window.
8-140
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
8 Integrated Voice service: ISAM Voice Figure 8-102 Voice upgrade/migration cluster (centralized topology)
Voice Upgrade / Migration Cluster concept in the context of a Centralised Voice Topology.
Voice Cluster 1
Voice Cluster 2
Voice Cluster 3
Voice Cluster 4
Voice Cluster 5
Voice Cluster 6
Voice Cluster 7
Voice Cluster 8
Voice Cluster 1
Voice Cluster 2
Voice Cluster 3
Voice Cluster 4
Voice Cluster 5
Voice Cluster 6
Voice Cluster 7
Voice Cluster 8
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-141
Megaco ISAM Voice Backwards Compatibility in the Migration Scenario Under the conditions and constraints as stipulated in the section below, ISAM Voice indeed strives for backwards compatibility between releases, starting from R4.0v onwards, in that any next voice release after R4.0v will take backwards compatibility into account. I.e. both the R4.0v maintenance releases and the R4.1v releases (main and maintenance) will take into account backwards compatible with R4.0v. Disclaimer: Alcatel-Lucent, though remaining confident that this might be a rare case, is not in a position to guarantee backwards compatibility at all time, as, due to new feature introduction or problem resolution reasons, Alcatel-Lucent can be forced to break the backwards compatibility in a certain release, even under the conditions and constraints as stipulated below. In case of such happening, the customer will be informed by Alcatel-Lucent, clearly specifying the reasons why the backwards compatibility had to be broken and the related consequences for the customer. Also, Alcatel-Lucent will recover the backward compatibility on the earliest successive release possible. Conditions and restrictions: Backwards compatibility over ISAM Voice releases is considered:
Between a main release and its maintenance releases (e.g. R4.0v and R4.0.02c),
starting from R4.0v onwards Between 2 releases of 2 consecutive release streams (e.g. R4.0.03d and R4.1.02c), starting from R4.0v onwards From the xVPS pair to the voice boards, i.e. it is assumed the voice boards are always at a lower or equal release then the xVPS pair, but never at a higher release This ISAM Voice backwards compatibility has the following restriction:
New services, as part of the newly introduced release, might not work as long as
there is more then one release active in the network. ISAM Voice backwards compatibility is supported only at following conditions:
At any time there are no more then 2 different releases in the network, being main
or maintenance releases of consecutive release streams Having 2 releases in the network can last for at most 2 weeks Failing to do so will not only block any roll-out of new services in the customer's network, but will also make it impossible to guarantee tracking and fixing problems in the voice network Before an upgrade or migration is started to a next release, all ISAM Voice access nodes in the network must be at the same release (main or maintenance)
SIP ISAM Voice off-line SW migration
Since the scope of the Voice upgrade/migration cluster principle is restricted to a single ISAM access node, an upgrade/migration of a SIP ISAM Voice access node follows exactly the upgrade and offline migration procedure for an ISAM access node.
8-142
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
It is not allowed that such a H.248 to SIP functional migration coincides with
either a SW upgrade or a off-line SW migration or a Switching to Routing functional migration (see next chapter). The target migration SIP architecture is the centralized architecture. A complete voice cluster is functionally migrated in one maintenance window. Distinct VLANs for signaling and RTP traffic. The same VLAN is used to carry RTP traffic in H.248 and SIP mode. The same VLAN is used to carry signaling traffic in H.248 and SIP mode. The same VLAN is used to carry OAM traffic in H.248 and SIP mode.
The main logical steps to be taken in the H.248 to SIP functional migration are: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Configure the SIP voice database Check the ongoing calls and the emergency calls for graceful shutdown Lock the H.248 MGI interface Disconnect the Voice server at L2 from the voice LT boards (re-)Configure the L2/L3 topology to run in SIP mode Unplan the voice LT boards (configured with capability profile = H.248-profile) Replan the voice LT boards with capability profile = SIP-profile Reload the voice LT board with the SIP SW package Perform a SIP voice database NT-LT audit
10 Register the SIP terminations 11 Verify the SIP-based voice service 12 Unplan the Voice server (the Voice server must be kept running till the verification has proven that the SIP-based voice service behaves correctly)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
8-143
A functional migration from switching mode to routing mode may NOT coincide
with:
a SW upgrade an off-line SW migration a H.248 to SIP functional migration. ISAM Voice does not support the functional migration of a subtending access
node. In other words, the subtending access node behaves at all times as a switched device. The same signaling VLAN ID remains used at the IACM part of the ISAM Voice before and after the migration from switching device to routing device. The same RTP VLAN ID remains used at the IACM part of the ISAM Voice before and after the migration from switching device to routing device. The same source / destination signaling IP address remains configured at the xVPS (H.248) / SHub (SIP). The same source / destination RTP IP address remains configured at the xVPS (H.248) / SHub (SIP and H.248).
The main logical steps to be taken in the switching to routing functional migration are: 1 2 3 4 Configure the routing protocol (OSPF / RIP) Optionally, configure the static routes (re-)Configure L2/L3 topology to run in route mode. Reset the NT board pair.
8-144
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Layer 2 forwarding
9.1 Introduction
9-2 9-2
9.2 The concept of Virtual LAN (VLAN) 9.3 ISAM Internal Architecture 9.4 Support for Jumbo frames 9-8 9-13
9.5 Subscriber access interface on the LT board 9.6 iBridge mode 9-16 9-29 9-40
9-13
9.10 Secure forwarding in iBridge and VLAN cross-connect 9.11 Virtual MAC 9-49 9-54 9-57
9-46
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-1
9 Layer 2 forwarding
9.1
Introduction
This chapter focuses on L2 forwarding, consistent with the standards of the Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). Concretely in the ISAM this involves the iBridge and VLAN cross-connect forwarding mode.
Note 1 Strictly speaking, only iBridge and Vlan cross-connect
forwarding modes can be considered as L2 forwarding in term of IEEE context. For practical reasons however, this chapter will also cover two additional forwarding modes not really part of L2 forwarding family but still closely related: PPP cross-connect forwarding and IP-aware bridging. Although PPP cross-connect mode has distinctive differences with iBridge and VLAN cross-connect, it has also similarities. For more information, see section 9.12. In the IP-aware bridge mode, the ISAM can be an IP-aware bridge without being an IP next-hop. Subscribers connected to the ISAM are seen as being directly attached to the edge router IP interfaces. This mode is Alcatel-Lucent proprietary and is a kind of hybrid between layer 2 and layer 3 forwarding. For more information, see section 9.13.
Note 2 The support of IP-aware bridging will be discontinued in
the future. The use of IP-aware bridging is unadvised for new deployments.
9.2
Untagged frame
preamble
7
SFD
1
dest addr
6
src addr
6
length type
2
data + pad
461500
FCS
4
(priority-)tagged frame
preamble
7
SFD
1
dest addr
6
src addr
6
802.1q tag
2
VLAN tag
2
data + pad
46...1500
FCS
4
c Ba
kb
on
e
i Sw
3 2 1 9
tch
5 4
7 6
i Sw
1 2 3 4
tch
5 6
8 7
In general the VLAN is shared between a group of several end-stations, forming a meshed configuration. In some special cases, the VLAN is used in a strict point-to-point configuration between two end-stations. Within a VLAN, frame forwarding takes place at layer 2 (L2) by using Ethernet-related information. The ISAM supports the VLAN concept applied to access networks.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-3
9 Layer 2 forwarding
Frames coming from the upstream Ethernet network are generally tagged, each tag being typical of a given NSP. The frame VLAN tag determines the VLAN the frame belongs to and the way the ISAM should forward it to the subscriber, via iBridge mode or VLAN cross-connect mode. Untagged frames can also be received from the network interface, for example when the ISAM is directly connected to an NSP IP router. In this case, a port-based default VLAN is required on the network interface.
Subscriber side
On an ADSL link carrying PVCs, the subscriber accesses different NSPs by using one PVC per NSP. On a PVC frames are typically untagged (in some rare network deployments, frames could also be priority tagged). When the ISAM receives untagged frames or priority-tagged frames from the subscriber, a port default VLAN (or port-and-protocol-based default VLAN) determines the NSP VLAN on the network side to which the frame must be forwarded (more on this in section Forwarding of untagged/priority-tagged frames received from the subscriber). Although not typical, tagged frames can also be used on PVCs to allow multiplexing several services on the same PVC. When the ISAM receives tagged frames, the frame tag is used to determine the NSP VLAN to which the frame should be forwarded. User frames received with an unexpected tag are discarded. Figure 9-3 shows an example.
Figure 9-3 Example of PVCs used on ADSL links
ADSL link 1 PVC 0,32 default VLAN 100 PVC 0,33 default VLAN 101 PVC 0,34 VLAN 102 ADSL link 2 PVC 0,34 default VLAN 100 VLAN 101, 102
NE
9-4
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
ADSL link 1 with 3 PVCs: PVC 0,32 accepts untagged packets, priority-tagged packets, and packets with
VLAN ID 100 PVC 0,33 accepts untagged packets, priority-tagged packets, and packets with VLAN ID 101 PVC 0,34 accepts tagged packets, with VLAN ID 102
ADSL link 2 with 1 PVC: PVC 0,34 accepts untagged packets, priority-tagged packets, and tagged packets
with VLAN ID 100, 101 and 102
We have seen that for ATM-based DSL lines, one separate PVC per service (and per NSP) is deployed and the frames between the ISAM and CPE are typically untagged. Each PVC is related to a NSP VLAN in the aggregation network and vice versa. However, this is not possible for VDSL and point-to-point Ethernet accesses since this is based on EFM technology. Hence, tagged traffic on VDSL and point-to-point Ethernet subscriber access lines becomes the rule, with each VLAN identifying a given NSP. Multi-VLAN tagged subscriber traffic over VDSL and point-to-point Ethernet subscriber access lines is actually the equivalent of multi-PVC over ATM-based DSL lines.
Point to multipoint configuration (1:N) and point to point configurations (1:1)
The ISAM allows two L2 access modes, respectively the 1:N and the 1:1 mode:
In the 1:N mode, the ISAM allows the NSP network VLAN to be shared by a
group of N subscribers. This is done by means of the iBridging forwarding mode (also called Residential Bridging) In the 1:1 mode, the ISAM allows the NSP network VLAN to be shared by only one subscriber. This is done by means of the VLAN cross-connect forwarding mode.
Bridge port:
a bridge port is a generic Ethernet interface on the user side. In practice, a bridge port can be an Ethernet PVC, an EFM link or a physical user Ethernet link. A bridge port can carry a mix of untagged, priority-tagged or tagged frames. VLAN port: a VLAN port is a generic Tagged Ethernet interface on the user side. In practice, a VLAN port results from the association of a VLAN ID and a bridge port. So a VLAN port is the ISAM entry point for user Ethernet traffic tagged with the
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-5
9 Layer 2 forwarding
corresponding VLAN ID on the corresponding bridge port. Tagged frames received by the ISAM which cannot be related to a configured VLAN port are discarded. Port Default VLAN ID (PVID): A bridge port can be configured with a PVID. The PVID has only relevance for iBridging or VLAN cross-connect. It is the VLAN ID which untagged or priority-tagged traffic should inherit from this bridge port when subjected to iBridging or VLAN cross-connect. In that case, untagged frames are considered by the ISAM as if tagged by the user with the PVID. See more details in section Forwarding of untagged/priority-tagged frames received from the subscriber. From a black box point of view, the operator needs to create an NSP Network VLAN. Then, attaching a subscriber to an NSP is done by associating a subscriber VLAN port to the NSP Network VLAN. An interesting feature of this generic L2 forwarding model is that it does not impose that the VLAN port has the same VLAN ID as the NSP VLAN to which it is attached. This allows the possibility of VLAN translation by which subscribers can access an NSP using frames tagged with another VLAN than the NSP VLAN. Obviously, de-coupling network VLAN from user VLAN allows more flexibility in terms of network deployment. The need for VLAN translation becomes apparent when comparing with the familiar multi-PVC model in ATM-based aggregation networks. In the multi-PVC model, each PVC must be given a VPI/VCI value on the access link. To facilitate provisioning, these VPI/VCI values are often chosen to be the same for all subscribers to a given service, for example 8/35 for HSI. These subscriber-side Virtual Channel Links (VCLs) are then cross-connected to VCLs at the network side with different VPI/VCI values. In the multi-VLAN context, the same reasoning applies. Provisioning can be simplified by using the same C-VLAN IDs at the subscriber side for all subscribers. These subscriber-side C-VLANs indicate the service. For S+C-VLAN CCs, (see section S+C-VLAN cross-connect: VLAN stacking for residential subscribers) the network side C-VLAN IDs are typically used to identify the subscriber, with the S-VLAN identifying the service. Hence a subscriber-side VLAN ID can have a local significance, which means that the user VLAN ID is just used to select a particular forwarding context. Then, the subscriber-side VLAN ID is stripped from the packet, the forwarding decision is made, and a new network-side VLAN ID is supplied with the packet when it is transmitted on the network interface. As indicated in previous sections, although multi-VLAN originally came from the requirement to support multi-services above VDSL and point-to-point Ethernet subscriber access lines, some customers may want to use multi-VLAN on top of PVC for ADSL as well. Doing so can be interesting to create a uniform network configuration, or to alleviate some possible CPE limitation.
9-6
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
To limit the configuration complexity of ADSL lines, the operator must however make a decision per ADSL line and segregate services either via PVCs or via VLANs. In the latter case, a single PVC will carry all the different VLANs. Figure 9-4 shows an example of multi-VLAN and VLAN tag translation. In this example there are two VDSL access lines: EFM1 and EFM2. PVCs supporting multi-vlans are also shown. Note that this example applies to ADSL, VDSL and point-to-point Ethernet subscriber access lines.
Figure 9-4 Multi-VLAN and VLAN translation example
T NSP 1
VLAN_1
VLAN ports
MAC FDB
T T
iBridge
T NSP 2
VLAN_2
T T
NSP 3
VLAN_3
VLAN CC
Ethernet
EFM1_VLAN3
NSP 4
VLAN_4
VLAN CC
Ethernet
EFM2_VLAN34
NSP 5
VLAN_5
VLAN CC
Ethernet
EFM1_VLAN5
EMAN
ISAM
Note 1 Multi-VLAN makes flexible wholesaling possible without impacting the CPE configuration. For example, starting from a set of predefined subscriber VLAN tags at the CPE side (say, the same values hard-coded in all CPEs), it is possible to re-tag the received packet with a new network VLAN tag, so that the traffic can be passed to the correct NSP for a specific service. Note 2 From R4.1 on, the restriction that one cannot attach two
VLAN ports on the same bridge port to the same Layer 2 forwarding engine is removed.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-7
9 Layer 2 forwarding
9.3
L2 Fwdr NSP A
Phy/LAG
L2 Fwdr NSP B
L2 Fwdr NSP A
NT LT ISAM
L2 Fwdr NSP B
The basic strategy for the layer 2 forwarding data plane is that:
9-8
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
Frames received from the network side can be passed: back to the network side, possibly on the same physical interface but using another
VLAN (this is to support a ring).
to the user side (an LT board, a user, or a subtending ISAM). Frames received from the user side (an LT board, a user or a subtending ISAM)
can only be passed to the network side.
Note 1 The forwarding of broadcast frames or frames with
unknown (unicast / multicast) destination MAC address will be based on these rules: flood to all allowed interfaces only.
Note 2 The operator can enable communication from user side
back to user side provided that both users are on different physical NT interfaces. Obviously, the NT board is VLAN aware. More specifically, every NT bridge instance operates within the context of a single distinct VLAN. Only tagged frames matching the VLAN of a bridge will be handled by that bridge. If the frame is multiple tagged, only the most exterior VLAN tag is used to determine whether the frame should be handled by a given bridge or not. Another strategy employed to enable ISAM to participate in a maximum of network deployments scenarios is to subtend network elements (such as remote ISAM) directly from the LT, as shown in Figure 9-6.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-9
UNI port
L2 Fwder NSP B
L2 Fwder NSP B
LT
NNI port
Such deployment scenario introduces the concept of User to Network Interface (UNI) and Network to Network Interface (NNI).
A UNI is a reference point for all interactions between subscriber services and the
ISAM. An NNI is a reference point for all interactions between a remote aggregator (business NTU, residential MDU, Ethernet switch, subtended ISAM, ) and the ISAM. On the Hub-ISAM, the NNI subtending interfaces will support L2 forwarding dimensioning required to subtend an aggregation node (such as for example increased scaling for VLANs, multicast channels and MAC learning, ).
9-10
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
RB VLAN 19 Network Ports Network VLAN LT Ports RB VLAN 23 Phy/LAG VLAN 19 (= iBridge) LT
Phy/LAG
VLAN 23 (= iBridge)
RB VLAN 19
NT LT ISAM
RB VLAN 23
To configure a bridge for a given VLAN in the NT, the operator needs to:
Create the VLAN Associate the proper network / LT / subtending / user interface to this VLAN.
VLAN cross-connect configuration model
The configuration of the NT board is the same as for the iBridge forwarding model, only the configuration of the LT board is different, as shown in Figure 9-8.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-11
VLAN 11 (=Bridge)
C 11 VLAN CC
C-VLAN CC
VLAN 17 (=Bridge)
S+C-VLAN CC
VLAN 13 (=Bridge)
S+C-VLAN CC
S 13 VLAN CC
S-VLAN CC
Note The different types of VLAN cross-connect (C-VLAN, S+C-VLAN and S-VLAN) are explained further in this chapter.
9-12
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
9.4
3, 4
DSL line specific Ethernet MAC DA, SA Qtags, Type/Length, FCS SA, larger subscriber Ethernet payload
Edge
1
Ethernet MAC (with additional VLAN tags) DA, SA, Qtags, type/length, FCS
2
MPLS & other blue sky
3, 4
larger subscriber Ethernet payload
9.5
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-13
9 Layer 2 forwarding Figure 9-10 Subscriber access interface model for iBridges and VLAN cross-connect
VLAN port (from PVID) Bridge port PVC ATM ADSLx IPoA Frames
Managed by IWL
VLAN port Bridge port PVC ATM ADSLx VDSLx Eth Phy Tagged PPPoE Frames EFM PVC ATM ADSLx PPPoA or untagged PPPoE Frames on PVC VDSLx Eth Phy Untagged PPPoE Frames on EFM or Eth Phy EFM
9-14
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
LLC/SNAP bridged (Ethernet) VC Mux bridged (Ethernet) LLC/SNAP routed (IPoA) VC Mux routed (IPoA) LLC/NLPid (PPPoA) VC Mux PPP (PPPoA)
The operator can configure each PVC in such a way that either one of the following encapsulation modes is allowed:
one single encapsulation type only is allowed on the PVC. This is called static
encapsulation mode. Only the frames matching this encapsulation will be accepted. several encapsulation types are allowed on the PVC. In this case, the PVC works in auto-detect encapsulation mode: the ISAM adapts itself to the encapsulation selected by the CPE. If the encapsulation of the received frame matches one of the allowed encapsulations, the frame is accepted. Otherwise, the frame is discarded. This mode allows the subscriber to change his CPE without requiring the operator to reconfigure the ISAM.
Auto-detect encapsulation possibilities
It is not possible to have a universal auto-detect function accommodating any frame format without ambiguity. Hence, several auto-detect modes have been defined, each one with a limited number of allowed encapsulations. When an operator wants a PVC to work in auto-detect mode, he can configure the PVC with one of the following modes:
Autodetect_IP allows auto-detection of the following frame encapsulations: LLC-SNAP-Routed (then it is for IPoA) or LLC-SNAP-Bridge (then it is for IPoE) or VCMUX-Routed (then it is for IPoA)
Note: VCMUX-Bridge cannot be detected in this mode since it is ambiguous with VCMUX-Routed when the IP address starts with 00 (hex)
Autodetect_PPP allows auto-detection of the following frame encapsulations: LLC-NLPID-PPP (then is for PPPoA) or VCMUX-PPP (then it is for PPPoA) or LLC-SNAP-Bridge (then it is for PPPoE) or VCMUX-Bridge (then it is for PPPoE) Autodetect_PPPoA allows auto-detection of the following frame encapsulations: LLC-NLPID-PPP (then is for PPPoA) or VCMUX-PPP (then is for PPPoA)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-15
9 Layer 2 forwarding
LLC-NLPID-PPP (then is for PPPoA) or VCMUX-PPP (then is for PPPoA) or LLC-SNAP-Bridge (then it can be for PPPoE or IpoE) or VCMUX-Bridge (then it can be for PPPoE or IpoE) Note: LLC-SNAP-Routed and VCMUX-Routed (i.e. for IPoA) cannot be detected in this mode. Note The auto-detect feature is aimed to cope with occasional CPE reconfiguration: when the ISAM detects a valid change of encapsulation, it will clear data related to PPP or DHCP sessions related to this PVC, if any is present. Also, it is possible that a few frames are lost during the transition.
9.6
iBridge mode
In iBridge mode, each NSP is connected to the ISAM at the network side by a dedicated VLAN. The ISAM supports up to 128 iBridges for layer 2 boards and up to 768 iBridges for layer 3 boards. Depending on the port configuration and LT board type, iBridges accept tagged and/or untagged traffic for forwarding. For untagged traffic, the ISAM makes use of a default VLAN configured per port to identify the NSP VLAN. More details about default VLANs are provided in section Forwarding of untagged/priority-tagged frames received from the subscriber. iBridges allows to connection of several subscribers to the same network VLAN. iBridges also allow the connection of several hub-ISAM NNI ports to the same network VLAN.
DHCP option 82
iBridge supports the DHCP snooping features for DHCP Option 82 handling. Likewise, iBridge supports DHCPv6 snooping for the insertion of DHCPv6 Option 18 and Option 37. For more information on DHCP, see chapter Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model and chapter Protocol handling in a Layer 3 forwarding model.
Note DHCP option 82 is not supported on traffic received on hub-ISAM NNI ports. The remote aggregator access node (connected to the hub-ISAM) will perform such function if required.
9-16
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
The iBridge mode makes a distinction between network ports and subscriber ports, in contrast with standard bridging where all ports are treated equally. Frames received from a subscriber will always be sent towards the network and never to another subscriber. This behavior is also true when the iBridge mode is used to forward traffic from hub-ISAM LT NNI ports. All the upstream traffic will be sent towards the network and never to another NNI port.
Prevention of broadcast problems
To prevent broadcast storms, the amount of broadcast traffic on each port can be limited. When standard bridging is used, a broadcast frame (ARP, PPPoE, DHCP, ICMPv6 or DHCPv6) will be sent to all ports in a particular VLAN. In iBridge mode, broadcast traffic from the subscriber only goes to the network. Broadcast traffic from the network is either passed to all ports or blocked on the subscriber ports. This behavior can be configured per VLAN. Also broadcast as a consequence of flooding, which happens with standard bridging when the MAC destination address is unknown or with multicast, is avoided in iBridge mode. In the context of hub-ISAM LT NNI ports, all the NNI upstream broadcast traffic is sent towards the network and never to another NNI port. Broadcast from the network is passed to all the NNI ports. This behavior is not configurable for NNI ports.
Frame types
In iBridge mode, only the following frame types are accepted from the subscriber ports:
PPPoE (discovery and session) PPPoE relay IPoE (IPv4)/ARP/RARP/PPPoE (discovery and session) IPoA (per enhanced iBridge) (for IPv4 only) all Ethernet types Extensible Authentication Protocol Over LAN (EAPOL): EAPOL frames are dedicated packets that are never forwarded but are processed by the ISAM.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-17
9 Layer 2 forwarding
In the context of hub-ISAM LT NNI ports, in iBridge mode, only the following frame types are accepted from the NNI ports:
IPv6 over Ethernet (IPv6oE), including Neighbor Discovery and ICMPv6 (note:
Neighbor Discovery and ICMPv6 are identified by a Next Header value of 58 in the immediately preceding IPv6 header PPPoE (discovery and session) PPPoE relay IPoE (IPv4)/ARP/RARP/PPPoE (discovery and session) IPoA (per enhanced iBridge) (for IPv4 only) all Ethernet types Extensible Authentication Protocol Over LAN (EAPOL) EAPOL frames are dedicated packets that are never forwarded, but are processed by the ISAM.
Other frames, including multicast data frames, will be will be sent towards the network and never to another NNI port.
iBridge Deployment
In iBridge mode, the operator will avoid putting two ISAMs within the same network VLAN on the same Ethernet Metropolitan Area Network (EMAN) to reach the same NSP IP router. Sharing the same VLAN between two ISAMs would allow inter-ISAM user-to-user traffic to by-pass the NSP, which is undesirable. Figure 9-12 details this misconfiguration:
The Ethernet switch will learn all subscriber MAC addresses. If subscriber A can
obtain the MAC address of subscriber C, then subscriber A can send traffic directly to subscriber C without the traffic going to the NSP IP router. This is direct user-to-user communication and should be prevented in iBridge mode. In such a configuration, an ISAM would receive all broadcast/flooded frames from any ISAM in the VLAN. This causes potential performance problems and should not be allowed in iBridge mode.
Figure 9-12 VLAN with two ISAMs
ISAM 1
EMAN
B
VLAN NSP
Not allowed
NSP IP backbone
ISAM 2
9-18
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
The ISAM supports the ability to subtend network elements (such as remote ISAM) directly from the LT. This is done, in this time frame, by using the NNI port type on the GE Ethernet line board. As shown in Figure 9-13, by using the iBridge mode on the NNI ports, the operator can leverage the Hub-ISAM access aggregation capabilities in order to aggregate traffic towards the EMAN network.
Figure 9-13 Hub-ISAM with iBridge
UNI
E F A B
UNI
NSP IP Backbone
NNI
S-ISAM 1
UNI
EMAN
UNI
NNI
S-ISAM 1
UNI
C D
UNI
Hub-ISAM
Note The Hub-ISAM can also perform local access and access aggregation, as shown in Figure 9-13.
MAC learning
In the ISAM, each layer 2 forwarder has its own MAC learning process, independent from the other layer 2 forwarders. In other words, the text in the section below as to be understood within the same network VLAN context. This means that a MAC address is unique within a VLAN, but not across VLANs. If a port is connected to two VLANs, the MAC address is learned twice.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-19
9 Layer 2 forwarding
When a frame is received with an unknown MAC Source Address (SA) or the MAC SA is received on a different bridge port than previously learned, the ISAM will learn this MAC address with the following restrictions:
If the MAC address is learned from a subscriber port but the number of MAC
addresses already learned on that port has reached a certain maximum, the MAC address is not learned and the frame is dropped. Note The secured MAC learning mechanism can be disabled to allow, for example, an unlimited number of MAC addresses in case of cross-connect mode.
If the MAC address is learned from a subscriber port, but the same MAC address
is already learned from the EMAN network, the MAC address is not learned and the frame is dropped (MAC address duplication). If the MAC address is learned from a subscriber port, but the same MAC address was already on another subscriber port, the new MAC address is not learned and the frame is dropped (MAC address duplication). If the MAC address is first learned on a subscriber port, and then learned from the EMAN network, this movement is accepted and the MAC address is learned. This means that the MAC address is removed from the subscriber port (MAC address movement, that is, the last learned MAC address takes priority). If the MAC address is first learned on a subtending, subscriber or internal LT port and then on another subtending, subscriber or internal LT port, then the MAC address is not learned on the second port (that is, no MAC address movement is performed) Well-known MAC addresses (for example, multicast MAC addresses, MAC addresses allocated for IEEE protocols, and so on) are not learned.
Note These restrictions are valid in both iBridge mode and VLAN cross-connect mode.
These principles apply also for subtending ports. In this context, a subtending port behaves at the same level as a subscriber port.
MAC address learning on the LT board
The ISAM LT boards provide a protection about the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned per port:
On ATM-based interfaces, the limit is applied per PVC. On PTM-based DSL interfaces, and Ethernet physical interfaces, the limit is
applied per interface.
9-20
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
On layer 2 LT boards, the frame is discarded and the MAC address is not moved
from the original port. Moreover the offending end-subscriber PVC gets locked. The subscriber port is unlocked again (and the duplicate MAC address alarm is cleared) after a time period equal to three times the MAC address aging time. On layer 3 and point-to-point Ethernet LT boards, the frame is discarded and the MAC address is not moved from the original port. The port carrying the offending frame remains fully operational for frames received with non-offending source MAC address. The alarm is cleared after a time period free of MAC address conflict.
As such, the MAC address learning and the associated duplicate MAC address
alarming does apply to UNI and NNI ISAM LT ports with the same level of precedence between the two port types. MAC aging time
A MAC address that was previously learned on a given iBridge is automatically removed from the MAC forwarding table of that iBridge when no traffic has been received from that MAC address during the MAC aging time.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-21
9 Layer 2 forwarding
MAC aging time configuration It is important that the MAC ageing time is properly configured, otherwise data-plane connectivity may get lost between the network and the ISAM subscribers (due to the fact that traffic is not flooded to these subscribers when their MAC address is no longer present in the forwarding database):
For PPPoE traffic, the MAC aging time can be kept small, because PPP has a
built-in keep-alive mechanism.
For DHCP-based service scenarios (IPv4 or IPv6), the MAC aging time must be
taken in the same order of magnitude as the DHCP lease time (unless there is another time that can be used, for example, an ARP refresh interval, an application-layer keep-alive time, and so on). The MAC aging time is configurable between 10 s and 1.000.000 s with a default value of 300 s.
Note On layer 2 LT boards, the MAC aging time is limited to a maximum of 1096 s by the hardware. In that case, the management interface allows the operator to configure a higher aging time, but the hardware caps this configured value to 1096 s.
A MAC aging time can be configured per iBridge forwarding instance as for some services the MAC aging time should be kept low, while for other services (for example, DHCP-based services) the MAC aging time should be increased.
Concepts
Section Generic forwarder model in ISAM has introduced the concepts of bridge ports and VLAN ports defined on the subscriber side and used by iBridges and VLAN cross-connects.
Forwarding of untagged/priority-tagged frames received from the subscriber
The subscriber bridge ports (that is, PVCs, EFM or Ethernet Physical link) are connected to the VLAN of the appropriate NSP by means of a default VLAN ID. Figure 9-14 shows the concept of the iBridge mode for untagged subscriber traffic.
9-22
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
EMAN
A B C D E F G NSP2 NSP3
NSP 3-VLAN NSP 3 NSP 2-VLAN NSP 1-VLAN
NSP IP backbone
NSP1
NSP IP backbone
Typical of an iBridge, several subscriber ports can be associated to a single VLAN. In Figure 9-14, the following subscriber ports are connected to the different VLANs:
subscriber ports A, B and C connected to NSP 1-VLAN subscriber ports D and E connected to NSP 2-VLAN subscriber ports F and G connected to NSP 3-VLAN
There are two ways to determine a default VLAN ID (and P-bits) for untagged frames received on a bridge port:
Port-based classification:
For port-based VLAN classification within a bridge, the VLAN ID associated with an untagged or priority-tagged frame (that is, a frame with no tag header, or a frame with a tag header that carries the null VLAN ID) is uniquely determined by the bridge port through which the frame is received. This classification mechanism requires the operator to configure a specific PVID on each bridge port. In this case, the PVID provides the VLAN ID for untagged and priority-tagged frames received through that bridge port. The PVID is always associated with a VLAN port on the bridge port. Port- and Protocol- based classification: For bridges that implement port/protocol-based VLAN classification, the VLAN ID associated with an untagged or priority-tagged frame is determined by the bridge port through which the frame is received and the protocol type of the frame. This classification mechanism requires the operator to configure one Port-Protocol-VLAN ID per protocol type on each bridge port. Each Port-Protocol-VLAN ID is always associated with a specific VLAN port on the bridge port. When a PVID and Port-Protocol-VLAN ID(s) are both configured on a given bridge port, the ISAM always selects the Port-Protocol-VLAN ID if applicable. In practice, the ISAM operator can configure up to two port-Protocol-VLAN ID per bridge port:
one for IP and related protocols (e.g. ARP) and one for the PPP protocol
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-23
9 Layer 2 forwarding
Note For more information about the handling of priority-tagged frames, see chapter Quality of Service.
When a subscriber generates a frame or a frame is received from the upstream Ethernet switch, a MAC address lookup is done in the forwarding table identified by the VLAN. Each NSP has its own forwarding table in the ISAM. The ISAM receives untagged or priority-tagged frames on a given bridge port, and forward these in the context of an iBridge. To achieve this, the operator creates a C-VLAN port on top of the bridge port, and couples it to the specified iBridge. Next, the operator installs a Port-default VLAN ID (PVID) (see Figure 9-15) or a Port-protocol-default VLAN (see Figure 9-16) that points to the VLAN port.
Figure 9-15 Forwarding untagged/priority-tagged frames in an iBridge (iBridge shown with only one subscriber)
Network-side traffic Configured VLAN ports Bridge port BP1 Ut,C1 VLAN port (BP1/ 0,C1) iBridge (C1) Ut,Ut User-side traffic
Legend for traffic characterization: Ut,C1 means S-VLAN = untagged and C-VLAN = C1 S1,X means S-VLAN = S1 and C-VLAN = do not care (tagged or untagged) Ut,Ut means no S-VLAN, no C-VLAN Legend for VLAN port configuration: 0,C1 means a C-VLAN port S1,0 means an S-VLAN port
9-24
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding Figure 9-16 Protocol-based VLAN selection (iBridge shown with only one subscriber)
Network-side traffic Configured VLAN ports Bridge port BP1 Ut,C1 VLAN port (BP1/ 0,C1) iBridge (C1) Ut,Ut User-side traffic
Legend for traffic characterization: Ut,C1 means S-VLAN = untagged and C-VLAN = C1 S1,X means S-VLAN = S1 and C-VLAN = do not care (tagged or untagged) Ut,Ut means no S-VLAN, no C-VLAN Legend for VLAN port configuration: 0,C1 means a C-VLAN port S1,0 means an S-VLAN port
Note The behavior described in this section is also true when the iBridge mode is used to forward traffic from Hub-ISAM LT NNI ports.
The CPE accessing an NSP via iBridge mode send their traffic to the ISAM tagged with a NSP and, optionally, a service-specific VLAN ID. With the multi-VLAN and VLAN translation capability, a bridge port can access several NSPs simultaneously. Figure 9-17 shows the concept of the iBridge mode with tagged subscriber traffic.
Figure 9-17 iBridge mode - tagged subscriber traffic
NSP 1
EMAN
NSP 1-VLAN
NSP IP backbone
NSP1
VLAN-a VLAN-b VLAN-c
NSP2 NSP3
NSP 3-VLAN
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-25
9 Layer 2 forwarding
In Figure 9-17 the VDSL subscriber is connected to 3 NSPs in iBridge mode. When a subscriber generates a frame or a frame is received from the upstream Ethernet switch, a MAC address lookup is done in the forwarding table identified by the network VLAN. This means that each NSP has its own forwarding table in the ISAM. This is indicated by the black boxes labeled with NSPx. The subscriber VLAN-a, VLAN-b and VLAN-c are translated in the ISAM to NSP 1-VLAN, NSP 2-VLAN and NSP 3-VLAN respectively at the subscriber-side boundary. The ISAM receives C-VLAN-tagged frames on a given bridge port, and forwards these in the context of an iBridge. To achieve this, the operator creates a C-VLAN port on top of the bridge port, and couples it to the iBridge.
When no VLAN translation is needed, the VLANs used in the network are
extended all the way to the subscribers. In this case, the subscriber side VLAN IDs are said to have a network-wide scope; see Figure 9-18. Note The behavior described in this section is also true when the iBridge mode is used to forward traffic from Hub-ISAM LT NNI ports.
In case of VLAN translation, the network-side and subscriber-side VLAN IDs are
different. iBridging, in combination with VLAN translation, is typically used when a loose coupling is needed between the C-VLAN IDs used on the access link and the C-VLAN IDs used in the aggregation network; see Figure 9-19. Note VLAN translation is not supported on Hub-ISAM LT NNI ports.
Figure 9-18 Subscriber-side VLAN-IDs with a network-wide scope (iBridge shown with only one subscriber)
Network-side traffic Configured VLAN ports Bridge port BP1 Ut,C1 User-side traffic
iBridge (C1)
Ut,C1
VLAN port (BP1/ 0,C2) Ut,C2 BP1: no PVID Si,X (any i) or Ut,Cj (j 1,2) or Ut,Ut
Legend for traffic characterization: Ut,C1 means S-VLAN = untagged and C-VLAN = C1 S1,X means S-VLAN = S1 and C-VLAN = do not care (tagged or untagged) Ut,Ut means no S-VLAN, no C-VLAN Legend for VLAN port configuration: 0,C1 means a C-VLAN port
9-26
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding Figure 9-19 Support for VLAN translation (iBridge shown with only one subscriber)
Network-side traffic Configured VLAN ports Bridge port BP1 Ut,C1 User-side traffic
iBridge (C1)
Ut,C3
VLAN port (BP1/ 0,C4) Ut,C4 BP1: no PVID Si,X (any i) or Ut,Cj (j 3,4) or Ut,Ut
Legend for traffic characterization: Ut,C1 means S-VLAN = untagged and C-VLAN = C1 S1,X means S-VLAN = S1 and C-VLAN = do not care (tagged or untagged) Ut,Ut means no S-VLAN, no C-VLAN Legend for VLAN port configuration: 0,C1 means a C-VLAN port
Section Generic forwarder model in ISAM has introduced the concepts of bridge ports and VLAN ports defined on the subscriber side and used by iBridges and VLAN cross-connects. These concepts are also valid for iBridges defined on NNI ports. As noted earlier, the Hub-ISAM LT NNI ports concept is currently supported on the GE Ethernet line card only. There are two VLAN iBridge models supported on GE Ethernet LT board NNI ports:
C-VLAN iBridge: basic VLAN bridge mode S-VLAN iBridge: supporting mapped and tunnel VLAN bridge modes
Forwarding of untagged/priority-tagged/VLAN tagged frames in C-VLAN iBridge
Section VLAN tagging modes in the iBridge explains the forwarding behaviors of a C-VLAN iBridge configured on the GE Ethernet line card port type.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-27
9 Layer 2 forwarding
The forwarding behaviors described in section VLAN tagging modes in the iBridge are, for the most part, also pertinent for the operations of a S-VLAN iBridge configured on the GE Ethernet line card NNI port type. The main difference being that an S-VLAN iBridge offers the ability of VLAN stacking (see About VLAN stacking) When the Hub-ISAM GE Ethernet line card NNI port is configured with an S-VLAN iBridge, the ISAM Access Node is considered to be a VLAN aware bridge, where each N:1 SVLAN is a separate Virtual Bridge (VB) instance. Each VB performs independent source MAC address learning and frame forwarding process as described in 802.1D and 802.1Q. The GE Ethernet line card S-iBridge forwarder, supported on the NNI port type, does support Mapped and Tunneled modes:
When upstream traffic on a given NNI bridge port does not match a defined
S-VLAN port attached to a given S-ibridge and no S-VLAN port default VLAN exist on that bridge port, then this traffic is dropped. When upstream traffic on a given NNI bridge port matches a defined S-VLAN port attached to a given S-ibridge and no S-VLAN port default VLAN exist on that bridge port, then this traffic is accepted into the VB instance for bridging functions. In this case, no new tag will be added on upstream egress. This mode of operation is referred as mapped mode. When an S-VLAN port default VLAN has been defined on an NNI bridge port, then all traffic is accepted into the VB instance for bridging functions and this traffic will be added an S-VLAN tag on upstream egress. This mode of operation is referred as tunnel mode.
9-28
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
9.7
Concept
The VLAN cross-connect approach consists of building a connection-oriented model across the connectionless Ethernet access network, using VLANs. In VLAN cross-connect mode, one VLAN contains only one subscriber port. However, multiple VLANs (multi-VLAN feature) may be configured on a single subscriber port. Figures 9-20 shows the VLAN cross-connect mode.
Figure 9-20 VLAN cross-connect mode
NSP 1
EMAN
A VLAN-a VLAN-b VDSL bridge port
NSP IP backbone
A B
xDSL bridge port C
B VLAN-c
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-29
9 Layer 2 forwarding
Usage
A particular subscriber VLAN ID, without VLAN translation, can be configured only once:
on any of the subscriber ports in the ISAM over all the ISAMs in the complete Ethernet network to which the ISAM is
connected When VLAN stacking is not used (see About VLAN stacking), the VLAN cross-connect mode should only be used:
in small networks, where the ISAM is directly connected to the IP Edge router or
Broadband Remote Access Server (BRAS) of a Network Service Provider (NSP), for business customers for a larger network in combination with VLAN translation.
C-VLAN cross-connect: basic VLAN cross-connect S+C-VLAN cross-connect: VLAN stacking for residential subscribers (mapped
or tunnel mode) S-VLAN cross-connect: VLAN stacking for business subscribers
Note These VLAN cross-connect models are also supported on the Hub-ISAM LT NNI ports.
VLAN-stacking introduces another VLAN layer. One outer VLAN can bundle a number of inner VLANs, similar to one LAN bundling a number of VLANs. This way, one VLAN, called the Service-VLAN or S-VLAN, bundles a number of smaller VLANs, called Customer-VLANs or C-VLANs. Traffic in this S-VLAN may, in its turn, be bridged according to a forwarding context proprietary to the S-VLAN. This is done in S-VLAN-aware bridges. Figure 9-22 shows the protocol stack for S- and C-VLANs and the function of the different bridge types. C-VLANs can be carried up to the subscriber (hence the C). S-VLANs can be used to transparently convey traffic to specific large business customers with their proprietary VLAN-organization, or to group a set of residential subscribers to a single service provider (hence the S).
9-30
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
C-VLAN termination
anything
Bridging
S-VLAN termination
anything C-VLAN
Eth
C-VLAN Eth
C-VLAN Eth S-VLAN Eth S-VLAN Eth S-VLAN Eth S-VLAN Eth
Eth
C-VLAN cross-connect is the most straightforward VLAN cross-connect model, where a single VLAN ID at the EMAN side is associated with a VLAN port at the subscriber side. In the ISAM, a bridge port is either an Ethernet PVC, an EFM link or a physical user Ethernet link. Any kind of traffic issued by the subscriber is forwarded transparently to the network using the selected VLAN ID. As illustrated in Figure 9-24, similar to iBridging the C-VLAN cross-connect allows:
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-31
Trsl Trsl
BrP11 PVID = (0,19) Outer Tag: 17 Untagged (*) Anything else (*) Outer Tag: 19 is also accepted
Legend: BrP10: bridge port 10 {10, 0, 19}: C-VLAN port on bridge port 10 with User-C-VLAN ID = 19
In the basic VLAN cross-connect mode, the number of VLAN identifiers is limited to 4 K. Since the VLAN is an EMAN-wide identifier, there is a scalability issue: there cannot be more than 4 K subscribers connected to the whole EMAN. To solve this issue, two VLANs are stacked and the cross-connection is then performed on the combination (S-VLAN, C-VLAN), theoretically reaching up to 4 M subscribers (the C-VLAN tag may not be identical to the S-VLAN tag, and vice versa). An S+C-VLAN cross-connect can be seen as the generalization of a C-VLAN cross-connect. It has the same mode of operation and the same configuration model except that with an S+C-VLAN cross-connect, the user C-VLAN is always translated into a dual tag S+C Network VLAN. Figure 9-25 shows the concept of the S+C-VLAN cross-connect mode.
9-32
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
C-VLANs
C-VLAN port
S-VLAN
EMAN
NE
CPE(s)
BrP11 (say, no PVID) (29, 119) (29, 219) X Trsl X Trsl {11, 0,17} {11, 0,19} Outer Tag: 17 Outer Tag: 19 Anything else
Legend: BrP10: bridge port 10 {10, 0, 19}: C-VLAN port on bridge port 10 with User-C-VLAN ID = 19 (29, 119): (S, C) dual tag, with S being the outer tag with VLAN ID = 29
performing VLAN translation, even when the subscriber-side and network-side C-VLAN IDs are the same. For instance in Figure 9-26 the subscriber-side VLAN (0, 17) is translated into the network-side VLAN (23,17).
Note 2 In the ISAM, the C-VLAN tag may not be identical to the
S-VLAN tag.
Note 3 S+C-VLAN cross-connect is also supported on the
hub-ISAM LT NNI ports. Special note about MAC address conflict prevention
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-33
9 Layer 2 forwarding
The purpose of S+C-VLAN cross-connect is to regroup different subscribers identified by their own C-VLAN in the same shared S-VLAN. Doing so improves the EMAN scalability by allowing the EMAN to collectively bridge all users' traffic in the same S-VLAN context. Because the EMAN is only aware of the S-VLAN context when performing bridging, the ISAM must make sure that no two subscribers use the same source MAC address in upstream when put in the same S-VLAN. While on the LT boards, each S+C VLAN cross-connect defines a distinct forwarding context, and hence there cannot be any MAC address conflict, this is not true on the NT board. The NT board acts as an S-VLAN bridge, unaware of the C-VLANs so traffic of multiple end-users that share the same S-VLAN ID is treated in the same forwarding context. If a given MAC address is first learned on an LT port and later on a second LT port, then no MAC movement occurs, but instead a duplicate MAC address alarm is raised by the NT board.
S-VLAN cross-connect: VLAN stacking for business subscribers
Like for the S+C-VLAN cross-connect, in S-VLAN cross-connect mode, two levels of VLAN tags are used, supporting hierarchical addressing:
C-VLANs
S-VLAN
C-VLANs
EMAN
NE
The ISAM operator configures an S-VLAN cross-connect by configuring an S-VLAN port and associating it with an S-VLAN network VLAN.
9-34 November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
The S-VLAN cross-connect is available in two modes for realizing the transparent pipe transfer of subscriber traffic: the S-VLAN tunnel cross-connect and the S-VLAN mapped cross-connect.
In tunnel mode, the ISAM systematically adds a VLAN tag to frames originating
from the subscriber. This mode is enabled by configuring an S-VLAN PVID on the bridge port. S-VLAN tunnel cross-connect accepts indifferently untagged, single, dual or multi-tagged frames. In mapped mode, the ISAM considers subscriber traffic as if already inside a tunnel originated at subscriber side. In mapped mode, the ISAM just extends the subscriber tunnel further to the EMAN without adding any extra VLAN tag. With mapped mode, it is possible to translate the user S-VLAN into a different network S-VLAN. Both the tunnel mode and the mapped mode can coexist simultaneously in the ISAM. Whether a frame has to be handled in S-VLAN tunnel cross-connect or S-VLAN mapped cross-connect results from a comparison between the most external frame tag (if any) and the bridge port PVID. S-VLAN cross-connect is also supported on the hub-ISAM LT NNI ports. Figure 9-28 and Figure 9-29 explain the principle by the means of detailed examples. For VLAN cross-connect, only the most external VLAN tag is used to determine the type of VLAN cross-connect to be applied to the frame, independently whether additional tags would be present or not (subscriber frames with more than 2 VLAN tags are not shown in the figures).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-35
9 Layer 2 forwarding Figure 9-28 Detailed example of ISAM Configuration with PVID = S-VLAN and resulting behavior
S-VLAN tunnel mode 17 17,13 17,17 17,17,19 17,31,19 (17,0), PVID Ut 13 17 17, 19 31, 19
(29, 0) 29 29,19
23 23, 37
(0, 23)
23 23, 37 BridgePort
Legend Ut 13 17, 13 17, 31, 19 Untagged frame Frame with single tag = 13 Frame with double tag = 17 (external tag) and 13 Frame with triple tag = 17 (external tag), 31 and 19 No frame output
9-36
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding Figure 9-29 Detailed example of ISAM Configuration with PVID different from S-VLAN and resulting behavior
Ut 23 23. 37 13 31, 19
Legend Ut 13 17 Untagged frame Frame with single tag = 13 Frame with double tag = 17 (external tag) and 13 No frame output
MAC learning
The same MAC learning concepts apply as for iBridge; see section MAC learning
L2CP frames are transparently forwarded (except pause frames). MAC address learning is disabled in the NT board for better scalability.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-37
9 Layer 2 forwarding
L2CP frames are those frames with the following destination MAC addresses:
Spanning Tree protocol Rapid Spanning Tree protocol Multiple Spanning Tree protocol Pause (802.3x) protocol Link Aggregation protocol Marker protocol Authentication (802.1x) protocol LAN Bridge Management Group Block of protocols Generic Attribute Registration Protocol (GARP) Block of protocols and so on
Destination MAC address = 01-80-C2-00-00-01 Ethernet type and op-code can be anything
The purpose of transparent VLAN cross-connect is to emulate a physical link, as illustrated in Figure 9-30.
Figure 9-30 Use of transparent VLAN cross-connect
L2CP: Sp. tree Br Br Br Br LAG Br Br L2CP: Sp. tree Link aggregate L2CP:LACP LAG LAG L2CP:LACP Br Br Br Br
Br Br Br Br LAG LAG Br Br
VLAN1
L2CP
x
Br Br Br Br LAG LAG Br Br
x x
VLAN2 VLAN3
L2CP
x
L2CP
EMAN
Assu m p tio n : EMAN tr a n sp a r e n t to ta g g e d L2 CP traffic
9-38
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
In the upstream direction, in a transparent VLAN cross-connect, untagged subscriber L2CP frames are considered as data traffic and are tagged by the default PVID configured on the PVC/EFM with the exception of:
tagged pause frames, which are always discarded untagged 802.1x frames, which are extracted to the LT OBC when 802.1x is
enabled, whether L2CP transparency is enabled or disabled on the LT board untagged link-based Ethernet OAM, which is extracted to the OBC when link-based Ethernet OAM is enabled, whether L2CP transparency is enabled or disabled on the LT board.
Note IEEE802.3ah OAM is currently not supported on hub-ISAM LT NNI ports.
In the downstream direction, in a transparent VLAN cross-connect, tagged subscriber L2CP frames are considered as data traffic and are passed untagged to the subscriber. The handling of untagged downstream L2CP frames is not affected by the transparent VLAN cross-connect. Because L2CP protocols are link related, the deployment model implies that only one transparent VLAN cross-connect is configured per PVC (or per EFM); see Figure 9-31. Having more than one cross-connect can lead to undesired effects in L2CP protocols.
Figure 9-31 One transparent VLAN cross-connect per PVC/EFM
EMAN
PVID = VLAN1
CPE
PVC/EFM
CPE
PVC/EFM
PVID= VLAN1
EMAN
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-39
9 Layer 2 forwarding
9.8
Business cross-connect:
This mode provides a connectivity scheme for business subscribers which is as transparent as possible and emulates a fully featured routed network. In this configuration, the IP subnets of the private subscribers are made visible to the network and the configuration data of those private subnets and the subnets further in the network are exchanged through routing protocols. Figure 9-32 shows the IP network model for business cross-connect.
Figure 9-32 IP network model for business cross-connect
Edge
EMAN
NE
CPE VRF
VL
VRF Services
VRF
VRF VRF
Customer premises IP subnet
IP subnet
IP address
VLAN
Residential cross-connect:
This mode provides a connectivity scheme compatible with a fully centralized subscriber management where each individual subscriber is connected to an IP edge (IP connectivity; see Figure 9-33) or a BRAS (PPP connectivity; see Figure 9-34) through a single bit pipe. In this configuration, the subscribers are sharing the same subnet for scalability reasons and (normally) do not present their private network configuration to the network.
9-40
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding Figure 9-33 IP network model for residential cross-connect using IP connectivity
Edge
EMAN
NE
CPE
VLAN-CC
Services
VRF
IP subnet
IP address
VLAN
Figure 9-34 IP network model for residential cross-connect using PPP connectivity
Edge
EMAN
NE
CPE
VLAN-CC
Services PPP IP TerminaRouting tion
IP address VLAN
Note Figure 9-33 and Figure 9-34 apply for residential subscribers
that are using bridged CPE or router CPEs with NAT. In those cases, only single IP address(es) are allocated to the subscriber, and no (directly or non-directly) attached subnets. Though not typically associated with residential subscribers, router CPEs without NAT can be supported too. The data forwarding in the VLAN cross-connect model is fully based on the VLAN tag(s) and does not need to look at the IP addresses (that is, need to support an IP next-hop behavior in the downstream direction). However, this possibility is rather heavy from an operational point of view: subscriber subnets need to be configured by the operator in the IP edge. If IP address anti-spoofing is switched on in the ISAM, the subscriber subnets must be configured there as well.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-41
9 Layer 2 forwarding
In a business context, the VLAN cross-connect model is used to provide a transparent VPN service. Several variants exist:
Layer 2 VPN: the subscriber sends C-VLAN tagged frames, which are wrapped
at ingress of the ISAM into a S-VLAN pipe that is carried through the Ethernet aggregation network. In the ISAM, this model can be realized using the S-VLAN cross-connect. Layer 3 VPN: the subscriber router CPE (Customer Edge, CE) is connected to a Provider Edge (PE) located in the service provider network. In ATM-based DSL aggregation networks, a similar service is provided, often with IPoA encapsulation. The idea is that the Business cross-connect safeguards the parameters of the original service as it exists in the ATM environment: no changes in IP configuration, transparency for the (routing) protocols involved, same QoS offering, and so on. In the ISAM, this model can be realized using the C-VLAN cross-connect or S+C VLAN cross-connect. The business version of the VLAN cross-connect mode supports the following features:
point-to-point Ethernet interface types supported on the hub-ISAM LT NNI ports DSL interfaces types: ATM:
- Bridged encapsulation carrying IPoE traffic - IPoA with the required interworking to convert the traffic to IPoE (for IPv4 only) - PPPoA encapsulation or encapsulation auto-detection is not expected in a business context Ethernet: - VDSL EFM - Ethernet LT ports
Subscriber identification:
A single or a stacked VLAN tag towards the network is associated to a single business subscriber. Various VLAN assignment schemes exist:
S-VLAN cross-connect: The S-VLAN indicates the subscriber while the C-VLANs
represent various subscriber-defined services.
9 Layer 2 forwarding
The VLAN cross-connect supports the following features in the context of residential subscribers:
point-to-point Ethernet interface types supported on the hub-ISAM LT NNI ports DSL interfaces types: ATM:
- Bridged encapsulation carrying both PPPoE and IPoE traffic - PPPoA with the required interworking to convert the traffic to PPPoE - Encapsulation auto-detection as the encapsulation of residential subscribers is generally unknown Ethernet: - VDSL EFM - LT ports
Subscriber identification: A single (C-VLAN) or a stacked (S+C-VLAN) VLAN tag towards the network is
associated to a single residential subscriber
Optional addition of the PPPoE relay tag (that is, the line ID parameter) in the
PPPoE control messages (this is not supported however on the hub-ISAM LT NNI ports) Optional addition of the DHCP Option 82 (that is, the line ID parameter) in the DHCP messages (this is not supported however on the hub-ISAM LT NNI ports) Optional addition of the DHCPv6 Option 18 and/or Option 37 (that is, the interface ID and the relay agent remote ID parameters) in the DHCPv6 messages
Security features: 802.1x authentication allowing to allow or disallow the traffic (PPPoE and IPoE)
through the pre-configured VLAN cross-connect in function of the connected CPEs (this is not supported however on the hub-ISAM LT NNI ports) Optional limitation of the number of MAC addresses per VLAN cross-connect ACLs: though this should typically be done by the IP edge, it might happen that the latter does not own enough processing capacity to support that feature IP address anti-spoofing: this should ideally be done centrally in the network, but IP address anti-spoofing might not always be available centrally and/or might suffer from some dimensioning/performance issues when used for a large amount of subscribers
Service enforcement: Policing per subscriber interface (PVC (ATM), subscriber-side VLAN within a
VDSL port/Eth LT port (EFM), and so on).
Further detailed policing actions based on CoS and/or ACL results should be
typically performed centrally where the service awareness is present.
QoS policy: in case a single PVC is used to carry multiple services and the CPE is
not generating priority tagged frames, segregating services is then only possible at IP level using the QoS policies offered by the ISAM QoS Policy framework. For instance, one can define IP sub-flows based on, for example, DSCP values, IP source or destination addresses or even UDP/TCP port addresses. Each of these sub-flows can then have its QoS parameters re-marked and/or can be policed. The same applies for VDSL ports that only carry untagged frames.
Service selection: performed centrally Service accounting: performed centrally Local multicast handling: driven by IGMP
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT 9-43
9 Layer 2 forwarding
See also Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model for more information.
9.9
The IPoA cross-connect model implies a cross-connection between the PVC of a subscriber whose encapsulation is IPoA with a VLAN at the EMAN side. The following applies for the subscriber subnet behind the customer CPE:
the CPE performs Network Address Translation (NAT), that is, the subscribers
behind the CPE have a private subnet and the CPE translates the private subscriber IP address to the public CPE IP address the subscribers have IP addresses from the public range and, as a consequence, the public subscriber IP addresses become visible in the IP network. In any case, the subnet configuration at the subscriber side (behind the CPE) is transparent to the ISAM. The ISAM only sees the IP address of the CPE and the IP address of the edge router; see Figure 9-35 and Figure 9-36.
Figure 9-35 IP network model for business IPoA cross-connect
NE 100.100.100.9 100.100.100.8 /30 Network side IP CPE side CPE 100.100.100.10 CPE Edge Router 100.100.100.13 100.100.100.12 /30 IP 100.100.100.14 CPE 100.100.100.17 100.100.100.16 /30 IP 100.100.100.18
= IP interface
IPoE
IPoA
9-44
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding Figure 9-36 Ethernet network model for business IPoA cross-connect
IPoE IPoA
PVC11
C_VLAN1
IP
CPE1
PVC12 PVC21 PVC22
Edge Router
C_VLAN2
S_VLAN
IP
CPE2
C_VLAN3
IP
PVC31 PVC32
CPE3
= L2 interface
The IP address of the CPE is static (no dynamic CPE IP address assignment via
DHCP). The ISAM is transparent for routing protocols between CPE and PE. Only /30 subnet is supported between the ISAM and the CPE. A given CPE can be associated with up to 30 different subnets (multi-VPN). Each of these subnets will then be served with a separate PVC and separate VLAN. There is VLAN stacking on the GE uplink. Typically, the C-VLAN indicates the CPE and the S-VLAN indicates the ISAM (or the paired ISAM-PE). There is internal prioritization based on Differentiated Services CodePoint (DSCP) bits, both for the upstream and the downstream direction. There is upstream p-bit marking.
Unicast IP packets:
The LIM MAC address is used as the source MAC address and the destination MAC address is the MAC address of the edge router which is resolved from the edge router IP address via ARP. Broadcast and multicast IP packets: The LIM MAC address is used as the source MAC address and the destination MAC address is derived from the broadcast or multicast destination IP address.
9 Layer 2 forwarding
9.10
IP session awareness:
DHCP messages are snooped to dynamically learn IP session information.
any IP addresses allocated to the subscriber interface through DHCP any static IP addresses any IP subnets programmed by the operator ARP relay is performed both for dynamic IP sessions and statically configured IP
addresses/subnets. Downstream broadcast ARP messages are forwarded to the correct subscriber port only. This provides some security against malicious subscribers doing a theft of service. Secure forwarding relies on DHCP snooping (for more information on DHCP, see chapter Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model and chapter Protocol handling in a Layer 3 forwarding model. The operator can enable or disable the secure forwarding feature per iBridge / VLAN cross-connect. When secure forwarding is applied to iBridges, it is sometimes referred to as Enhanced iBridge forwarding.
Figure 9-37 Enhanced iBridge architecture
IS AM
Us r Usee r Us r Usee r Us ee r Us r CPE CPE CPE
L LT
DHCP s nooping/ S tatic config. ARP Relay
iBridge
VLAN
IP Subnet
Us r Usee r Us ee r Us r Us r Usee r
L LT
DHCP s nooping/ S tatic config. ARP Relay
NT EMA Bridge
IP edge
iBridge
IP IP network
Us r Usee r Us r Usee r Us ee r Us r
L LT
DHCP s nooping/ S tatic config. ARP Relay
iBridge
9-46
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
Secure forwarding is supported by all ISAM LT types: DSL and point-to-point Ethernet. Secure forwarding is not supported on the hub-ISAM LT NNI ports.
IP session awareness
The ISAM snoops DHCP messages to learn what IP addresses/subnets have been allocated to a subscriber port.
Note For more information about DHCP, see Chapter Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model and Chapter Protocol handling in a Layer 3 forwarding model.
The ISAM keeps the IP session information (that is, IP address and associated subnet of the subscriber, lease time, default gateway IP address, DHCP server IP address, and so on) during the lifetime of the DHCP session. The IP session information is used during ARP relay and to install IP anti-spoofing filters.
IP address anti-spoofing
The following applies for IP address anti-spoofing:
migration from legacy network where CPEs are already configured with a static IP IP address anti-spoofing for control messages.
IP address anti-spoofing is applied to control messages like ARP, IGMP and DHCP.
address DHCP servers that do not support Option 82
ARP relay
The iBridge forwarding rules allow a basic ARP handling:
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-47
9 Layer 2 forwarding
Broadcast ARP messages received from the network are forwarded to the single
relevant subscriber bridge port. The ISAM does not broadcast ARP messages to all subscribers. Instead, the ISAM only forwards an ARP message to the subscriber interface whose IP address(es) and/or subnet(s) match the IP address targeted by the ARP message. This in order to reduce the load on the subscriber interfaces and avoid security flaws by broadcasting ARP messages to all subscribers in an uncontrolled way. It is then up to the subscriber to reply the ARP message (there is no ARP state machine in the ISAM). To simplify the downstream forwarding of ARP messages in the ISAM, the IP addresses that are statically configured or learned via DHCP on a subscriber port must be non-overlapping with any other IP addresses that exist on the same or any other subscriber port. This is guaranteed in the following way:
Configuring a static IP address/subnet that overlaps with any other static one is
prevented at the time of configuration.
When a DHCP session is set up that contains overlapping IP address, the DHCP
message exchange between the subscriber client and the DHCP server is completed as usual. However, the IP address/subnet is not learned on the subscriber port, so no data traffic will be possible with that IP address/subnet due to the IP anti-spoofing filter. In addition, an alarm is generated.
Non-local ARP messages received from the subscribers are broadcast to all
network bridge ports. ARP messages coming from a subscriber, provided they are not targeted to the same subscriber, are simply broadcast to all network interfaces, allowing the edge routers to reply with their own MAC address. To avoid bothering the network with ARP messages intended for hosts located on the local network of the subscriber, the ISAM discards any ARP messages, whose targeted IP address belong to the list of IP addresses and/or subnets defined for IP address anti-spoofing on that subscribers interface. Because iBridging in the ISAM does not allow user-to-user traffic, the edge router must support local ARP proxy and IP traffic hair-pinning (that is, traffic received on a given interface that must be forwarded to the same interface based on the routing table) if user-to-user traffic is needed.
9 Layer 2 forwarding
9.11
Virtual MAC
Layer 2 forwarding models typically identify a subscriber device using a MAC address. However, since these devices are not directly controlled by the operator, their MAC address cannot be trusted. Various mechanisms have been put in place to deal with this, such as the duplicate MAC address control of the ISAM iBridge. However, this only partially solves the issue, because:
MAC address uniqueness can only be guaranteed at the ISAM level and not
across the whole access network
The ISAM can detect a duplicate MAC address but cannot differentiate the
well-meaning subscriber from the malicious one The concept of virtual MAC (vMAC) offers a complete solution by replacing the MAC address of the subscriber with a MAC address defined by the operator (and therefore, fully controlled). Enabling vMAC allows improving layer 2 forwarding models in the following two areas:
Security:
Translating the MAC address of the subscriber by an operator-defined MAC address ensures, by definition, the uniqueness of the MAC address across the whole access network, automatically alleviating all issues related with duplicate MAC addresses. Scalability: By guaranteeing that a MAC address is unique across the whole access network, an operator can now choose to connect multiple DSLAMs to the edge router through the same network VLAN. By doing so, the operator increases the number of subscribers sharing the same subnet and, consequently, improves the pooling effect when allocating IP addresses.
Caution Although vMAC addresses are saved during an LT board reset, they are not saved if the LT board is powered down.
ports.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-49
Edge
EMAN
ISAM
CPE
I-Bridge
VRF
Bridge I-Bridge
IP subnet
IP address
Activating vMAC support in iBridge removes the preceding constraint and allows sharing a same network VLAN across multiple DSLAMs. This network VLAN sharing improves the scalability of the access network regarding IP address allocation; see Figure 9-39.
Figure 9-39 iBridge with vMAC enabled
Edge
EMAN
ISAM
CPE
VLAN / IP subnet
IP address
Sharing a network VLAN across multiple DSLAMs might lead to enabling user-to-user communication between subscribers connected to different DSLAMs through the Ethernet switches. This is typically not wanted by the access network operators and must be blocked by either the Ethernet switch (using the concept of split horizon at layer 2) or by the DSLAM itself.
vMAC features
vMAC has the following features:
vMAC support can be enabled or disabled per network VLAN maximum number of vMAC per port is programmable silent discard of packets received with a new subscriber MAC address when no
free vMAC is left
vMAC translation is not applied to multicast, broadcast and invalid MAC address
9-50 November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
the DSLAM ID is programmable by the operator DHCP algorithm ARP algorithm Ethernet OAM algorithm user-to-user communication can optionally be blocked vMAC address - MAC address translation table recovery
vMAC support can be enabled per network VLAN and this independently of the forwarding model. vMAC can be used in conjunction with:
vMAC can also be used in conjunction with IP routing where the NT board acts as IP router and the LT board as iBridge. vMAC support together with the IP routing model (and LT board acting as iBridge) is advised, so that any issues with duplicate MAC addresses are avoided. This is what you would expect with a black box IP router DSLAM (that is, the IP router should still work even if all subscribers were using the same MAC address). vMAC support is characterized as follows:
Upstream traffic: Each time a new MAC address is received from the subscriber, a free vMAC is
associated with the MAC address of that subscriber.
The MAC source addresses of the Ethernet packets are overwritten with the vMAC
associated with the subscriber MAC address found into the MAC source address field. vMAC algorithms (ALGs) might be applied to control plane messages (ARP, DCHP, Link Related Ethernet OAM, and so on).
Downstream traffic: The MAC destination addresses of the Ethernet packets are overwritten with the
subscriber MAC address associated with the vMAC found in the MAC destination address field. vMAC ALGs might be applied to control plane messages (ARP, DCHP, Link Related Ethernet OAM, and so on).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-51
9 Layer 2 forwarding
When unused, vMAC are freed based on the standard MAC address aging process.
Note All the dimensioning parameters related to the standard MAC address (for example, average number of MAC addresses per subscriber, maximum number of MAC addresses per subscriber, and so on) also apply when vMAC is enabled within a given network VLAN. Maximum number of vMAC addresses per port is programmable
The maximum number of vMAC addresses that are allowed on a given subscriber port can be specified.
Note This limit is programmed by setting the maximum number of MAC address per port (generic MAC address related feature).
Silent discard
Packets received with a new subscriber MAC address when no free vMAC is left are silently discarded. Any packet received from a subscriber, and whose MAC source address should be learned because it is still unknown, will be silently discarded if there is no free vMAC left for that subscriber.
vMAC translation is not applied to multicast, broadcast and invalid MAC address
A vMAC will only be assigned to a unicast and valid MAC address received from the subscriber. Any other valid MAC address is kept unchanged (multicast and broadcast).
DSL/Eth LT vMAC format
In the vMAC format, the DSLAM ID can be set by the operator, see Table 9-2. To ensure uniqueness of the vMAC within the EMAN, vMAC cannot be enabled on any network VLAN until the DSLAM ID has been programmed by the operator. It is the responsibility of the operator to ensure that unique DSLAM IDs are assigned; otherwise duplicate vMAC addresses may be generated by different DSLAMs.
Table 9-2 vMAC format for data traffic forwarding
MAC Address Bit 47...45 Bit 44 Bit 43...42 Bit 41 Bit 40 (1 of 2) Configurable No No No No No Description Rack ID (minus 1) vMAC signature field set to 0 Reserved field for other applications, set to 0s for the vMAC application U/L field set to 1 (local MAC address validity) I/G field set to 0 (unicast address)
9-52
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
Configurable Yes
Description DSLAM ID set by the operator [0524287] A unique DSLAM ID within an EMAN connected to the same IP edges
No No No
Slot ID of the line board [063] The logical position of the line card within the DSLAM. Port ID of the subscriber interface [0511] MAC ID unique to each subscriber MAC address
DHCP algorithm
The MAC address field present in the ARP message payload is updated in a similar way as for DHCP.
Ethernet OAM algorithm
The MAC address field present in the payload of Ethernet OAM messages exchanged with the subscribers is updated in a similar way as for the DHCP case.
User-to-user communication can optionally be blocked
If an operator wants to share a VLAN across multiple DSLAMs, but the Ethernet switches are unable to block user-to-user traffic, the operator can enable dedicated filters at ISAM level to discard subscriber traffic received from other DSLAMs. Those filters must be implemented so that they do not prevent using typical access network topologies (for example, star, ring, dual homing, and so on). The filter is implemented per VLAN at LT board level so that the NT board still behaves as a normal bridge, in order to support all access network topologies (for example, ring). The LT filter discards any Ethernet packet received from the NT board within the specified VLAN and whose MAC source address matches the non-DSLAM specific fields of the vMAC (i.e. DSLAM ID, rack/shelf/slot/Port/MAC IDs).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT 9-53
9 Layer 2 forwarding
Enabling vMAC support makes the iBridge implementation state full. The ISAM recovers the stable states in case of LT software failure, LT board reset or LT software upgrade. In this manner, a correct vMAC-address-to-IP-address mapping is maintained to avoid issues with:
DCHP servers: for example, IP address lease renewal, where the subscriber is
identified using the vMAC (that is, chaddr)
9.12
In case of PPPoA, the ISAM is responsible for setting up and releasing the PPPoE
session which will encapsulate the user PPP packets.
In case of PPPoE, the PPPoE session is set up and released by the user himself
and the ISAM just relays it to the network side. For this to happen, the following must take place:
9-54
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
A property of PPP cross-connect is that the ISAM sends PPPoE packets to the network using its own MAC address as source address. Thus, for the network, the ISAM looks like the PPP client itself and actually performs user MAC address concentration.
Note The possibility exists - for legacy purpose - to configure PPP cross-connect without MAC address concentration. In this mode, only PPPoA traffic is accepted by the PPP cross-connect, whereas PPPoE is automatically iBridged or VLAN cross-connected to the same network VLAN as the PPP cross-connect. When not specified, the term PPP cross-connect must always be understood as PPP cross-connect with MAC address concentration
The general model of a PPP cross-connect engine with MAC address concentration is quite intuitive. It is shown in Figure 9-40.
Figure 9-40 General PPP cross-connect engine
PPPCCE PPPCCE
PPPoA & PPPoE
In case of PVC
The VLAN which is attached to a PPP cross-connect Engine on the network side must be of iBridge or VLAN cross-connect type. Of course, when the VLAN is of type cross-connect, only one user is attached to the engine. The type of interface on which a PPP Client Port can be configured must be one of the following:
EFM interface for untagged PPPoE traffic PVC for PPPoA and/or untagged PPPoE traffic Ethernet interface for untagged PPPoE traffic VLAN port interface for tagged PPPoE traffic
Note It is intentionally not possible to create a client port on a bridge port.
All the supported encapsulations for PVCs are shown in Figure 9-41.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-55
9 Layer 2 forwarding Figure 9-41 Accepted ATM encapsulation for PPP cross-connect Forwarding with MAC address concentration
asamAtmVclEncapsAutodetect Client Port Client Port
PPPCCE PPPCCE VC VC
PPPoA
disabled(1) or autoDetectPPPoA(4)
asamAtmVclEncapsType
llcNlpid(3) or vcMuxPppoa(6)
Untagged PPPoE
asamAtmVclEncapsAutodetect
disabled(1),
Tagged PPPoE
llcSnapBridged(1) or vcMuxBridged(4)
asamAtmVclEncapsAutodetect
Client Port Client Port PPPCCE PPPCCE VC VC
asamAtmVclEncapsType
llcSnapBridged(1), llcNlpid(3), vcMuxBridged(4), vcMuxPPPoA(6)
PPP cross-connect implementation The object model of a PPP cross-connect depicted in Figure 9-40 is quite simple:
a forwarding engine applying PPP cross-connect forwarding rules one network VLAN one or several client ports on top of PVCs, VLAN port interfaces, EFM interface
or Ethernet interface to attach users
Note PPP cross-connect is not supported in hub-ISAM LT NNI
ports.
9-56
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
L2 Fwd
PPPCCE
9.13
support will be removed over time. New deployments using IP-aware bridge are unadvised. In the IP-aware bridge mode, the ISAM can be an IP-aware bridge without being an IP next-hop. Subscribers connected to the ISAM are seen as being directly attached to the edge router IP interfaces.
IP-aware bridge
The end subscribers use the IP address of the edge router as their default gateway, while the IP edge router sees the end subscriber subnets as directly attached networks. The ISAM is situated in between the edge router and the networks and performs packet forwarding at layer 3.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-57
9 Layer 2 forwarding
End-subscriber devices use ARP to contact the default gateway (really the IP
edge).
The LIM learns the end subscriber subnets by snooping DHCP messages, and
based on this knowledge, the LIM performs a proxy ARP function and returns the LIM MAC address in the ARP reply. The IP packet is sent to the LIM, and is forwarded at layer 3 into the correct VLAN that leads to the IP edge router. The network routes that are needed in the LIM FIB must be configured by the operator. In the downstream direction, the forwarding happens as follows:
The IP edge router sees the end-subscriber subnets as directly attached networks. When the IP edge uses ARP to contact an end-subscriber IP address, the relevant
LIM replies by way of a network-facing proxy ARP function. When downstream packets arrive in the ISAM, they are forwarded at layer 3 into the correct subscriber PVC, based on a host route that was automatically created by the ISAM when the DHCP session was set up. Figure 9-43 shows the IP-aware bridge functional model.
Figure 9-43 IP-aware bridge functional model
Edge EMAN
DHCP relay DHCP relay BTV Mux IP-aware bridge
NE
Unicast VLAN Unicast VLAN Traffic management (shaping per VLAN) Unicast VLAN
Voice
Video
VRF
IP
HSI
In IP-aware bridge mode, the VRFs on the LT boards have the FIBs and do the layer 3 forwarding. Two separated FIBs per VRF (upstream FIB and downstream FIB) prevent subscriber-to-subscriber communication. The SHub operates as a bridge. Between LT boards and SHub, one V-VLAN per VRF is required to indicate the VRF that IP packets belong to. The P-VLANs links the ISPs to the ISAM SHub. In IP-aware bridge mode, the LT boards provide VLAN aggregation. A number of P-VLANs can be aggregated together to form an IP interface at the network side. VLAN aggregation is used in a network where subscribers with the same source IP address access different services offered by the same ISP.
9-58
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
Virtual router IP Ethernet PTM AAL5 ATM VDSLx IPoE ADSLx IPoEoA User access AAL5 ATM ADSLx IPoA PHY IPoE Network interface IP Ethernet RFC 2684 IP RFC 2684 Ethernet IP
An IPoEoA subscriber interface is a layer 2 interface created on a PVC, which is configured in RFC2684 LLCSNAP bridged or RFC2684 VC-MUX bridged encapsulation modes. An IPoEoA interface is attached to a VR by configuring an unnumbered IP interface on top of it. The VR is always determined via configuration. Multiple subscriber sessions (or subscribers) can exist on the same IPoEoA interface. A session corresponds to all traffic originated from or destined to a host that is seen (IP address) by the ISAM in the customer environment. IP addresses assigned to the subscribers on an IPoEoA interface have to be known by ISAM in order to support IP forwarding, ARP proxy, and IP anti-spoofing.
IPoA subscriber interfaces
An IPoA subscriber interface is a layer 2 interface created on a PVC which is configured in RFC2684 LLCSNAP routed or RFC2684 VC-MUX routed encapsulation modes. An IPoA interface is attached to a VR by configuring an unnumbered IP interface on top of it. The VR is always determined via configuration. Multiple subscriber sessions (or subscribers) may exist on the same IPoA interface. A session corresponds to all traffic originated from or destined to a host that is seen (IP address) by the ISAM in the customer environment.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-59
9 Layer 2 forwarding
IP addresses assigned to the subscribers on an IPoA interface have to be known by the ISAM in order to support IP forwarding and IP anti-spoofing.
Authentication/authorization/accounting
The ISAM provides the possibility to authenticate the subscribers, to make sure that only those subscribers who have access rights can make use of the services offered by the service providers.
IPoE subscriber interfaces
No authentication mechanism is defined. The subscriber interfaces are by default considered as authenticated when
configured.
9-60
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
Because the control plane of the ISAM handles the broadcast ARP and DHCP messages, the control plane would be overloaded with the ARP and DHCP broadcast storms. The number of broadcast ARP messages that the ISAM control plane needs to handle on the network side (in downstream) would be increased enormously because:
ARP requests issued by one of the ISAMs to resolve the edge router MAC address
would be broadcast to the rest of the ISAMs via the layer 2 switches in between.
Gratuitous ARP requests issued by one of the ISAMs to announce the subscriber
IP address/MAC address relation would be broadcast to the rest of the ISAMs via the layer 2 switches in between. ARP requests issued by the edge router to resolve subscriber MAC address would be broadcast to all the ISAMs. The number of broadcast DHCP messages that the ISAM control plane needs to handle on the network side (in downstream) would be increased enormously because:
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-61
NE-A
User
EMAN
IP edge IP network
NE-B LT LT NT
Upstream broadcast packets (generated by an NE) are reflected back to other NEs ARP for user Gratuitous ARP ARP for next-Hop
User
Control plane
Data plane
The LT data plane discards all the client-initiated DHCP messages (DHCP op
code = 1) received from the network because the client-initiated DHCP messages are NOT expected from network interfaces. The LT plane discards all the server-initiated DHCP messages when the chaddr is NOT the LT MAC address. DHCP protocol - NT control plane scalability: DHCP messages received from the network interfaces are processed by the NT control plane in case of dynamic IP address allocation mode for the management of the SHub. As this would require all the DHCP messages to be forwarded via the control plane, scalability cannot be guaranteed when the dynamic IP address allocation mode is enabled. ARP protocol - LT control plane scalability: The LT data plane discards all ARP requests received from the network interfaces if the ARP policy is not set to trusted or if the target subscriber is not known by the LT board (that is, not learned via DHCP snooping or via configuration).
9-62
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
9 Layer 2 forwarding
When IP forwarding is enabled in the SHub for a slow path VRF, the SHub
control plane has to handle ARP messages destined for any of the VRF IP interfaces. A VRF (slow path) is required for any of the following cases:
IP forwarding of the RADIUS control packets when the ISAM acts as RADIUS
client for 802.1x subscriber authentication, or operator authentication
IP forwarding of the DHCP control packets when the ISAM acts as a layer 3 DHCP
relay agent
IP forwarding of the SHub management control packets when the SHub is managed
via a dedicated IP address
To achieve the control plane scalability, ARP filters are made VLAN and IP
address aware. Therefore, only those ARP requests destined for any of the SHub IP interfaces are extracted to the control plane. Because the number of filter resources in the SHub data plane is limited, a number of ARP filters are reserved (32 for ECNT-A and 128 for ECNT-C). The SHub ARP control plane scalability is then only guaranteed as long as the number of SHub X IP interfaces is within the reserved limit, otherwise scalability is not guaranteed.
Data plane scalability
In the ISAM, source MAC learning is by default enabled on the network ports of the NT. In the IP-aware bridge mode, the ISAM only needs to learn the edge router MAC addresses. However, as described in the preceding section, the fact that the layer 2 switches in the EMAN broadcast the ARP/DHCP broadcast messages (received from one of the ISAM ports) to the rest of the ISAM, would lead to every ISAM learning the MAC addresses of each other on the network ports. In IP-aware bridge mode, the public MAC addresses of the LT boards are exposed to the EMAN, which means that the MAC address of each LT board would have to be learned. This would cause a layer 2 FIB size scalability issue because the number of the ISAMs would be increased proportionally to the number of subscribers (potentially tens of thousands). This would become even worse (multiplied by the number of service provider VLANs of an IP-aware bridge) because the MAC learning is in the scope of a VLAN. To overcome the layer 2 FIB size scalability issue, MAC learning is disabled on the ISAM network ports, provided there is a single network interface in the ISAM (that is, a single GE or a group of GEs with link aggregation). Therefore, it is not required to learn the MAC address at the network interface because there is only one. The traffic associated with unknown MAC addresses is simply flooded to the single network interface, assuring the correct network connectivity.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
9-63
9 Layer 2 forwarding
9-64
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
10.1 Introduction
10.4 Connectivity Fault Management 10.5 802.1x support 10.6 ARP 10.7 VBAS 10.8 DHCP 10.9 IGMP 10.10 PPPoE 10.11 DHCPv6 10-11 10-12 10-13 10-19 10-19 10-24 10-10
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10-1
10.1
Introduction
Layer 2 protocol handling can be divided into two parts of handling:
10-2
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
10.2
Link aggregation
Link Aggregation allows one or more links to be aggregated together to form a Link Aggregation Group, such that a MAC client can treat the Link Aggregation Group as if it were a single link. Link aggregation is defined in IEEE 802.3-2005, clause 43. This specification specifies the establishment of Link Aggregation Groups, consisting of N parallel instances of full duplex point-to-point links operating at the same data rate. This Link Aggregation Group provides increased bandwidth and/or increased availability. Link aggregation is defined with a load sharing mechanism that distributes the traffic over the active links of the Link Aggregation Group. When one of the physical links of the link Aggregation Group is not longer active, then the load sharing adapts and distributes the traffic over the remaining active links. If the total traffic exceeds the bandwidth of an active link, then normal QoS handling applies. Figure 10-1 shows an example of link aggregation.
Figure 10-1 Link aggregation
IP Edge Router / BRAS Link Aggregation Group 1 NE ADSL
m x FE/GE
Ethernet Bridge
NSP IP backbone
FE/GE
n x FE/GE
EMAN
NSP IP backbone
Link Aggregation is defined for use between any type of Ethernet nodes (that is, both bridges and end stations). The binding of links into Link Aggregation Groups may be under manual control by an operator. In addition, automatic determination, configuration, binding, and monitoring may occur through the use of a Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10-3
Also the use of LACP requires some operator control. Especially important is the configuration of actor-keys per physical link. This parameter identifies the Link Aggregation Group and is exchanged within the protocol to the peer side to assure that the links of one link aggregate really connect to the same node. When an inconsistency is detected between the configured information and the connectivity of a link, the involved link is not activated. If a link fails, this is detected by LACP. It removes the link from the active set of the link aggregate. When the link comes up again, LACP puts the link back in the active set of the link aggregate.
network links subtending links the GE Ethernet LT board UNI and NNI port types
Link Aggregation Groups are defined by configuring individual physical links with identical link aggregation parameters. Especially the parameter actor-key is important as the Link Aggregation Group is defined as the set of links with the same value for this parameter. The use of the LACP protocol can be enabled or disabled. Load balancing is supported and the load balancing criteria can be configured to use the source and/or destination MAC address, or to use the source and/or destination IP address. Figure 10-2 shows link aggregation support.
10-4
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
10 Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model Figure 10-2 Link aggregation support
network links n n L.A.G. xHub s s subtending links L.A.G. n n xHub s L.A.G.
n: link type is network link L: link type is LT link s: link type is subtending link
LT links
LT
.
L.A.G. PVCs (on top of xDSL links)
network links
LT links
LT
Note Link aggregation is not supported on subscriber links (with the exception of the GE Ethernet LT board UNI subscriber links) .
10.3
NSP IP backbone
FE/GE
n x FE/GE
EMAN
NSP IP backbone
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10-5
RSTP
The Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) as defined in IEEE 802.1D-2004, clause 17, is a Layer 2 Control Protocol that provides path redundancy while preventing undesirable loops in the network. Providing path redundancy starts with having a physical redundant network topology. Multiple active paths between end stations cause L2 loops in the network. If a loop exists in the network topology, the potential exists for duplication of messages. Therefore the task of RSTP is defining a single active path between each pair of end stations. To realize this single active path, RSTP forces certain redundant data paths into a standby (blocked) state. The logical topology that is realized in this way is a single tree with a selected root end station and with the other end stations at leave positions. Ethernet Bridges are involved in selecting the active path and blocking the standby paths. After a network node or link has become unavailable, RSTP will run again to define a new tree topology.
MSTP
If the network contains more than one VLAN, the logical network configured by a single RSTP would work, but better use can be made of the available redundant links by using an alternate spanning tree for different (groups of) VLANs. Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), which uses RSTP for rapid convergence, enables VLANs to be grouped into a spanning-tree instance. Each instance has a spanning-tree topology independent of other spanning-tree instances. This architecture provides multiple forwarding paths for data traffic, enables load balancing, and limits the number of spanning-tree instances required to support a large number of VLANs. MSTP is defined in IEEE 802.1Q clause 13.
10-6
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
In some network topologies the use of RSTP or MSTP will not give benefit. This is the case when the single active path is already realized at physical level. An example is that the user equipment connected to LT boards (must) have already by construction a single physical interface and inherently this will form a single active path. Therefore and because of this RSTP and MSTP is not supported on these interfaces. Other examples are the use of a single link (aggregation group) between a hub and a subtending ISAM. Therefore RSTP and MSTP can be enabled or disabled per Ethernet interface of the ISAM. As an example, RSTP and MSTP shall be disabled on the network interface of the subtending ISAM in case it is disabled on the corresponding subtending interface in the Hub ISAM.
Note 1 The 7302 ISAM does support RSTP and MSTP towards
DSLAMs in a ring.
Note 2 The 7302 ISAM and the 7330 ISAM FTTN also support
10.4
CFM elements
Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) is an Ethernet Operations and Maintenance (OAM) capability that allows service providers or network operators to verify and isolate connectivity faults and configuration problems at layer 2. CFM is specified in the standard IEEE 802.1ag. To support CFM functionality, network operators must configure software entities called Maintenance Points (MPs) on selected bridge ports on the network. MPs are points where CFM messages are inserted, extracted, or monitored to verify connectivity within part or within the whole of the Layer 2 network. MPs are organized into Maintenance Associations (MAs) and Maintenance Domains (MDs) on a network. Table 10-3 describes the CFM elements that must be configured on an Ethernet network.
Table 10-3 CFM elements
CFM element MD Description An MD corresponds to the administrative OAM domain and is assigned a level from 1 to 8. A typical example is that an administrative OAM domain is defined per operator involved in the offering of a service with the Layer 2 network. Associated to an MD are one or multiple MAs. (1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10-7
CFM element MA
Description An MA is defined as an OAM maintenance entity per service instance per MD. The service instance could be a VLAN or a set of VLANs. The OAM maintenance entity scope is defined by a set of associated Maintenance end Points (MEP). The MEPs define a closed segment of the VLAN in the Layer 2 network. The segment matches the scope or involvement of a particular administrative OAM domain (operator) in that VLAN. As such, MDs/MAs allow network operators to test the segment of a given VLAN that is within their own scope. E.g. it allows them to perform a test on all links and nodes of their own network and being used by the VLAN or service. Typically the set of operator segments are all at the same MD level and then the MDs/MAs can not overlap. MDs/MAs also allow network operators to divide a network into separate hierarchical administrative OAM domains. An MD/MA at a higher level has no visibility inside an MD/MA at a lower level. Also at the higher level the same concepts apply: the scope is delimited by MEPs and the MDs/MAs at the same higher level can not overlap. There may be one or more MA, that is, service instances, per MD. There may be multiple MAs for the same service instance (VLAN) if these are within different MDs and the lower level MDs/MAs are terminated with MEPs.
MP
MPs are organized into MAs and MDs and are configured on ports within an MA (VLAN) defined within an MD level. There are two types of MPs:
MEPs are points that identify the border of a maintenance entity. MEPs can initiate or terminate CFM messages. MIPs are points inside the network segment that is defined as a maintenance entity. MIPs can respond to and allow the transit of CFM frames originated from another MP. (2 of 2)
IEEE 802.1ag defines these generic CFM OAM procedures. DSLF TR-101 defines the usage of these procedures in a Layer 2 Access Network. An access aggregation network typically has the following MD levels:
Service provider domain from the edge router/BNG to the CPE Carrier domain from the edge router/BNG or Ethernet switch to the user port on
the ISAM Intra-carrier domain from the edge router/BNG or Ethernet switch to the network port on the ISAM Access link domain from the LT port on the ISAM to the CPE Figure 10-4 shows CFM implemented on a typical access aggregation network. When a customer contacts the service provider helpdesk because of lack of service, the service provider can run a test in the service provider domain from the BNG toward the CPE. If the fault is isolated to a specific section, the service provider can notify the owner of that section who can run tests at a lower level within his domain. This continues until the failing point is identified.
10-8
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
10 Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model Figure 10-4 CFM on the access aggregation network
MD level 7 MD level 5 MD level 3 MD level 1 Access link ME ME Service provider ME carrier ME Intra-carrier
CPE RG
Regional network
MEP MIP
CFM functions
The CFM protocols define multiple functions that act as tools to test and isolate connectivity faults in the network. The CFM link trace acts like an ICMP traceroute command. Multicast Link Trace Messages (LTMs) are sent from the originating MEP. Each MIP along the trace path inspects the message to determine whether the target MAC address of the LTM is known. If the MIP knows the MAC address, the MIP forwards the LTM to the next MIP, and a response in the form of a Link Trace Reply (LTR) message is sent back to the originating MEP. A MIP that does not know the target MAC address does not send back an LTR. When the target MP responds with a successful LTR message, the link trace test is successfully completed. A CFM loopback acts like an ICMP ping command. Multicast or unicast loopback messages (LBMs) are sent from the originating MEP. In the case of a unicast LBM, the MAC address of the destination MP is inserted. When the target MP receives the LBM with the matching MAC address, it sends back a loopback response (LBR) to the originating MP. When the originating MP receives the LBR, the loopback is complete. In the case of a multicast LBM, each MEP within the targeted MA in the MD level that receives the LBM request will reply with an LBR. A connectivity check (CC) is a message multicast to all MEPs in the same MA at fixed intervals. When a peer MEP does not receive a specified number of CCM reply messages in a given time, a fault is raised.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10-9
The ISAM supports MIPs and network facing MEPs at UNI ports (which includes UNI ports supported by the GE Ethernet LT board). The ISAM also support MIPs at the GE Ethernet LT board NNI ports. Within these MPs the ISAM responds to LBMs and to LTMs coming from the network. The ISAM responds to LBM coming from the user (see DSLF TR-101). The ISAM supports network facing MEPs on the LT board at its GE interface towards the NT board. Within these MEPs the ISAM responds to LBMs and to LTMs. For information about CFM MAC addresses and performing CFM fault detection and isolation, see TNG 120 in the Operations and Maintenance Using CLI for FD 24Gbps NT document.
10.5
802.1x support
The 802.1X protocol complies with both the IEEE 802.1X and the CCSA specification. Its purpose is to control the access of users to the Layer 2 Access Network. Each 802.1X-enabled user port (including the GE Ethernet LT board UNI user ports) is by default in a closed status and successful authentication is needed to open the port. This functionality is mapped to the LT board, where the authentication state of the port is enforced; see Figure 10-5. Packets from unauthenticated subscribers are dropped at the LT board. 802.1X on the LT board communicates with the NT board by way of the internal communication to perform the authentication. The NT board uses a local database or contacts a RADIUS Server to execute the authentication request.
For an un-authenticated port, all subscriber frames are discarded. For an authenticated port, all subscriber frames are processed based on the Layer
2 configuration
Note The GE Ethernet LT board NNI ports do not support 802.1x
10-10
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
10 Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model Figure 10-5 802.1x in the ISAM
LIM
xHub
Ethernet
ER
802.1x
LIM
CPE
NT Control
Performs authentication by means of contacting a RADIUS server. The result is sent back to the LT.
Handles the 802.1x protocol, communicates with the system controller to perform the authentication, controls the port state.
10.6
ARP
The IETF RFC 826 defined Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is a protocol defined within the context of using IP over Ethernet. An IP node uses the ARP protocol to obtain the Ethernet MAC address of another IP node identified by a known IP address and connected to the same Layer 2 network. The ISAM has a limited ARP handling functionality, but it is sufficient to prevent broadcast storms toward the subscribers. This is achieved in the following ways:
in iBridge mode: When an ARP request is received from a user port, the ARP request is broadcast to
the Ethernet network interface. This deviates from the standard Ethernet broadcast because the ARP request is not broadcast to the other user ports. This behavior is also true for the GE Ethernet LT board NNI ports. When an ARP request is received from an Ethernet network interface, the ARP request is only broadcast in the VLAN when downstream broadcast is enabled in the VLAN. Otherwise, the ARP request is dropped. In case of the GE Ethernet LT board NNI ports, the ARP request is only broadcast in the VLAN (not configurable).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10-11
forwarding
10.7
VBAS
The Virtual Broadcast Access Server (VBAS) protocol is defined directly on top of the Ethernet Layer and allows the external BRAS to query the ISAM for DSL link information so that the BRAS can limit the number of Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) sessions per DSL link.
Note VBAS is only supported on the 7302 ISAM.
VBAS allows the BRAS to obtain detailed information on the physical address of a subscriber on the network element. The VBAS protocol goes through query and response phases before the BRAS can obtain the physical address of any new subscriber.
VBAS query:
VBAS sends a VBAS query packet to the ISAM to gather physical port information corresponding to the MAC address of the new subscriber. VBAS response: Upon receiving the request packet, the ISAM sends a VBAS response packet to the BRAS. This packet includes the physical port information of the new subscriber. All messages are in standard Ethernet frames with a proprietary Ethertype and the messages are all unicast messages. All VBAS packets carry a destination identifier. If the packet is not destined for a specific system, it floods the packet to all subtending systems until it reaches its intended destination. In normal operation, the network port toward the BRAS is tagged. This means that the network port is able to process and respond to tagged VBAS frames.
10-12
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
If untagged packets need to be handled, the network port is explicitly set as untagged. A PVID is also configured for the port. When the ISAM receives a VBAS query, subscriber information is retrieved from the VLAN configured as PVID.
BRAS
CPE
NE
EMAN
CPE
Sends VBAS request with MAC DA address (the MAC address of the user which is to be resolved) and waits for the response.
10.8
DHCP
The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a client-server protocol that enables DHCP Servers to configure internet hosts. The DHCP protocol is defined on top of UDP/IP. DHCP simplifies the configuration of a host since no IP addresses, subnet masks, default gateways, domain names, or DNSs must be locally configured within the host. Instead, with DHCP, this information is dynamically leased from the DHCP Server for a predefined amount of time. Because the information is stored on a Server, it centralizes IP address management, it reduces the number of IP addresses to be used, and it simplifies maintenance. DHCP is defined in IETF RFC 2131. A problem to solve when using this technology is that the DHCP Client must be able to communicate to the DHCP Server. This is achieved by the DHCP Client starting the communication with a broadcast message. The DHCP Server will receive this message in case the Server is connected to the same Layer 2 network as the Client. IETF RFC 2131 and RFC 3046 define a DHCP Relay Agent for when this is not the case. Then a DHCP Relay Agent connected to the Layer 2 network of the Client will convert the broadcast message to a unicast message and send it to a Server further in the IP network. In doing so, the DHCP Relay Agent can add 'option 82' information. That information can be used by the DHCP Server to identify the subscriber, and when mirrored back in reply messages it helps the DHCP Relay Agent to forward the replies to the correct Client. In its definition this DHCP Relay Agent is a function within a router for which it can be referred to as a 'Layer 3' DHCP Relay Agent.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10-13
DSLF TR-101 defines a Layer 2 DHCP Relay Agent, that is, a Relay Agent functionality in the middle of the Layer 2 Access Network. The Layer 2 DHCP Relay Agent is assigned to be a responsibility of the DSLAM. It shall add option 82 information (which allows the Server to identify the subscriber) but leaves the broadcast message a broadcast message. Converting the broadcast message to a unicast message is not needed when the DHCP Server is connected directly to the Layer 2 Access Network, or is the responsibility for a real DHCP Relay Agent at the edge of the Layer 2 Access Network. The ISAM provides Layer 2 DHCP Relay Agent functionality when it is configured for Layer 2 forwarding and a full (Layer 3) DHCP relay when it acts as an IP Router.
the iBridge the IP-aware bridge the protocol-aware cross-connect (that is, C-VLAN cross-connect and
S/C-VLAN cross-connect) the iBridge and cross-connect with IPoA to IPoE interworking function This Layer 2 DHCP Relay Agent is supported for the L2 forwarding modes above, irrespective of secure forwarding being enabled or not. The Layer 2 DHCP Relay Agent functions can be split in three parts:
Relaying DHCP messages to and from network and subscriber interfaces Option 82 handling Client hardware address (chaddr in the DHCP message) concentration
Note The layer 2 DHCP Relay Agent is only supported on the GE Ethernet LT board UNI ports.
Relaying DHCP messages in iBridge and VLAN cross-connect The Layer 2 DHCP Relay Agent for the iBridge and for the protocol-aware cross-connect forwarding modes is distributed over the LT boards.
10-14
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
10 Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model Figure 10-7 Layer 2 DHCP relay implementation)
US: Bridge to the network interfaces (unicast packet forward based on FDB, broadcast packet: flood to all the network interfaces that participate in the VLAN DS: Bridge to the LTs/subtending interfaces (unicast packet: forward based on FDB, broadcast: flood to all network interfaces that participate in the VLAN
DHCP relay
LT
xHub
Ethernet
ER
DHCP client
LT
CPE
NT
DHCP server
IP network
US: adds option 82 and sends packet to xHub DS: remove option 82 and send on to correct user port
The DHCP client can send broadcast or unicast DHCP messages. These will be forwarded in the upstream direction:
If the insertion of option 82 is enabled, the ISAM verifies the DHCP message and
adds option 82 to a valid DHCP message as described further on. If the insertion of option 82 is disabled, the ISAM still verifies the DHCP message as described further but does not add an option 82. But with or without option 82 insertion, the broadcast message remains a broadcast message, the unicast message remains a unicast message. For more information on the handling and configuration of DHCP Option 82; see section Option 82 handling. In the downstream direction the DHCP Relay within the Edge Router (or the DHCP server in case it is directly connected to the Layer 2 Access Network) sends broadcast or a unicast DHCP messages. This depends on the broadcast flag inside the DHCP message sent from the DHCP Client. In all cases the Layer 2 DHCP Relay Agent will forward the DHCP message to the correct user only. For a unicast DHCP message the user is identified from the MAC address in the Ethernet header, for broadcast DHCP messages the user is identified from the payload of the DHCP messages, for example, chaddr. In any case the option 82 is removed before forwarding the DHCP message. Relaying DHCP messages in IP-aware bridge The Layer 2 DHCP Relay Agent for the IP-aware bridge forwarding mode is very similar to the Layer 2 DHCP Relay Agent for iBridge. Its implementation is also distributed over the LTs. The possibilities for option 82 insertion are also the same. Some differences exist in the forwarding behavior.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10-15
In the DHCP session set-up phase and if chaddr concentration is not enabled: the
DHCP message is forwarded to the subscriber interface that is selected based on the chaddr. In the DHCP session set-up phase and if chaddr concentration is enabled: the DHCP message is forwarded to the subscriber interface that is selected based on XID. Both the subscriber chaddr and the subscriber XID are restored before sending the DHCP message to the subscriber. More information on the client hardware address concentration function is provided in section Client hardware address concentration. Relaying DHCP messages in the iBridge and cross-connect mode with IPoA to IPoE interworking function The Layer 2 DHCP Relay Agent for the iBridge and cross-connect mode with IPoA to IPoE interworking function is very similar to the Layer 2 DHCP Relay Agent when the IPoA to IPoE interworking function is absent. Its implementation is also distributed over the LT boards. The possibilities for option 82 insertion are also the same. But here, IPoA packets from and to the user do not have an Ethernet header. As such, the chaddr in the upstream DHCP messages is normally not a MAC address. The ISAM will insert itself an identifier in the chaddr of upstream messages. This field being returned by the DHCP Server allows the ISAM to identify the correct user. The ISAM will restore the original chaddr before sending the DHCP message to the user.
Option 82 handling
IETF RFC 3046 defines a Relay Agent Information option and assigns it the code 82. In this way the option is often referred to as option 82". Option 82 provides security when DHCP is used in public access networks. It provides the DHCP Server with trusted information on who is requesting an IP address. But to make it really a trustable identifier the ISAM shall also discard upstream messages with an option 82 already added by the user. Therefore the ISAM also makes some validity checks on upstream DHCP messages. In the upstream direction, the insertion of DHCP option 82 is configurable. If enabled, option 82 parameters are inserted both for unicast and broadcast DHCP messages. If disabled the ISAM obviously does not add option 82. The validity checks are however executed also when option 82 insertion is disabled.
10-16
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
IETF RFC 3046 defines option 82 as containing two sub-options: the circuit-id being sub-option 1 and the remote-id being sub-option 2. In addition to enabling or disabling option 82 insertion, it is possible to control the insertion and contents of the sub-options:
the circuit ID: this can be configured with one of the following values: do not add this sub-option into option 82 add the customer ID into the circuit-id sub-option generate a physical line ID and add this into the circuit-id sub-option the remote ID: this can be configured with one of the following values: do not add this sub-option into option 82 add the customer ID into the remote-id sub-option generate a physical line ID and add this into the remote-id sub-option
Note The values for the circuit ID and the remote ID are not allowed to be identical.
Insertion of the circuit ID and/or remote ID can be enabled or disabled per VLAN in iBridge or VLAN cross-connect mode, and per VRF in IP-aware Bridge mode.
Customer ID
The Customer ID is fully configurable for each DSL line, ATM PVC, Ethernet interface or VLAN port by the operator (string with a length between 0 and 64 bytes). In case the Customer ID is configured for one user at various levels, e.g. at ATM PVC and at DSL line level, then the most fine grained level will be used. For example, the Customer ID configured for an ATM PVC will take precedence over the customer ID configured at the DSL line.
Physical line ID
By default, the Physical line ID is auto-generated by the ISAM and contains information used to identify the precise circuit from which the DHCP message originates (for example, DSL line, ATM PVC, Ethernet interface or VLANport). The Physical line ID syntax is configurable. The Physical line ID syntax is a concatenation of keywords, separators, and free text strings:
for EFM-based DSL and for Ethernet interfaces, the default value is
Access_Node_ID eth Rack/Frame/Slot/Port You can use the following predefined keywords:
Access_Node_ID: identifies the ISAM. The ISAM will insert the identifier that
is configured as System ID Rack: rack number in the access node for the position of the line termination
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10-17
Frame: shelf number in the rack. The variable is called 'Frame' to be inline with
TR-101.
Slot: slot number in the shelf. Port: port number on the LT. On DSL or point-to-point LTs, the port stands for
an end-user DSL/fiber interface VPI: VPI on user interface in case of ATM over DSL VCI: VCI on user interface in case of ATM over DSL Q-VID: VLAN ID on user interface (when applicable) NVID: refers to the C-VLAN ID at the network-side, which may be different from the user-side Q-VID
Note <ShSlt> and <ShPrt> keywords can also be used instead of respectively <slot> and <port>. The keywords <ShSlt> and <ShPrt> can be used to specify the slot and port number without leading zero. This gives an alternative for the <Slot> and <Port> keywords as defined above and provides full flexibility as to the wanted/required syntax. Bandwidth information
DSLF TR-101 defines additional sub-options on top of those defined in IETF RFC 3046. Amongst others it specifies a set of sub-options to pass DSL line bandwidth characteristics. You can also enable or disable the insertion of the line rate characteristics per VLAN/VRF (per VLAN in iBridge or VLAN-cross-connect mode, per VRF in IP-aware Bridge mode). When enabled, the ISAM inserts actual line rate data.
Client hardware address concentration
Client hardware address (chaddr) concentration is only supported for IP-aware bridge forwarding mode. In IP-aware bridge, the ISAM performs MAC concentration (in the upstream direction, the source MAC address of the subscriber IP packets is replaced by the LT board MAC address) for MAC scalability in the EMAN network. Chaddr concentration means replacing the chaddr in the DHCP message by the LT board MAC address. This is required to solve the following issues when several ISAMs, or several LT boards in the same ISAM, or both, share the same service provider VLAN in the EMAN network:
Flooding in the downstream direction when the layer 3 DHCP relay agent is not
enabled in the ISAM: As the chaddr is not learned by the Layer 2 Bridges in EMAN, any unicast DHCP messages destined for the chaddr would have to be flooded. Replacing the subscriber chaddr by the LT board MAC address avoids this flooding as the LT MAC address will always been learned in the EMAN.
10-18
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
DHCP snooping
If secure forwarding in Enhanced iBridge respectively in VLAN cross-connect is configured, DHCP messages are snooped in order to learn the IP address associated with the end user. More information on DHCP snooping can be found in chapter Protocol handling in a Layer 3 forwarding model.
10.9
IGMP
For more information about IGMP, see chapter Multicast and IGMP.
10.10
PPPoE
Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) is a network protocol for encapsulating Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) frames inside Ethernet frames. PPP is the commonly used protocol in dialup connections. PPPoE allows to connect one or multiple PPP Client computer subscribers through an Ethernet LAN to a PPP Server. PPPoE is defined in IETF RFC 2516.
PPPoE relay
In many cases the Layer 2 (Ethernet) Access network extends Ethernet into the home network. A CPE in the home network terminates the DSL link or Ethernet interface that provides the connectivity with the Access Network. One possibility is that the CPE is a router. Then this router CPE will be the single PPP Client establishing PPPoE sessions. Another possibility is that a bridge CPE transparently bridges the request coming from a device deeper in the home network. Something in between can be that a CPE multiplexes PPPoE sessions coming from multiple devices deeper in the home network.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10-19
All these cases have in common that PPPoE frames are sent from the user equipment, through the ISAM, to a BRAS more centrally in the network. DSLF TR-101 specifies that in such case the DSLAM has to add some subscriber information to the upstream discovery messages, i.e. to the PADI, PADR and upstream PADT packets. So for PPPoE relay, the ISAM inserts a PPPoE Relay tag in all the upstream PPPoE messages in the discovery phase (that is, frames with EtherType = 0x8863). This information insertion is the only intervention of the ISAM on PPPoE frames in the upstream direction. This means that all PPPoE messages forwarded to the BRAS will still contain the MAC address of the subscriber as source MAC address (MAC SA) and the broadcast MAC (PADI) or the MAC address of the PPPoE Server (PADR, PADT) as destination MAC address (MAC DA). The ISAM does not make an intervention in the downstream direction. All PPPoE messages in the session phase are forwarded without any processing.
Note PPPoE Relay is only supported on the GE Ethernet LT board
LIM
xHub
Ethernet
ER
PPPoE traffic
CPE
LIM
CPE
US/DS: PPPoE session setup frames
NT
US: add PPPoE relay session ID, and forward DS: forward
The PPPoE Relay tag is in fact a confusing name. It refers to the PPPoE vendor specific tag that can be inserted by the ISAM in order to provide access loop identification data towards the PPPoE Server (typically a BRAS). The access loop identification conveyed by the PPPoE vendor specific tag is similar as conveyed by DHCP option 82. Its format is defined in BBF TR-101. As for DHCP option 82, the tag contains the identification of the access loop on which the PADI, PADR, or PADT packet was received in the ISAM and possibly some line rate information about this loop. The insertion of the PPPoE vendor specific tag and the sub-options to be added are configurable per VLAN.
10-20
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
I IP
Routing Gateway NE L2TP PPP-L2TP interworking Srv: VoIP
In case of PPPoA to PPPoE interworking, the PPP forwarder is a further enhancement of the iBridge. The PPP forwarder is still essentially a Layer 2 forwarding model, but it also uses information from the PPP layer in its forwarding decisions. PPPoA packets on the DSL line are translated into PPPoE on the uplink as follows: 1 When a subscriber initiates a PPPoA session, the ISAM first initiates a PPPoE session toward the BRAS. The involved PAD-x messages are sent with a VLAN tag with priority 7. Once the PPPoE session is established, the initial PPP (LCP) request from the subscriber is forwarded within that PPPoE session. The remainder of the PPP negotiation happens between the subscriber terminal and the BRAS.
2 3
The initial PPP request packet and all further packets sent within the established PPPoE session are sent with a VLAN tag with the priority configured for the PPP client port. During the session, every upstream PPP packet is encapsulated in PPPoE, where the MAC address of the ISAM is used as MAC source address. Downstream, the reverse operation takes place and the MAC layer is stripped. From a BRAS perspective, the session looks like any normal standard PPPoE session.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10-21
To give the Access Service Provider (ASP) the maximum information that can help him to accept a PPPoE session establishment or to silently ignore the request, the ISAM provides the PPPoE Server with access loop identification and line rate information just as for PPPoE Relay. The difference is that here these messages are generated by the ISAM. Beside all these similarities there is still something special: The ISAM can inform the PPPoE Server that the PPPoE session being established is an interworked session, that is, a session established on behalf of a user. This could be useful for the BRAS, for example, to use a different a approach for limiting the number of sessions per client. This information is provided through the insertion of the BBF-IWF-tag sub-option in the PPPoE vendor specific tag. This sub-option is defined in BBF TR-101. Adding this sub-option can be enabled or disabled per PPP cross-connect Engine. A second special thing relates to the Maxim Transmit Unit (MTU). In this scenario the PPP Client is a PPPoA user and it assumes it can send PPP packets of 1500 bytes. To encapsulate these frames in Ethernet, the interworking function shall add 8 bytes of PPPoE header and as such the frame does not longer fit in a standard Ethernet frame with a maximum payload of 1500 bytes. The normal procedure then requires the PPP Client and the PPP Server to negotiate about the MTU. To facilitate the convergence of this negotiation, the ISAM supports Ethernet frames that are 8 bytes longer then standard Ethernet. This facility is signaled in the PADI message to the PPPoE Server by adding the PPP-Maximum-Payload tag. This tag is defined in IETF RFC 4638. Adding this tag can be enabled or disabled per PPP cross-connect Engine. Also for the release phase the ISAM can not restrict to passively forwarding frames. When the PPP session is terminated, the ISAM also terminates the corresponding PPPoE session. The involved PAD-T message is sent with a VLAN tag with priority 7. Normally, when a DSL line has gone out of service, the PPPoE session will only time-out in the BRAS after a certain time (typically 3 minutes). This delay is considered too long, for example, by service providers that offer a PPP-based HSI service with time-based billing. Therefore, the ISAM removes an interworked PPPoE session and sends a PPPoE PAD-T message to the BRAS upon a loss-of-connectivity to the subscriber (this can be indicated by loss of DSL synchronization on the associated subscriber line).
Note PPPoA to PPPoE interworking is not supported on the GE Ethernet LT board.
10-22
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
However, many legacy Ethernet switches cannot cope with the large number of MAC addresses required to route PPPoE frames to the large number of DSL subscribers connected to the EMAN through the ISAMs (at least 1 MAC address per DSL subscriber). This scalability issue is solved by the PPPoE relay with MAC address concentration feature: the ISAM replaces the large number of MAC addresses, issued by the subscribers, with the ISAM MAC address(es). The EMAN now only needs to cope with a few MAC addresses per connected ISAM instead of ten of thousands of MAC addresses for all connected subscribers. Next to solving the scalability issue, the PPPoE relay with MAC address concentration also increases the security within the network. The MAC address of the subscriber does not enter the EMAN anymore. This address is replaced by the own MAC address(es) of the ISAM and, consequently, all issues related to duplicate subscriber MAC addresses are solved. The subscriber MAC address has only a local meaning (that is, local to the PVC) and, consequently, even if all the subscribers would present the same MAC address to the ISAM, they could still be connected to the BRAS without any problem. Spoofing the MAC address of another subscriber will not allow to grab its traffic because the subscriber MAC address is not used by the EMAN nor by the ISAM to route the traffic. MAC address concentration can be enabled or disabled per PPP cross-connect Engine.
Note PPPoE relay with MAC address concentration is not
If enabled the ISAM behaves very much like in the PPPoA to PPPoE interworking scenario with the difference that the interworking applies to multiple PPPoE sessions coming from users instead of to PPPoA sessions.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10-23
10.11
DHCPv6
No Circuit ID (empty) Syntax defined in TR-101 section 3.9.3, i.e. physical line ID using a default or a
configured syntax at system level Customer-ID Physical line ID in CCSA format This allows the operator to migrate to IPv6 in a VLAN cross-connect model, without losing access line information. The Access Node is also able to add the Relay Agent Remote-ID Option (option 37, defined in RFC 4649) to the DHCPv6 Relay-forward messages sent to the BNG. This is used in order to further refine the access loop logical port identification. The Relay Agent Remote-ID contains an operator-configured string of 63 characters maximum that (at least) uniquely identifies the user on the associated access loop on the Access Node on which the DHCPv6 Solicit message was received. The actual syntax of the user identification in the Relay Agent Remote-ID can take the same values as the ones supported for the DHCP option 82 sub-option 2:
No Remote ID (empty) Customer-ID Physical line ID (using a default or a configured syntax at system level)
In the ISAM implementation the LDRA is enabled when either option 18 insertion or option 37 insertion is enabled, and LDRA is disabled when both option 18 insertion and option 37 insertion are disabled. The operator can enable/disable the insertion of option 37 into upstream DHCPv6 messages for each lightweight DHCPv6 Relay Agent instance.
10-24 November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
DHCPv6 snooping
See chapter Protocol handling in a Layer 3 forwarding model.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
10-25
10-26
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
11 IP routing
11.1 Introduction
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11-1
11 IP routing
11.1
Introduction
The IP routing model of the ISAM is a typical router implementation with increased security and scalability, allowing to use cheaper devices (that is, simple Ethernet switches) in the aggregation network. It can be characterized as follows:
Packets are forwarded based on the IP Destination Address (DA) with the ISAM
acting as a next hop. IP connectivity towards the end user can be established statically by the operator or learned dynamically by inspecting the DHCP messages exchanged between the subscriber and the DHCP server during the IP session establishment. IP connectivity towards the network and the subtending nodes can be established statically by the operator or dynamically by routing protocols. Service Level Agreement (SLA) enforcement can be achieved by means of policing and ACL, and this at various granularity levels. Improved security:
Subscriber MAC addresses are never propagated to the network User-to-user communication can optionally be blocked ARP messages do not cross the ISAM leading to not broadcasting ARP messages to
all subscribers
IP address anti-spoofing and ACL Improved scalability The ISAM presents a single MAC address towards the network The broadcast message load generated by the subscribers towards the network is
reduced by either handling them locally (for example, ARP) or by converting them into unicast messages (for example, L3 DHCP relay).
11.2
IP routing features
terminate the Ethernet segment at the subscriber side and consequently, avoid the
need to propagate the MAC address of the subscriber to the network solving at the same time many security and scalability issues. forward packets based on addresses assigned by the operator, enforcing a high security level. introduce IP awareness in the DSLAM, which facilitates support of enhanced features such as IP address anti-spoofing, ACLs and so on.
11-2
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
11 IP routing
Subscriber interface - Encapsulation types The IP routing model supports all types of subscriber interface IPoX
encapsulations, which can be connected to an iBridge on the LT:
ATM subscriber interface (IPoE over ATM and IP over ATM) EFM/Ethernet subscriber interface (IPoE) IPoE subscriber interface: User interface can be authenticated through 802.1/RADIUS protocols before
connecting to a router in ISAM.
vMAC can be enabled when subscribers do not have unique MAC address PPPoE and PPPoA subscriber interface encapsulations are not supported by IP
routing.
802.1x/RADIUS authentication
Subscriber interfaces (IPoE over ATM or EFM/Ethernet) can be authenticated through 802.1/RADIUS protocols before connecting to a router in ISAM.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11-3
11 IP routing
User-to-user communication
User-to-user communication can be enabled or disabled at the VRF level. When disabled, user-to-user traffic will be discarded. When enabled, local ARP proxy also needs to be enabled on the user gateway IP interface.
11-4
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
11 IP routing
ISAM does not process source route option, that is, IP packets including source route options are forwarded transparently.
TTL=0 forwarding
Standard IP routers are expected to discard packets received with TTL=0 and not intended for one of the router interface IP address. However, some specific network configurations require the ISAM to forward such packets. TTL=0 forwarding is disabled by default. This option is configurable.
MTU
The L2 MTU size is fixed to 2048 and not configurable. Implementation notes:
The ISAM does not perform IP packet fragmentation for forwarded packets
(packets generated by the ISAM itself are subject to fragmentation) Packets received with a length larger than the MTU are discarded.
ECMP
Up to 4 Equal Cost Multi Path (ECMP) next-hops are supported per route.
Directed broadcast
ISAM does not support forwarding of the broadcast IP packets directed to the directly connected subscriber subnets (where subnet is all zeros or all ones). Directed broadcast IP packets are discarded by ISAM.
ICMP redirect
ISAM does not support ICMP redirect.
11.3
IP routing model
The IP routing model of the ISAM consists of iBridge forwarders (with secure forwarding enabled) on the LT boards connected to a standard IP forwarder on the NT board. Figure 11-1 shows the IP routing model based on iBridge.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11-5
LT
DHCP snooping/ ARP relay Sta tic config.
ISAM
V-VLAN per VRF
I-bridge
C E C E C E
LT
DHCP snooping/ ARP relay Sta tic config.
Routing protocols
NT
DHCP Rela y Agent ARP
EMAN
IP Ed g e
I-bridge
VRF
IP N e two r k
C E C E C E
LT
DHCP snooping/ ARP relay Sta tic config.
I-bridge
IP address anti-spoofing (data-plane) ARP relay: ARP messages from the NT board are forwarded to the targeted
subscribers, not broadcasted to everyone
layer 2 DHCP relay (adding option-82) DHCP snooping: the subscriber IP address is learned through DHCP, which
allows to configure the ARP relay and IP address anti-spoofing
802.1x/RADIUS authentication
IP router on the NT board offers the following functions:
An internal VLAN is established between the LT boards and the NT board acting as an IP router. There is typically one v-VLAN per VRF instance. Multiple v-VLANs for a single VRF can be considered whenever a given VRF is forwarding multiple services and the services are associated with either a different PVC or a different VLAN at the subscriber interface.
Note The ISAM supports only one VRF (IP routing) instance.
11-6
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
11 IP routing
The user gateway interface is the IP interface, which is facing the subscribers, and which is created on top of the V-VLAN. The subnet of the subscriber gateway interface is shared among the subscribers connected to the iBridge instance identified by the V-VLAN on the LT boards. The IP address of the subscriber gateway interface is used as the gateway IP address for the subscribers directly attached to the subnet of the subscriber gateway interface. Multi-netting is also supported for the subscriber gateway interface to allow multiple subscriber subnets. It is also possible to implement IP routing based on the IP- aware bridge forwarding model on LT boards; see chapter Layer 2 forwarding, section IP-aware bridge mode. Figure 11-2 shows the IP routing model based on IP-aware bridge.
Figure 11-2 IP routing model based on IP-aware bridge
LT
DHCP snooping/ ARP relay static config.
ISAM
V-VLAN per VRF
IP-aware bridge
C E C E C E
LT
DHCP snooping/ ARP relay static config.
Routing protocols
SHub
DHCP relay agent ARP
EMAN
IP edge Edge
IP-aware bridge
VRF
IP network
C E C E C E
LT
DHCP snooping/ ARP relay static config.
IP-aware bridge
11.4
Subtended nodes operating as Layer 2 devices (Preferred) Subtended nodes operating as L3 devices Subtended nodes operating as Layer 2 devices (Preferred)
In this node, IP routing and L3 DHCP relay are kept centralized on the Hub ISAM (H-ISAM) so that remote nodes - subtended ISAM or S-ISAM - can be kept as simple as possible (both from an hardware implementation and from a provisioning points of view). This allows centralizing routing protocols and subnet management at the H-ISAM while keeping the S-ISAMs untouched, that is, any addition of a new pool of IP addresses will only impact the H-ISAM. The potential drawbacks of this configuration are related to H-ISAM scalability:
11 IP routing
This configuration is shown in Figure 11-3. In the hub ISAM, the router function is configured while in the subtended ISAMs layer 2 forwarding is in place.
Figure 11-3 ISAM sub-network configuration for video traffic (e.g VDSL)
Seen by the operator as one big virtual router
RG ONT
DHCP Relay
Aggregation Network
L2
11-8
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
IGP
L3
IGP
L3
IGP
Aggregation Network
L3
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
11-9
11 IP routing
11-10
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
12.1 Introduction
12-2 12-2
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
12-1
12.1
Introduction
This section addresses layer 3 protocols in the scope of a layer 3 forwarded model as described in chapter IP routing. Layer 3 protocols can be divided into two parts:
routing protocols: see section IPv4 Routing Protocols user access protocols: ARP: see section ARP DHCP Relay: see section DHCP relay agent DHCP: see section DHCP snooping
12.2
Introduction
The supported routing protocols are:
RIP OSPF-v2
These routing protocols are supported on network interfaces and interfaces towards a subtended ISAM. In addition, the RIP protocol can be supported on subscriber interfaces to advertise the routes towards the routers at the network side of the ISAM. The ISAM does not accept any route advertisement from the subscribers for security reasons. The ISAM will report alarms to inform the Manager about lack of resources, major issues and state transitions in the Protocol.
RIP
The Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is a distance vector protocol. It calculates the shortest distance, and therefore the most desirable path, between source and destination addresses, all based on the lowest hop count. The ISAM supports:
RFC 1812 defined for IPv4 routers for handling IP packets that are forwarded and
destined to the system
RFC 2453 defined for RIPv2 protocol RFC 1058 defined for RIPv1 protocol RFC 2082 defined for RIPv2 MD5 authentication
12-2
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
RIPv1 compatibility
The ISAM is compatible with RIPv1 and RIPv2 versions of the RIP protocol. It supports the configuration of the version of the RIP PDUs that are transmitted and received by the RIP router in the ISAM.
OSPF-v2
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is a dynamic routing protocol used to learn and populate the forwarding database in the DSLAMs and the edge devices at the network side. The ISAM complies with the following standards:
RFC 1812 defined for IPv4 routers for handling IP packets that are forwarded and
destined to the system.
RFC 2328 defined for OSPF-2 protocol. RFC 3101 defined for OSPF to support the Not-So-Stubby Area (NSSA) option.
The NSSA option is used by deployments to reduce the size of the LSA database. There is no external route imported into an NSSA area from other OSPF areas. In an NSSA, external routes learned by OSPF routers in the NSSA area are advertised within the NSSA area and are translated by ABRs into external route advertisements for distribution into other areas of the OSPF domain.
RFC 1765 for OSPF database overflow in case of conditions when the system
receives updates from the neighbors that exceeds the available database limit.
The ISAM supports areas, as defined in RFC 2328, for OSPF-2 protocol. The OSPF router on the ISAM can associate interfaces with the backbone area, a normal area, a stub area, or an NSSA area.
12.3
ARP
The IETF RFC 826 defined Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is a protocol defined within the context of using IP over Ethernet. An IP node uses the ARP protocol to obtain the Ethernet MAC address of another IP node identified by a known IP address and connected to the same Layer 2 network. This section describes ARP handling in ISAM in case of an IP routing model.
Note For more information on ARP relay; see section ARP
relay.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
12-3
ARP handling on the subscriber side ARP request from users, for another user in the same subnet:
The ISAM acts as an ARP proxy for local user subnet IP addresses. When the ISAM receives an ARP request for another user in the same subnet, the ISAM sends an ARP response. However the request will be discarded for these exception cases:
IP address anti-spoofing verification reveals that the user is not known: the source
IP address is not known to belong to the incoming interface
both users are connected to the same user interface: subscribers should
communicate by way of the internal interface at the subscriber side.
for ARP requests received from the network. for ARP requests ISAM sends to the network.
12.4
layer 2 DHCP relay agent layer 3 DHCP relay agent Layer 2 DHCP relay agent
The functionality is equal to the functionality of the DHCP Relay Agent as described in chapter Protocol handling in a Layer 2 forwarding model.
12-4 November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
DHCP protocol tracing can be enabled on a few subscriber interfaces. The system can provide the following to the ISAM syslog utility that will determine the destination of the traces (i.e. CLI screen, remote server, local file):
the stable states and/or exceptional events related with DHCP handling the list of messages exchanged with the subscriber Layer 3 DHCP relay agent
Basic functionality
The ISAM can act as layer 3 DHCP relay agent for the subscribers in the following forwarding modes:
The layer 3 DHCP relay agent is responsible to relay DHCP messages between the subscribers and DHCP servers as follows:
Upstream:
Broadcast DHCP messages received from the subscribers are unicasted to the configured DHCP servers of the VR (of an IP router or an IP-aware bridge) associated with the subscribers interface. Note The L3 DHCP relay agent only relays broadcast packets to the configured servers. The L3 DHCP Relay agent never forwards or relays unicast DHCP packets from subscribers to servers.
Downstream:
Unicast DHCP messages received from the DHCP servers are either unicasted or broadcasted (based on the broadcast flag) to the correct subscriber interfaces. Subscribers connected to the same interface may get IP addresses in the same subnet or from different subnets. User-to-user communication between those subscribers would be via the ISAM (in the IP routing mode) and via the IP edge router (in the IP-aware bridge and iBridge mode), even though there is a direct connectivity between them.
Note 1 The layer 2 DHCP relay agent is located at the LT board
Multiple instances of a layer 3 DHCP relay per VRF are supported in case of the IP routing model. The DHCP Relay Agents are located on the NT. When multiple services are offered via the same VRF while each service uses a dedicated IP address range managed by different set of DHCP servers, the operator can enable multiple layer 3 DHCP relay instance per router, and dedicate the usage of each instance to one service. This approach avoids overloading DHCP servers (with a given service) with DHCP messages that are not relevant for that service. A layer 3 DHCP relay instance is characterized by:
User User
IPb1
Subs 1
L2 DHCP Relay A
NT
vVL A N
L2-enhanced forwarder B
A
IP a,b L3 DHCP Relay Agent A IP x
DHCP server
User
IPc1
Subs 2
L2 DHCP Relay B
ISP LT
IPa2
L2-enhanced forwarder A
DHCP server
IP c,d
User User
IPb2
IP y
IPc2
User User
IPd1
L2-enhanced forwarder B
v-
VL
Subs 3
L2 DHCP Relay A
AN
Notation: : is an IP interface
Subs 4
L2 DHCP Relay B
12-6
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
12.5
DHCP snooping
In the IP routing, IP-aware bridging and iBridge model, the ISAM maintains the relation between the subscriber IP addresses and the corresponding subscriber interfaces by snooping the DHCP messages. The DHCP snooping is distributed and performed by every LT board. There is no NT board involvement. The LT board snoops the following information:
an NT board reset or switchover due to a software or a hardware failure an NT board reset due to software upgrade
The DHCP sessions are stored in the reset-safe memory of the LT and NT boards and are preserved against:
an LT board reset due to software upgrade an LT board reset due to hardware failure an LT board replacement
In cases where the DHCP sessions could not be preserved (exceptional case of combined NT and LT failures, for example, during complete ISAM power down), the subscribers will have to re-establish DHCP sessions in order to recover the IP connectivity.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
12-7
12-8
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
13.1 Overview
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
13-1
13.1
Overview
Multicast is the simultaneous transmission from a single device (such as a video head end) to a group of recipients (such as video Set Top Boxes) using the most efficient strategy to deliver the data over each link of the network only once. The ISAM supports IP Multicast based on VLAN bridging (layer 2) technology. Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) is the control protocol for multicast in a layer 2 network. It is used between the recipients (hosts) and multicast routers to join and leave a group.
Note IGMP is specified in IETF RFC 2236 (IGMPv2) and RFC 3376 (IGMPv3).
By default, bridges flood multicast frames as well as IGMP packets between the multicast router and the hosts. The resulting bandwidth waste is unacceptable on relatively low bandwidth interfaces like xDSL. Bridges can optimize the bandwidth usage by snooping the IGMP control packets exchanged between hosts and multicast router. Efficient multicast trees are constructed from the learned information. The ISAM supports IGMP proxy, which serves as an alternative variant for IGMP snooping.
Note IGMP snooping is specified in IETF RFC 4541.
Member group A
LAN Bridge
13-2
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Data plane
IP Multicasting uses IP datagrams with a multicast destination IP address, which is a class D address in the range 224.0.0.0 through 239.255.255.255. In the layer 2 network between the hosts and the edge router, the IP datagrams are encapsulated in Ethernet frames with a multicast destination MAC address that is derived from the multicast destination IP address. Hosts should not only accept frames with a destination MAC address matching their own MAC address, but also frames with a multicast destination MAC address of the groups of which they are a member.
Note Remark that multiple (32) IP addresses map to the same multicast IEEE 802 MAC address.
Bridges maintain multicast forwarding tables, also known as multicast Forwarding Data Base (FDB), representing the replication trees. The ISAM maintains a multicast forwarding table per VLAN. The entries are known as multicast trees in the management plane. Multicast trees are indexed with the multicast IP address, rather than with the multicast MAC address. This makes it easy to correlate the data plane with the control plane (IGMP) which is based on IP addresses.
Note The use of IP addresses does not eliminate the issue of many-to-1 mapping from IP addresses to MAC addresses, since there are still components in ISAM that forward based on the MAC address.
In Figure 13-2, the multicast forwarder is shown as segregated from the unicast forwarder for the same VLAN. Multicasting is only supported in VLANs that have IGMP enabled, so-called multicast VLANs.
Figure 13-2 Multicast data plane
DSL interfa ce Port P2 Unicast forwarding iBridge Multicast forwarding Port P1 240.0.10.1 VLAN Port GE interface
224.0.10.2
Multicast Fwd Ta ble VLAN Multicast IP address 15 15 240.010.1 240.010.2 Egress ports { P1 } { P1, P2 }
IGMP can only be enabled on network VLANs whose unicast forwarder is an iBridge, but not a cross-connect VLAN. If IGMP is not enabled, then the forwarder is either transparent for or discards IGMP packets and multicast frames. Refer to Table 13-1.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT 13-3
Control plane
The ISAM supports an IGMP Proxy. Compared to an IGMP Snooper, an IGMP Proxy maintains independent Router state machines towards the hosts and Host state machines towards the routers. this offers some advantages, such as spreading the load of queries towards subscribers. The IGMP Proxy updates the mFIB tables dynamically, based on the control plane events (join requests, leave requests).
Note IGMP Proxy is defined in IETF RFC 4605.
H upda te
join 240.0.10.1 join 240.0.10.2 join 240.0.10.1 VLAN port Multica st Fwd
IGMP version 2 as well as IGMP version 3 are supported. Multicast services are configured on subscriber ports by creating an IGMP channel on top of the subscriber port. This enables IGMP proxy on the subscriber port. By enabling IGMP on a network VLAN, that is, making it a multicast VLAN, IGMP snooping is enabled on all network ports and subtending ports that are in that VLAN. When IGMP is encapsulated over PPP, it is handled transparently
13-4
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
13.2
Advanced capabilities
The regular multicast mechanisms are suited to provide a very basic video service. More advanced capabilities are available. Most of these capabilities require the configuration of the list of IP addresses of the multicast channels that can be joined by the ISAM subscribers. This is known as the list of preconfigured multicast channels, or premium video channels. Join requests received from the subscribers are identified as targeting a preconfigured multicast channel by comparing the join (multicast IP address, source IP address) against the list of preconfigured multicast channels identified as follows:
Static infeed
The availability and join latency of popular multicast channels can be improved by feeding them statically up to the ISAM. The channel is semi-permanently streamed in the aggregation network up to the ISAM uplink, whether hosts joined the channel or not. There is no need for the edge router to react on IGMP requests to join this channel. Statically fed channels towards subtending nodes are configured in the ISAM by configuring static multicast branches, as opposed to the dynamic multicast branches created through IGMP signaling. By doing so, the root of the replication tree becomes static. It is also possible to configure a list of static egress ports (branches) on subtending ports or on network ports, so the channel is also statically fed up to the next node.
Note Statically fed channels still support dynamic branches,
IGMP
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
13-5
Cross-VLAN multicasting
Multicasting in an iBridge is normally contained within the same VLAN. As a consequence multicast-enabled subscriber ports would need to be VLAN ports within the multicast VLAN. With cross-VLAN multicasting ALL the subscriber ports that are multicast-enabled can receive multicast traffic from ALL the multicast VLANs. This makes it possible to:
mix multicast and other services at the subscriber ports, yet segregate these
services in the aggregation network in different VLANs.
offer multicast services on subscriber ports of different iBridges, yet share the
multicast channels in a common VLAN. Cross-VLAN thus reduces the number of copies of the same multicast channel. offer multicast services on subscriber ports that employ other forwarding modes, such as VLAN cross-connects or IP-aware bridges. Without cross-VLAN, multicast traffic would be discarded or would be transparent, implying no efficient replication. organize multicast channels in multiple multicast VLANs, without limiting the access possibilities of the subscriber.
Figure 13-5 Cross-VLAN multicast - forwarding view
240.0.10.2
Multicast forwarding
(network-side) SAP
VLAN
VLAN port
VLAN
(network-side) SAP
VLAN
In cross-VLAN multicasting, when the subscriber joins a channel, the ISAM finds the multicast VLAN from the preconfigured multicast channel. If the requested multicast IP address, possibly extended with source IP address - see Source Specific Multicasting, is not in the list of multicast channels, then the join is handled in the scope of the subscriber VLAN. In case the subscriber VLAN forwarder is an iBridge (that is, multicasting is supported), the join is proxied as a best-effort video service. Else, the join is transparently forwarded or is discarded, see Table 13-1.
13-6
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Edge router
VLAN 15 15
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
13-7
Aggregation network
144.30.30.1
Multicast Fws table Multicast channel list
VLAN 15 36
Fast leave
In the normal leave procedure of IGMP, when a host leaves a multicast channel, the router queries the port for any other hosts that must still receive the multicast channel. It typically takes more than 1 second before the router can decide there is no more interest in the multicast channel and that the Multicast Fwd table is updated to stop replication on that port.
Note The situation of multiple hosts on a user port can occur in
Zapping behavior is such that the host which left the multicast channel does not wait until the multicast channel is stopped and immediately joins another multicast channel. During a short time, both the old and the new multicast channel are therefore present on the subscriber port. For xDSL lines, which bandwidth is often tailored to accommodate a limited number of multicast channels, the extra bandwidth from the old channel may lead to frame loss. With fast leave, the ISAM keeps track of all the hosts that joined a certain multicast channel and immediately knows when the last host on the subscriber port has left the multicast channel. If that is the case, then the ISAM immediately updates the Multicast Fwd table to stop replication on that port. Fast leave can be enabled per multicast channel.
13-8
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Fast leave
ISAM STB CPE
Bandwidth
Bandwidth
240.0.0.1 Leave 240.0.0.1 Query 240.0.0.1 Join 240.0.0.2 240.0.0.2 Query 240.0.0.1 240.0.0.1
Time
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
>1s
Time
13-9
Access control
Access control limits subscribers access to multicast services. The ISAM can restrict the access to a predefined set of multicast channels and disallow joining any other multicast channels, like some kind of ACL. For this purpose multicast packages are configured, containing a set of preconfigured multicast channels. The set of multicast packages that are allowed to be viewed is then configured per IGMP channel. Packages can also be used to give limited preview access to multicast channels. The set of multicast packages that are allowed to be previewed is then configured per IGMP channel. With preview access, subscribers can view the multicast channel during a short time period.
13-10
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
non-Querier
Join 240.0.0.
Query
Querier MR SAP
IGMP forking
An Edge Router implementing hierarchical scheduling, shapes downstream traffic according to the actual user line rate, minus the bandwidth taken by multicast channels streamed on this user line. Such Edge Router needs to be aware of that bandwidth. An IGMP Proxy enhanced with IGMP forking copies every upstream IGMP packet towards the Edge Router into the same vlan on which it has been received. The forked packets contain the original source MAC and IP address from the STB. By monitoring all the IGMP traffic on the user line, the Edge Router can thus calculate the bandwidth taken by multicast channels on this user line. IGMP Forking can be enabled in the IGMP system or on the IGMP channel.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
13-11
ISAM
Proxy
Aggregation network
( Proxied Join )
Edge Router
STB
Join
Fwd
BTV VLAN 15
Forked Join
BTV+HSI+Voice
Fwd
HSI+Voice VLAN 16
To be effective in avoiding overload issues, the operator should make sure that these forked IGMP packets are not snooped/proxied in the ISAM or elsewhere in the aggregation network. In particular, the operator should:
choose a BTV VLAN different from any unicast forwarding VLAN in which
forked packets are inserted not deploy non-configured (best effort) multicast service in any unicast vlan in which forked packets are inserted not deploy L2 LT boards in the ISAM (because such cards apply IGMP proxy on ALL the network VLANs, even on unicast VLANs that may carry forked IGMP traffic) enable IGMP snooping on maximum 5 VLANs in the SHub (if more, then the SHub will snoop ALL the VLANs). Remark that, by default, VLANs in the SHub are created with IGMP snooping enabled.
13-12
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
13.3
System decomposition
Multicast services impact both the LT boards and the SHub. The LT board implements a multicast forwarder and IGMP proxy. Advanced features like cross-VLAN multicasting, fast leave, most of SSM, RAC on the user line, access control and CDRs are implemented in the LT board. The SHub implements a multicast forwarder and IGMP snooper. The snooper operates completely in the scope of a VLAN, that is, there is no cross-VLAN support in the SHub. Advanced features like static infeed, RAC on the uplink and static router ports are implemented in the SHub. Figure 13-11 shows the system decomposition for multicast and how the management concepts map on the system components. Although some concepts can be configured both on the LT boards and on the SHub, this is not always necessary. Refer to the 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN Operations and Maintenance using CLI for FD 24Gbps NT.
Figure 13-11 System decomposition for multicast
LIM STB
Unicast VLAN
Multicast VLAN
LIM
IGMP Proxy mcast fwd
SHub
IGMP Snooper mcast fwd
Aggregation network
Multicast VLANs Multicast channels Multicast bundles Router ports Multicast trees
13.4
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
13-13
13 Multicast and IGMP Table 13-1 Handling of IGMP packets and multicast frames in forwarders
Forwarder to which the user is linked for unicast traffic VLAN Cross-Connect iBridge (IPoE) iBridge (PPPoE) IP aware bridge PPP cross-connect IP router IGMP channel not created IGMP channel created, requested multicast channel not in list IGMP and mcast transparent IGMP proxy and mcast replication Not supported IGMP and mcast discarded Not supported IGMP and mcast discarded IGMP channel created, requested multicast channel in list IGMP proxy and mcast replication IGMP proxy and mcast replication Not supported IGMP proxy and mcast replication Not supported IGMP proxy and mcast replication
IGMP and mcast transparent IGMP and mcast discarded IGMP and mcast transparent IGMP and mcast discarded IGMP and mcast transparent IGMP and mcast discarded
13-14
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
14 Quality of Service
14.1 Introduction
14-2 14-2
14-10
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14-1
14 Quality of Service
14.1
Introduction
In addition to delivering best-effort, high-speed Internet services, xDSL access networks are evolving to multiservice access networks that must be capable of supporting a whole range of services, such as:
conversational services (Voice over IP (VoIP), video telephony) video services (Video on Demand (VoD), Broadcast TV) transparent LAN services for business customers data services for business customers data services for residential customers
These services must be delivered with the appropriate level of QoS. In the case of xDSL access networks with Ethernet aggregation, there are a number of network elements, for example, BRAS, IP edge routers, ISAM, or CPE, that must each give the correct priority treatment to the various application flows. This is achieved by classifying these application flows at the ingress of the network into a limited set of aggregate flows that are characterized by certain QoS markings. The different network elements will then provide per-QoS class queuing and scheduling for these aggregate flows. The following section provides an overview of the role played by the ISAM in end-to-end QoS.
14.2
Overview
Figure 14-1 shows the standard QoS model which includes a configurable system-wide p-bit-to-traffic-class mapping, four queues and a fixed scheduling scheme. A GE Ethernet LT board allows a flexible number of queues (either four or eight) and uses either the system-wide p-bit-to-traffic-class mapping or a mapping that is configurable per forwarder.
14-2
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Traffic classes
TC3 TC2 TC1 TC0
.1p
Voice
111
110
SP
Video CL BE
101
100
011
010 001
WRR WFQ
000
p-bit marking
classification
Classification
The purpose of classification is to identify flows or streams of traffic which need a different treatment, that is, which require a different quality of service.
Figure 14-2 QoS: classification for Standard model
1. Voice 2. Video (VoD, BTV) 3. Controlled load (home working) 4. Best effort (HSI)
classification
For the standard model, four main traffic classes have been identified: Voice, Video, Controlled Load (CL) and Best Effort (BE). These traffic classes are listed in Table 14-1, together with their application and recommended 802.1p value. This approach segregates network control, voice and video-telephony into the highest priority traffic class, broadcast video and video-on-demand into the second traffic class, business customer data traffic into a third traffic class, and residential customer data traffic into the fourth.
Table 14-1 Classes, application, and recommended 802.1p value
Traffic class Voice Application Recommended 802.1p value 110 (111) 100
Video
(1 of 2)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14-3
14 Quality of Service
For LT boards that support only four queues, the eight traffic classes are mapped
to four queues, according to a fixed scheme. See Mapping and queueing for details. For LT boards that support eight queues, each traffic class is mapped to its own queue. Classification is based on layer 2/layer 3/layer 4 parameters
Note The classification can already be done by the CPE (priority tagged frames or tagged frames), but the ISAM can be configured to overrule the marking done by the CPE.
When the outcome of classification is discard, we're dealing with Traffic filtering by means of Access Control Lists (ACLs). In this way, it is possible to filter out certain packet flows based on multi-field classification at layer 3/4 or layer 2. Control plane and management plane traffic is separately classified based on protocol type.
Marking
Marking is defining the value of:
layer 2: p-bits - part of the VLAN-tag layer 3: DSCP - part of the IP packet header
Figure 14-3 QoS: marking
.1p
111
110
101
100
011
010 001
000
p-bit marking
classification
14-4
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
14 Quality of Service
Trusted Subscriber Interface: No remarking of DSCP or p-bit; QoS markings received by the user are accepted as
they are. This possibility is useful in case of trusted subscribers (for example, in a business context). DSCP or p-bit contract enforcement/remarking. In this case, QoS markings received from the subscriber are taken into account, but they are subject to a contract that specifies what DSCP or p-bit markings are allowed and what QoS markings need to be re-marked. In essence, this functionality provides support for correct marking in case of multi-QoS Service Access Points (SAPs).
Non-trusted Subscriber Interface: Default DSCP or p-bit marking per subscriber interface. In this case, all the packets
on the interface will be re-marked to the configured value.
DSCP or p-bit marking per QoS subflow using layer 2/layer 3/layer 4 filters (based
on multi-field classification into QoS subflows).
In addition to above policies it is also possible to align the p-bits, that is, p-bits are derived from the DSCP codepoint. There is a single system-wide p-bit alignment table for upstream. The p-bit marking of protocol frames is left untouched. If the frame was received untagged (or is originated by the ISAM) a fixed p-bit (7) marking is applied.
Policing
Subscribers are subject to certain traffic contracts that specify how much traffic they can send towards the network. Policers are installed to enforce these contracts. A policer may apply to an entire subscriber interface or to QoS subflows within the subscriber interface. In this context, a QoS subflow (or subclass) is defined as the aggregate of packets flowing through the interface that are bound by a subcontract and require a specific common treatment. Two types of policer are supported:
single token bucket policer two-rate three-color policer (supported only on GE Ethernet LT board)
The characteristics of these two types are explained in Policer profile.
Figure 14-4 QoS: policing
.1p
P 111 P P
110
101
100
011
010 001
000
p-bit marking
classification
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14-5
14 Quality of Service
Figure 14-5 illustrates the policing feature implementation for a single token bucket policer.
Figure 14-5 Policing implementation framework
QoS Session Profile
L2 filters
DST MAC address + prefix length SRC MAC address + prefix length Ethertype P-Bit User-side VLAN ID CFI
L3+ filters
DST IP address + prefix length SRC IP address + prefix length Min/max DST port ID Min/max SRC port ID Protocol DSCP value
Traffic classes
TC3 TC2 TC1 TC0
.1p
111
110
101
100
011
010 001
000
mapping to queues
p-bit marking
classification
14-6
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
14 Quality of Service
When eight traffic classes are used, the traffic classes are mapped either to four queues or to eight queues. Again this mapping is non-configurable. The mapping of eight traffic classes to eight queues is a one-to-one mapping. The mapping of eight traffic classes to four queues is as shown in Table 14-2.
Table 14-2 Mapping of eight traffic classes to four queues
Traffic Class 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Queue 3 3 2 2 1 1 0 0
For UNI ports on a GE Ethernet LT board, it is allowed to configure the p-bit to traffic class mapping per forwarder. If configured, this mapping takes precedence over the system-wide mapping. It is also optionally possible to define a mapping of p-bits to color marking. There are two types of color marking available:
Drop Precedence (DP) color marking (either green or yellow) Policer color marking (green, yellow, or red)
The DP color marking is used as input to color-aware BAC. See Queue configuration and queue profile for description of color-aware BAC. The policer color marking is used as input to color-aware policing. (Note that the output of the policing will also be used as input to color-aware BAC.) In the upstream direction, only a GE Ethernet LT board supports color-aware BAC and color-aware policing. Note that the color-aware BAC is a fixed configuration.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14-7
Traffic classes
TC3 TC2 TC1 TC0
.1p
Voice
111
110
SP
Video CL BE
101
100
011
010 001
WRR WFQ
000
priority scheduling
mapping to queues
p-bit marking
classification
The priority scheduling is as follows: 1 2 3 Voice traffic is scheduled first (strict priority) Video traffic is scheduled next (strict priority) CL and BE packets compete for bandwidth in a fair manner (Weighted Fair Queuing or Deficit Round Robin). The bandwidth ratio is determined by the weight of CL respectively BE.
Scheduling is work-conserving, that is, lower QoS classes can occupy bandwidth that is not actually consumed by higher QoS classes. This model implies that both voice and video traffic are very well contained and only trusted sources are allowed to use the high-priority traffic classes.
Shaping on network ports
14.3
Downstream QoS
This section deals with traffic received from the network link and transmitted on the subscriber link or locally terminated on the ISAM.
14-8
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
14 Quality of Service
Downstream traffic is subject to similar QoS actions as upstream traffic. This section will focus on the differences between downstream and upstream QoS handling.
Classification
Same capabilities as for upstream QoS handling (see Classification).
Marking
In the downstream direction, frames usually arrive in the ISAM with DSCP or p-bits properly marked by service-aware edge devices (such as BRAS, edge router, application gateway, and so on). If this is not practical for some reason, the p-bits can be aligned to the DSCP found in the packet IP header. Further, multi-field based marking is supported in downstream; SAP-based marking is only supported in upstream. Same capabilities for marking of protocol frames as for upstream QoS handling (see Marking).
Policing
No traffic engineering will be done at ingress on the network interfaces. The idea here is that ingress policing and ACLs at the service provider level have already been applied in a (access provider-owned) box deeper in the network. However, after the forwarding decision egress policing may apply. Subscribers are subject to certain traffic contracts that specify how much traffic they can receive on their DSL connection. Policers are installed to enforce these contracts. A policer may apply to an entire subscriber interface or to a QoS subflow within the subscriber interface. As for upstream, it is possible to configure either single token bucket policers or two-rate three-color policers.
Drop Precedence (DP) color marking (either green or yellow) Policer color marking (green, yellow, or red)
The use of the color marking is similar to the upstream case. Buffer Acceptance Control (BAC) can be done by means of Tail Drop or Random Early Detect (RED). The Tail Drop or RED can optionally be color-aware.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14-9
14 Quality of Service
Scheduling of queues at the port level. The scheduling can be strict priority or
WFQ and is configurable per queue (applies to both UNI and NNI ports)
Scheduling of ports at the board level with configurable port weights (applies to
UNI ports only) Shaping at both the queue level and the port level (applies to both UNI and NNI ports)
14.4
Classifying packets Metering packet flows DSCP-to-p-bit alignment (IPv4 only) Mapping packets to a queue Buffer acceptance and scheduling at egress port side Per port egress rate limitation Uplink CAC
14-10
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
14 Quality of Service
Downstream, frames are expected to arrive with correct priority markings. If the video feed interface is a dedicated Ethernet interface, a default p-bit value can be attached to video frames. If, for various reasons, it is impractical to set the p-bits in the upstream node, the SHub allows to align the p-bits to the DSCP for IP packets incoming on the external interfaces. The NT supports Connection Admission Control on the uplink for multicast traffic; the bandwidth of known multicast streams is checked against net available bandwidth on the uplink. Consequently, a multicast join request for a multicast stream that was not yet present on the uplink will only be honored if the check is successful.
Figure 14-9 shows the logical architecture for QoS on layer 3/layer 2+ LT boards. This includes all the ISAM LT boards except the layer 2 LT boards.
Figure 14-9 Logical architecture for QoS on layer 3 LT boards
downstream GE aggregate
Input processing Logical segregation per DSL line Per-DSL line Policing, Classification, Queuing, Scheduling ATM or EFM segmentation DSL PVC forwarding decision
upstream
Segregation into GE output buffers aggregate (802.1P aggregates) Per-DSL line Per-DSL li Policing Input processing processing ATM or EFM reassembly
DSL
The input-processing entity stands for all the protocol and forwarding-plane processing functions. Each frame received from the network interface will have a handler or meta-data that will contain all the fields needed by subsequent QoS-related functions. The next phase is the classification, policing and segregation process within a DSL link; see Figure 14-10. Session rate limitation is achieved by way of policing. Policing can be done at different subscriber SAPs: bridge port, VLAN port, IP interface, or PPP CC client port. Both upstream and downstream policing is possible with possibly asymmetrical values. The ISAM handles policer conflicts in such way that, for each frame, the policer installed on the highest layer of the interface hierarchy will be applicable. No frame will be policed by more than one policer.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14-11
voice video CL
Policing entity
Rule per SAP: PVC PPP VLAN ID 802.1X IP interface
SP SP WFQ WFQ
DSL
BE
Traffic class mapping on the LT boards is governed by a system wide p-bit-to-queue mapping table.
Note The traffic class mapping on the NT boards is governed by another system wide table.
BAC is either Tail Drop or RED per downstream queue (optionally DP-aware). A WFQ scheduler ensures fair redistribution of the remaining bandwidth between CL and BE traffic. Some boards also support shaping per downstream queue. Figure 14-11 shows the Ethernet-to-ATM QoS transition.
Figure 14-11 Ethernet-to-ATM QoS transition
Frame Domain VOICE VIDEO CL Cell Domain
Segmentation buffers VC1 Add correct VPI/VCI fields VC2 VC3
SP SP WFQ WFQ
1 frame
DSL
BE
Ethernet (frame level) scheduler
Scheduling is done solely on the Ethernet frame level, even for ATM-based DSL transmission types. The queuing decision (within a DSL port) is independent from the forwarding decision. There is no explicit fairness between different PPPoE or IPoE sessions within a DSL link. Their peak rate is enforced independently by way of policing, and then they share the same First In First Out (FIFO) per traffic class. Marking is generally applicable upstream, although with the policy framework, it is possible to modify downstream p-bit and DSCP values. Packets may arrive from user ports tagged, untagged, or priority-tagged. At the bridge port and VLAN port level, the ISAM supports a remarking table which maps all user-defined P-values to allowed values. Untagged frames can be marked based on subscriber SAP defaults (statically configured).
14-12
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
14 Quality of Service
The ISAM allows also DSCP-marking for various subscriber SAPs. DSCP-to-DSCP remarking is also possible, just like p-bit remarking for tagged and priority-tagged frames. Finally, a global DSCP-to-p-bit alignment table is provided to align DSCP-marked traffic on selected interfaces to p-bits, as traffic segregation still relies on p-bits. Note that these marking capabilities related to DSCP are available only for IPv4 packets, not IPv6 packets. PPP-session marking for p-bits is possible based on the QoS session profile attributes.
QoS on the layer2 LT boards
Layer 2 LT boards have a different QoS architecture. Queuing is per PVC, and all the downstream unicast frames are using the same First In First Out (FIFO) queue. This queue is scheduled with a priority that is inferred from the upstream p-bits attached to the bridge port that was created on top of the VC. Layer 2 LT boards support 4 priority levels downstream. Upstream there is no bottleneck, hence no queuing other than AAL5 reassembly is required. Traffic within a VC can have different priorities:
unicast traffic priority is inferred from the port default upstream p-bits broadcast traffic has the same priority as unicast traffic multicast has priority 2 (second highest) if the multicast source is preconfigured
in the multicast source table, otherwise 0 (lowest) Prioritization within a VC is strict priority. Also, across multiple VCs, fairness is guaranteed only per datagram-priority and not per VC bandwidth. Upstream PVCs are mono-QoS (that is, one P code point can be attached to them). Each PVC will have an attribute that contains the default and unique VLAN ID and the 802.1-bit value. The default 802.1-bit value can be specified by the operator by means of the management interface. The bit used for marking upstream frames is also used for downstream prioritization of unicast traffic (the priority level equals p-bits/2).
Note Only fixed p-bit value marking is supported; no DSCP marking, nor dot1p-alignment.
Traffic segregation into downstream queues is combined with the forwarding decision: determining the outgoing port and PVC and determining the correct queue with the appropriate priority is done in a single shot. For normal data traffic, this relies on the VLAN ID (which is configured by the operator manually) and the MAC DA (which is learned) and does not rely on the 802.1-bits. Session rate limitation is achieved by way of policing. Policing can be done per PVC.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14-13
14 Quality of Service
A GE Ethernet LT board supports both UNI and NNI ports. The NNI port is typically employed to connect a subtending system (such as another ISAM) or a business customer. Therefore it is expected that NNI ports will have simplified upstream QoS requirements, since many QoS functions will have already been performed. In the case of a GE Ethernet LT board, the QoS capabilities of both UNI and NNI ports are summarized in Table 14-3.
Table 14-3 QoS capabilities of UNI ports and NNI ports
Feature P-bit-based classification Port default p-bit (untagged frames) VLAN-based priority (untagged frames) P-bit regeneration profile DSCP-based classification DSCP-to-p-bit alignment L2/L3 filters Subflow policing and marking 3-color marking P-bit to eight traffic class mapping 3-color WRED 3-color tail drop Eight queues per port Downstream configurable SP/WRR scheduling of queues at port level Downstream configurable port weights for scheduling at port level Port shaping Queue shaping UNI Y Y Y Y Y (on bridge port only) Y (on bridge port only) Y (on bridge port only) Y (on bridge port only) Y Y (system wide or per forwarder) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y NNI Y Y Y Y (on bridge port only) N N N N Y (upstream only, on bridge port only) Y (system wide) Y Y Y Y N Y Y
14-14
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
14 Quality of Service
The GE Ethernet LT board supports link aggregation of up to eight ports per link aggregation group (LAG). The ports may be either all UNI ports or all NNI pots, and all ports in the LAG must be on the same LT board and must be all operating at the same link speed. There are some special considerations related to the QoS for the LAG:
Downstream queues, queue profiles and scheduler node profiles are all
configured on the LAG port and the configuration is applied identically to each physical port in the LAG. A downstream queue shaper applies across all ports of the LAG, for the queues of a specific traffic class. In the case of a UNI LAG, the aggregate of the traffic across all queues is shaped. In the case of an NNI LAG, if the shaper rate is R and the number of links is N, then each queue is shaped to a rate of R/N. A downstream port shaper applies across all ports of the LAG. In the case of a UNI LAG, the aggregate of the traffic across all ports is shaped. In the case of an NNI LAG, if the shaper rate is R and the number of links is N, then each port is shaped to a rate of R/N. As usual, a session profile is attached to a bridge port or a VLAN port. Since the bridge port or VLAN port is associated with the entire LAG (not just one physical port) then the session profile applies to all physical ports in the LAG. This is also true for the marker profile, policers and filters that belong to the session profile. p-bit marking/remarking configured on the bridge port or a VLAN port of a LAG is applicable to all physical ports of the LAG. CAC checks are made using the aggregate bandwidth of the LAG, not the bandwidth of the individual physical ports. QoS counters apply to the LAG, not to the individual physical ports of the LAG.
14.5
Configuration of QoS
The ISAM uses QoS profiles to perform ingress and egress traffic policing, class queuing, and scheduling. QoS profiles can be created and then assigned to QoS resources and SAPs.
IACM part
The following QoS profiles are supported on the LTs (IACM part):
CAC profile Queue profile Session profile Marker profile Policer profile Policy profile Layer 2 filter Layer 3 filter Policy action profile
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14-15
14 Quality of Service
CAC profile
A CAC profile is primarily used to perform multicast video admission control for an individual xDSL port in the downstream direction. The maximum downstream bandwidth to be occupied by video can be further constrained by setting the maximum multicast bandwidth parameter in the CAC profile. A CAC profile contains three configurable rate parameters:
the minimum reserved bandwidth for voice the maximum allowed bandwidth for multicast video the minimum reserved bandwidth for data traffic
The ISAM derives the guaranteed line rate from the modem and calculates an estimate of the available Ethernet bandwidth. In the profile, a part of the available downstream bandwidth can be reserved for voice and data applications, and the remaining part will be kept by the system as the available bandwidth for multicast video. Only pre-configured multicast streams are considered for CAC. Unicast video, regardless of whether or not it is premium content or generic internet streaming video, is ignored by the CAC function. A CAC profile can be associated with an xDSL interface, using the QoS DSL link configuration command, see the 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN CLI Commands for FD 24Gbps NT and the 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN Operations and Maintenance Using CLI for FD 24Gbps NT documents for more information.
Queue configuration and queue profile
For the Layer 3 LT boards, in the downstream direction, the queue weight is configured for the Controlled Load (CL) queue and the Best Effort (BE) queue. The default weight of the CL queue is 66 and the default weight of the BE queue is 34. A queue profile is associated with each queue. The queue profile is a BAC profile that contains admission control information for frames arriving at the buffer from the services side of the network. Two basic BAC types are supported in downstream: RED and tail drop. However, their color-aware variants are also available on some LT boards:
Two color tail drop Two color RED Three color tail drop (GE Ethernet LT board only) Three color RED (GE Ethernet LT board only)
MinThreshold: the average queue filling level for which frame discard will start
to occur (threshold expressed in number of packets)
MaxThreshold: the average queue filling level for which frame discard will start
be 100% (threshold expressed in number of packets) DropProbability: the probability of frame discard for average queue filling levels just below the maximum threshold.
14-16
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Discard probability
Minimum threshold
Maximum threshold
Note The weight, used for calculating average buffer sizes in RED, is not configurable.
Arriving frames are accepted as long as the average queue filling level remains below the minimum threshold. Frames received at the moment the minimum threshold is exceeded will be dropped with a probability as indicated by the RED curve. For tail drop queues, only a max queue size has to be configured. Queue size is set as the number of frames that can be stored in the queue. Arriving frames are queued as long as the queue is not full. After the queue is full, all incoming frames are discarded until the queue can transmit a frame over the xDSL line and space in the queue is made available. In the case of color-aware BAC, a separate curve must be configured for each color. That means, in the case of color-aware RED, that MinThreshold, MaxThreshold and DropProbability are configured separately for each color. In the case of color-aware tail drop, only MaxThreshold needs to be configured for each color.
Note 1 BAC configuration for upstream queues on LT is fixed. Note 2 L3 LTs support buffer oversubscription.
Shaper profile
ISAM uses shaper profiles to capture shaper configuration parameters. For a DSL line, a shaper profile contains the following configuration parameters:
Type: only single-token bucket shapers are currently supported. Committed Information Rate (CIR): in 16 kb/s increments up to a maximum of
128 Mb/s (up to a maximum of 1Gb/s on a GE Ethernet LT board).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14-17
14 Quality of Service
The GE Ethernet board uses the scheduler node profile. It provides the flexibility needed for flexible, hierarchical scheduling and shaping. The scheduler node profile does not specify weight or priority for its associated queues. Instead, the queues themselves have weight and priority parameters. Also the scheduler node profile can have a variable number of associated queues (either four or eight). The scheduler node profile includes the following parameters.
The QoS session profile is the main building block for conveying user traffic, contractual rights, and treatment of subscriber services through the network element. This profile is a macro profile that has its own parameter settings, as well as references to other profiles. A QoS session profile is always a user SAP. Please consult the 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN CLI Commands for FD 24Gbps NT document for the most recent list of supported SAP types. A QoS session profile is composed of a logical flow type, a marker profile and two policer profiles for up and downstream policing of the logical interface to which a certain session profile is attached.
Figure 14-13 Composition of QoS session profile
QoS Session Profile
The logical flow type is a mandatory parameter but is ignored from R4.0 onwards, that is, the logical flow type is always considered null (generic). Hence, the QoS Session profile can be attached to any interface, provided that the settings inside the profile can be configured on the target hardware. Unsupported fields/actions are silently ignored at run-time. QoS Session profiles are assigned statically, as specified by the operator.
Marker profile
The marker profile is a building block of the QoS session profile. The marker profile is used to convey upstream marking settings to the Service Access Point (SAP).
14-18
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
14 Quality of Service
The marker profile carries a flag for enabling DSCP to p-bits alignment of the SAP, based on the global DSCP to p-bits alignment table of the layer 3 boards. This further allows to specify the SAP default p-bits, the DSCP, or the DSCP contract table (depending on the SAP type). Six types of marker profiles exist:
d1p: fixed value imposed for p-bit dscp-contract: DSCP code-point translated d1p-dscp: fixed value imposed both for p-bit and DSCP code-point dscp: fixed value imposed for DSCP code-point d1p-dscp-contract: fixed value imposed for p-bit, while DSCP code-point translated d1p-alignment: p-bit value derived from DSCP code-point See the 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN CLI Commands for FD 24Gbps NT and the 7302 ISAM | 7330 ISAM FTTN Operations and Maintenance Using CLI for FD 24Gbps NT documents for more information about marker profiles.
Policer profile
The ISAM uses policer profiles to enforce predetermined limits on upstream and downstream subscriber traffic. Single-token bucket policers are supported where the action upon the conformance result is either pass or discard. The layer 3 LT boards support policing, both upstream and downstream. A single-token bucket policer profile contains following policer parameters can be set:
Excess information rate (EIR) Excess Burst Size (EBS) Color mode: either color-aware or color-blind Yellow action: forward or discard the yellow packets Red action: forward or discard the red packets Coupling flag: enabled or disabled.
The trTCM is intended to be used in conjunction with the color-aware BAC types described in Queue configuration and queue profile. The color-aware mode makes use of the Drop Precedence marking described in Mapping and queuing. The Drop Precedence marking is either in-profile (green) or out-of-profile (yellow). The coupling flag is defined in the MEF 10.1 and only is applicable for color-aware mode.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14-19
14 Quality of Service
You need to create a separate policer profile for each direction. When you create and configure a session profile, you have the option to associate both an upstream and a downstream policer profile with that session profile. Once configured and associated, policing is applied to all the frames within the session with which the policer profiles are associated. As such, rate enforcement is performed uniformly for all subscriber lines that are associated with that session profile. In addition to this fast path policer, there is also a slow path policer that limits the number of (upstream) control frames that are excepted to the on-board processor for each subscriber line. This mechanism has been put in place to protect this shared resource against DoS attacks from malicious users. The slow path policer is also a single token bucket policer with Committed Information Rate expressed in terms of packets per second and Committed Burst Size expressed in terms of number of packets. This policer type is not subject to profiling.
Policy framework
A generic policy framework provides finer-grained control over subscriber traffic. It provides for generic layer2 or layer3 classifiers and associated policy rules, which can be attached with a certain priority to subscriber Service Access Points (SAPs). One pair of classifier (or policy condition) and policy action list form the basic building block of a unidirectional policy. On each supported SAP, a QoS session profile can be attached, which contains two lists of policies: one for upstream and one for downstream. The policy precedence defines the order in which policy conditions (the filters) are configured in hardware per SAP. The rule is that the first filter that a given packet matches will cause its associated actions to be carried out and no further filtering rules are verified for that frame. Figure 14-14 shows the policy building blocks.
Figure 14-14 Policy building blocks
L2 Filter
MAC Destination Address MAC DA Prefix MAC Source Address MAC SA Prefix Ethertype P-bits CFI bit VLAN ID
L3 Filter
IP Destination Address IP DA Prefix IP Source Address IP SA Prefix DSCP Protocol Type Destination Port Range Source Port Range
Policy Action
Default Disposition Set DSCP Set P-bits Police Sharing
14-20
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
14 Quality of Service
A set of non-conflicting actions can be grouped in a Policy Action list. This includes a default disposition (permit/deny statement for ACL functionality), setting p-bit and DSCP and policing. All packets identified by way of the associated filter can be rate limited by a policer instance. Some subflow policies can share common attributes, such as policing. The Sharing property of a policy action table enables or disables policer sharing. Policer sharing will be used when the same policy action list is referenced more than once on the same SAP in the same direction, and if the Sharing attribute was set to enable. The ISAM LT boards support more policies in the upstream direction than in the downstream direction. This is in line with the typical requirements, as more security policies are required in the ingress direction, while in the egress, mostly only traffic class rate limitation applies. There is a complex sanity check in place for avoiding conflicting policies, such as filtering on MAC DA for IPoA traffic, and so on. In the downstream direction, code point modifications are supported.
Counters and Threshold Crossing Alarms
QoS counters and related alarms serve the purpose of debugging the network for traffic problems. SLA-based accounting is served by SAP-counters and as such queue counters should only be enabled when debugging or testing the network. Enabling the queue counters may reduce the maximum throughput of the system. QoS counters are designed to provide evidence of traffic issues in case there are problems. The queue counters are a basic building block which can be used by a network operator to learn whether queue overflows occur in a certain traffic class, and if so how often. In a normal troubleshooting scenario the operator would enable or reset queue counters and start up the services to observe whether the queue drop and pass counters are incrementing. Queue drop counters provide evidence of buffer overflows, which needs to be avoided in high-priority traffic classes transporting non-responsive flows. Queue pass counters provide evidence of ongoing traffic, which is a basic feedback whether there is connectivity or not and if traffic falls into the right queues. Alarms are useful to observe events that occur rarely. QoS alarms have been defined to detect in part traffic misbehaviors and in part system performance issues. While queue counters can be used for device-under-study testing, alarms are useful to detect conditions that occur rarely and would cost too much to be tracked by OAM engineers. The counters and threshold crossing alarms (TCAs) can be divided in two categories: line/ queue based and line-card based.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14-21
14 Quality of Service Figure 14-15 QoS Counters and TCAs on layer 3 Boards
Queue Counters: Passed Bytes/Frames Dropped Bytes/Frames Load
OBC
OBC TCAs: Dropped OBC frames US Dropped OBC frames DS
Tx SP WFQ
System Bus Counters (per Traffic Class): Passed Bytes/Frames Load
Master Tx
SP WFQ
Aggregate buffer counters: Dropped frames US Dropped frames DS Dropped low prio frames Aggregate buffer TCAs: Dropped frames US Dropped frames DS Dropped low prio frames
Tx
number of packets passed (per queue/line) number of packets dropped (per queue/line) number of bytes passed (per queue/line) number of bytes dropped (per queue/line) threshold crossing alarm for dropped packets (per queue) queue load meter per queue (sync rate vs. bytes passed in this queue) total load meter per line (sync-rate vs. bytes passed per line) threshold crossing alarm for the load inflicted by traffic in one queue on the parent physical interface (taking into account sync rate and encapsulation format)
The queue/line loads and counters are calculated on a 15-minute basis. No long history is kept; only the current and previous 15-minute counters are retrievable. The total buffer pool is divided in two regions: a common region and a region saved for high-priority traffic (that is, voice or video packets). The preliminary buffer pool threshold can be specified in terms of percentage of total buffer pool, above which only high-priority traffic is permitted into the buffer pool (both upstream and downstream).
14-22
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Area that can be saved for high priority traffic via configuring partial buffer overflow threshold (configurable in % of total pool)
For upstream and downstream (which share the same pool on L3 cards) there are dedicated threshold crossing alarms that can be triggered when more than a programmable number of OBC, resp. non-OBC packets are dropped. Packet loss in the total buffer pools may occur when:
the egress queue sizes have been enlarged to a large extent, and many egress ports on multiple queues suffer large backlogs when exceptionally high loads with smallest packet sizes persist over a long duration (basically several hundreds of packets at gigabit speeds with less than 100 bytes each) OBC-directed packets (that is, control packets) are also tracked for packet loss and associated threshold crossing alarms can be activated. The queues towards the OBC may overflow when:
there are large bursts of control frames in the downstream direction there are large and correlated bursts on many ingress lines in the upstream
direction Due to the fact that each subscriber line has a programmable packet policer for control traffic it is inconceivable that the OBC-directed queues should overflow as a result of just one subscriber line. The following line-card level counters and alarms are supported:
number of packets passed (per Traffic Class) number of bytes passed (per Traffic Class) total system bus load meter (per Traffic Class) threshold crossing alarm for system bus total load aggregate buffer overflow events for upstream resp. downstream traffic aggregate buffer overflow events for upstream resp. downstream OBC directed traffic partial buffer overflow events for low priority traffic (i.e. Controlled Load and Best Effort)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT 14-23
14 Quality of Service
threshold crossing alarm for dropped upstream resp. dropped downstream traffic
due to aggregate buffer overflow
threshold crossing alarm for dropped upstream resp. dropped downstream OBC
directed traffic due to aggregate buffer overflow threshold crossing alarm for dropped low priority traffic due to partial buffer overflow The system maintains 32 15-minute counter sets and one previous and current 1-day counter set related to aggregate buffer overflow (aggregate upstream, aggregate downstream, aggregate upstream OBC, aggregate downstream OBC and partial buffer pool overflow). Fan-out load per traffic class is useful to trigger operator attention to unusually high load conditions per LT board. In case the system bus gets overloaded (via normal but rare or abnormal load conditions) this information can be used to take action in terms of limiting the number of subscribers provisioned per LT board or finding problems with multicast sources. The system automatically calculates fan-out loads (i.e. the load that goes down the system bus after multicast replication has occurred) vs. the actual system bus bandwidth (as this varies with hardware versions). For fan-out load the system keeps 96 15-minute counters sets (load, pass bytes/frames per Traffic Class) and one previous and current 1-day counter set (pass bytes/frames) in addition to rolling counters. The 15-minute history counters are useful for tracking system load evolutions over the day. Since the load is calculated per traffic class, not only per LT board, this information can be used to track the system load and bandwidth usage for the multicast video service (as this could not possibly be tracked deeper in the network).
SHub part
P-bit-to-queue mapping
On the SHub there is a single DSCP-to-p-bits alignment table that can be enabled per SHub external interface for incoming traffic. It applies to all incoming (IPv4 only) traffic for all VLANs.
CAC profile
A Resource Admission Control mechanism is supported on the uplink as well. See chapter Multicast and IGMP for more detailed information.
Queue profile
14-24
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
14 Quality of Service
Scheduler profile
port level rate shaping relative weight of Controlled Load, respectively Best Effort traffic
Scheduling parameters can be configured per member of a Link Aggregation Group and is replicated to other members. Supported range of shaping rates is [64Kbps - 10Gbps] in steps of 64 Kbps. Supported range of WRR weights is [1-15]. Scheduling on internal interfaces is not configurable at all.
Flow profile
A flow definition is used to describe the scope of a policer instance. A flow definition can be instantiated on multiple ports, but only once per port. On different ports it can be paired with different policers. Following flow types are supported:
Meter profile
The operator can create (62) policer prototypes. A policer prototype contains rate and burst tolerance information, and can be used on multiple ingress ports and on multiple flows. Following ranges are supported for the respective policer parameters:
information rate: [1Kbps - 10Gbps] units of 64Kbps burst tolerance: [3Kbytes - 512Kbytes] 8 discrete values
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
14-25
14 Quality of Service
14-26
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
15.1 Introduction
15.3 802.1x authentication via RADIUS 15.4 Operator authentication via RADIUS 15.5 Encryption of authentication data 15.6 Lawful interception 15-3
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15-1
15.1
Introduction
Remote Authentication Dial-in User Service (RADIUS) is a standardized method of information exchange between a device that provides network access to users (RADIUS clients) and a device that contains authentication and profile information for the users (RADIUS server). The ISAM supports RADIUS for both layer 2 and layer 3 forwarding. Authentication via RADIUS provides the following advantages:
15.2
RADIUS features
The following features are supported:
User authentication via an external RADIUS authentication server. A RADIUS Authentication client: encrypts all password fields in the messages. supports multiple RADIUS Authentication servers. A flexible authentication mechanism: support of Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) and Challenge-Handshake Fallback to a configurable default operator profile when the RADIUS server does
not support vendor specific attribute.
Authentication Protocol (CHAP) authentication support of Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)
15.3
15.4
15-2
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
This functionality is only supported for CLI and TL1. The authentication occurs once for a complete session. Operator authentication is not supported for SNMP operators as SNMP does not work with the concept of session. Communication with a RADIUS server would have to be set up for each SNMP request, in order to authenticate the originator. A centralized authentication server has a lot of benefits for the management of operator accounts, but is a danger with regard to availability and security. It is advisable to support redundant RADIUS servers (this is supported by the ISAM). In addition, the ISAM will fallback to local authentication in case the communication with the RADIUS server fails. Typically, the local database only contains the administrator account in case RADIUS is used. To prevent isolation, one default local operator profile can be configured, which applies when RADIUS is not reachable and when the operator is not configured in the local database.
Note No accounting is performed for authenticated CLI/TL1 operator sessions.
15.5
15.6
Lawful interception
Lawful Interception (LI) is done by Law Enforcement Agencies (LEA) of governments in order to combat crime and other anti-constitutional activities. The ISAM family performs the role of Content of Communication Interception Function (CCIF) by mirroring the data to be intercepted. The target to be intercepted is identified by an external Lawful Intercept Administration Function (LIAF) by means of interfacing with the RADIUS and/or the DHCP servers. The LIAF then triggers the ISAM to intercept the associated target based on identifiers received from RADIUS and/or DHCP servers. Once the data is mirrored (duplicated) in the ISAM, the same data is forwarded to an external Lawful Interception Mediation Function (LIMF), which in turn securely transmits the data towards the LEA. Due to the sensitive nature of Lawful Interception, the administration of Lawful Interception is restricted to authenticated operators only. Non-authenticated operators are not able to administer the Lawful Interception function in the ISAM. Lawful Interception administration on the ISAM can be done either via CLI or by SNMPv3 by exclusively authenticated operators.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
15-3
In order to securely transmit the content of communication data, all intercepted (mirrored) packets are encapsulated before forwarding to the LIMF. The upstream / downstream traffic to the user is not impacted by enabling lawful interception on the user. The intercepted traffic is forwarded to the LIMF by means of tunneling techniques. It is possible to set the priority of the intercepted packets.
15-4
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
A.
Cross-domain solutions
A.1 Overview
A.4 ISAM Backhaul (Rural DSL, Ultra-high Broadband) A.5 Hospitality solution A-20
A-26
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A-1
A. Cross-domain solutions
A.1
Overview
This section describes a description of various applications for which the ISAM provides an effective solution.
Mobile Backhaul
Fixed operators and converged fixed/mobile operators can benefit from leveraging cost-optimized residential broadband access infrastructure for backhauling traffic from mobile base stations. The ISAM access node, in cooperation with dedicated cell site devices is fulfills the requirements for backhaul of 2G/3G and LTE base stations in terms of bandwidth, TDM/ATM/ETH service delivery, high availability, QoS and base station synchronization; for data as well as for mission critical voice services, and this for the range of DSL, GPON and point-to-point fibre access technologies.
Hospitality solution
To remain competitive in their market segment many hoteliers are looking to increase the overall guest experience in their hotel. The ISAM can provide triple-play and enhanced media applications in the hotel guest room, conference rooms, lobby, and so on, by leveraging on the existing copper wiring (Cat3). The existing Cat3 wiring, currently used for Voice (PABX), can be enabled with xDSL without rewiring or other labor cost.
A-2
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
A. Cross-domain solutions
A.2
Mobile backhaul
1.2.1 Scope
This section describes solutions for backhaul of 2G/3G and LTE mobile base stations over ISAM 7302/7330/7356. Mobile backhaul over (bonded) ADSL2+, over (bonded) SHDSL, over (bonded) VDSL2, over point-to-point Ethernet (FE/GE) is included, covering solutions for data off-load as well as full backhaul of voice and data. Apart from the ISAM 7302/7330/7356 node, the solution also proposes the cell site devices (residential DSL CPE, dedicated DSL CPE for business/mobile backhaul, 7705 SAR-F/7705 SAR-M) for which the solution is validated. Apart from this, an end-to-end mobile backhaul solution also requires an aggregation network and a gateway device that interfaces to the mobile gateways. These are not specified here. Please refer to the ALU Mobile Backhaul Blueprint Solutions for a description of ALU end-to-end mobile backhaul solutions.
Introduction
Mobile backhaul (mobile backhaul) is about transporting traffic between mobile base stations (2G BTS, 3G NodeB, LTE eNodeB) and a centralized mobile gateway (2G BSC, 3G RNC, LTE S-GW). Mobile backhaul comes from a legacy of 2G base stations, carrying low volumes of traffic (voice and low BW data) and backhauled over a TDM (PDH/SDH) network, with first mile access to the TDM network typically over 1 or 2 copper (or microwave) E1/T1. The TDM network inherently provided synchronization as well as resilience and QoS for mission critical services. With the growth of data services in 3G and LTE, traffic volumes are increasing rapidly and exponentially and mobile operators need more bandwidth fast. On the other hand, mobile ARPU is more or less flat and consequently there is pressure on the cost per bit, also for backhaul. The legacy TDM backhaul infrastructure cannot scale in a cost effective way. The following evolutions are happening:
transition from copper (and TDM microwave) to fibre (and packet microwave) in
mobile backhaul access, at a pace allowed by investment levels transition from TDM transport to packet transport (carrier Ethernet, IP/MPLS) convergence of residential/business/mobile backhaul over a common transport infrastructure (the High Leverage Network) In this context there is a clear incentive for fixed access operators to leverage residential broadband assets (existing or new rollouts) for mobile backhaul.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A-3
A. Cross-domain solutions
Using broadband access technologies for mobile backhaul allows to reuse existing outside plant (copper, GPON feeder fibre). Moreover, broadband access technologies (DSL, GPON, point-to-point Ethernet) are existing, cost optimized platforms and will enable significantly reduced port cost per mobile base station/mobile site.
Technical challenges
The following technical challenges arise when leveraging broadband access infrastructure for mobile backhaul:
Bandwidth
Mobile backhaul bandwidth requirements have evolved from 1-2 E1/T1 (2-4Mbps) for a 2G site to more than 250Mbps for a full blown multi-provider, multi-generation 2G/3G/LTE site. With respect to this bandwidth evolution, the different broadband access technologies can be positioned as follows:
2G base stations have TDMoE1 interfaces. 3G base stations can come in any of 3 flavors: all ATM IMAoE1, hybrid ATM IMAoE1 (for voice) and Ethernet (for data), all Ethernet. LTE base stations have all Ethernet interfaces. Typically, 2G/3G/LTE base stations will be collocated on a single site and will be backhauled over a common access link.
A-4
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
A. Cross-domain solutions
Transport of TDM and ATM services over a packet network (potentially along with Ethernet service) requires the use of pseudo wires (PWE3 TDM/ATM/Ethernet pseudo wires for IP/MPLS, MEF-8 TDM pseudowire for Carrier Ethernet). Pseudo wires are typically set up between by a dedicated cell site gateway (CSG) device at the cell site and a peer device at the mobile controller site. Access node features: Transparent for the access node.
Synchronization
Base stations with legacy E1 interfaces need frequency synchronization for the purpose of TDM transport (i.e. to avoid frame slips). All base stations also need frequency synchronization for the purpose of providing an accurate wireless carrier frequency. In addition, TDD (time division duplex) base stations need phase synchronization for the TDD mechanism to operate. FDD (frequency division duplex) systems may also need phase synchronization for specific advanced wireless features like MBMS and network MIMO, but deployment of these must be considered longer term and is of no immediate concern. Base stations can be synchronized in multiple ways:
In contrast to packet layer mechanisms, physical layer mechanisms are inherently deterministic and insensitive to network traffic load conditions and QoS design. It is recommended to use physical layer synchronization mechanisms whenever available. I.e. BITS or SyncE into the ISAM in CO and physical layer synchronization (NTR, GPON PHY, SyncE) from there to the business site. If no BITS or SyncE is available in CO, we recommend 1588v2 termination in a client in the CO and to go with physical layer synchronization from there. This can be by means of an external client that feeds into the BITS of ISAM.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A-5
A. Cross-domain solutions
Access node features: NT with BITS/SyncE in, DSL NTR/GPON PHY/SyncE on the last mile.
QoS and High Availability for mission critical traffic
Today, mobile operators have mission critical voice services running over a TDM backhaul network, with stringent guarantees for loss, delay, jitter and availability provided by the PDH/SDH network. By no means should these guarantees be impacted when moving to a packet based backhaul. A conservative approach is to move into a data off-load scenario as a first step: voice and synchronization remain on the TDM network, whereas high volume data traffic (with less stringent QoS requirements) is off-loaded to the packet network. In the full backhaul scenario, the mobile backhaul solution needs to provide QoS and High Availability inherently.
The ISAM access node, being already engineered for triple play services is well
positioned to provide differentiated QoS for mobile voice and data traffic streams of varying nature, also in competition with residential and business traffic in the same node. In terms of High Availability, prime concerns are focused on the network links and - elements that aggregate a (large) number of base stations and less so on the first mile. For these links/nodes, High Availability is taken care of by either IP/MPLS mechanisms (possibly initiated from an IP/MPLS capable cell side device) or carrier Ethernet mechanisms, or a mixture thereof. Dual homing of the access node to the aggregation network is essential for protecting the second mile (with LAG or mSTP) and the first aggregation node (with multi-chassis LAG or mSTP). DSL bonding inherently provides a level of resiliency for a first mile over bonded DSL.
Figure A-1 High availability: points of failure
ISAM dual uplinks with LAG, multi-chassis LAG, mSTP
ISAM NT redundancy
TDM ATM ETH
Base station
GPON feeder redundancy inherent redundancy in DSL bonding IP/MPLS or Carrier Ethernet repair mechanisms
A-6
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
A. Cross-domain solutions
Access node features: QoS (as for triple play), NT redundancy, dual homed ISAM uplinks (with LAG, multi-chassis LAG or mSTP), transparent for IP/MPLS based redundancy (handled in the cell site gateway and/or in the IP/MPLS core), GPON feeder redundancy, inherent redundancy in DSL bonding (for ATM IMA and EFM).
Demarcation
End-to-end OAM features and SLA monitoring (including the first mile) are typically handled by the cell site gateway device, either by IP/MPLS mechanisms or by carrier Ethernet mechanisms. 802.1ag and Y.1731 can be used between the cell site device and the gateway device for end-to-end checks of connectivity, loss and delay, either on a continuous basis or on-demand. Optionally, 802.1ag MEPs and MIPs can be placed in ISAM for further troubleshooting and fault isolation. Access node features: Transparent for end-to-end IP/MPLS OAM and 802.1ag/Y.1731 OAM. Optional 802.1ag MIP/MEPs in the access node for troubleshooting.
Solution description
Figure A-2 shows the different access options for mobile backhaul over ISAM and the associated cell site gateway portfolio.
Figure A-2 Mobile backhaul cell site device portfolio
ADSL2+ CPE (o) 1-2p adsl2+ 3 rd party SHDSL CPE 1-4p shdsl 1-4p shdsl + 1-2p xdsl SAR-M combo CellPipe 5Ve.A4010 (o) 2p vdsl2 7302/7330 ISAM
Low-end residential type DSL CPEs (ADSL2+, 7130 Cellpipe VDSL2) are low-cost solutions for data off-load of 3G base station Ethernet interfaces (for base stations with hybrid ATM/Ethernet interfaces). Dedicated 3rd party SHDSL CPEs for business/mobile backhaul can be positioned as mid-range solutions for full backhaul of TDM, ATM and Ethernet services over (bonded) SHDSL. 7705 SAR-F (fiber uplink) and 7705 SAR-M (with modular uplink of fiber, 4p bonded SHDSL + 2p bonded ADSL2+ (combo) are high-end solutions for off-load and full backhaul of TDM, ATM and Ethernet services. 7705 SAR-F and 7705 SAR-M are IP/MPLS based. Figure A-3 shows the logical end-to-end topologies for mobile backhaul between multiple mobile base stations and a centralized mobile controller.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A-7
CSG
AN
AGG
Base station
PWE3 IP/MPLS pseudowire (TDM/ATM/ETH)
Controller
Mixed
TDM ETH
CSG
AN
AGG
TDM ETH
Base station
MEF8 PW (TDM) + raw Ethernet
Controller
Carrier Eth
TDM ETH
CSG
AN
AGG
Carrier Ethernet
GTW
TDM ETH
Base station
MEF8 PW (TDM) + raw Ethernet
Controller
A cell site gateway (CSG) that performs media adaptation between the base
station interfaces (TDMoE1, ATM IMAoE1, Ethernet) and the first mile physical layer (DSL, GPON, point-to-point FE/GE) and initiates pseudo wires when applicable. In addition, it can perform synchronization and demarcation functions when applicable. On the network side, the cell site gateway can be either IP/MPLS based (TDM/ATM/Ethernet PWE3 pseudo wires) or Ethernet based (raw Ethernet + TDM MEF8 pseudo wires). The access node (AN) is typically operated in L2 transparent vlan cross-connect mode for mobile backhaul, with each cell site gateway or service cross-connected to the first aggregation node.The access node is typically shared with residential and possibly other business users. The aggregation network can be carrier Ethernet based or IP/MPLS based. In the latter case IP/MPLS from the cell site gateway is typically tunneled in a L2 IP/MPLS service. A flat IP/MPLS model is also possible in principle, but requires hybrid (access/MPLS) interfaces on the first aggregation node. A controller side Gateway Device (GTW), peering with the cell site gateway on the pseudowire level and interfacing to the mobile controller(s) over TDM STM-x, ATM STM-x or Ethernet interfaces. Access nodes can be dual homed to redundant aggregation nodes and mobile controllers can be dual homed to redundant gateway devices for High Availability purposes.
A-8 November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
A. Cross-domain solutions
GigE SyncE
8 kHz backplane
7302/7330 ISAM
Physical layer synchronization can be fed into ISAM either via BITS or via SyncE from the network through synchronization-capable dedicated NT variants. In case no BITS or SyncE is available in the Central Office, an external device can be collocated that terminates 1588v2 (or eventually ACR) and feeds into the ISAM via the BITS interface. Synchronization can then be propagated over the first mile to a synchronization-capable cell site gateway through a physical layer mechanism: SHDSL NTR. 7356 deployments also support physical layer synchronization from CO to the cabinet through SyncE. Finally, the cell site gateway provides synchronization to the base station either through a synchronized E1 or through a SyncE interface. The physical layer synchronization entails frequency synchronization only.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A-9
A. Cross-domain solutions
A.3
Scope
This section describes solutions for emulation of (E1/T1) leased line services with access over ISAM over SHDSL, using 3rd party SHDSL CPEs (single or multiple E1/T1 interface). In principle, E1/T1 leased lines can also be emulated over point-to-point ethernet access, with a dedicated fibre CPE.
Introduction
Operators may benefit from consolidation of legacy (E1/T1) leased line services on broadband access equipment rolled out for residential (and business) services. This may allow them to e.g. decommission dedicated line systems for (E1/T1) leased line access. It may also be an element in an ongoing decommissioning (partial of full) of the legacy TDM network in favour of a packet switched network.
Technical Challenges
TDM pseudowire technology is used for emulation of (E1/T1) leased line services over a Packet Switched Network (PSN). Structured and unstructured E1/T1 can be transported using RFC 4553 SAToP (Structure Agnostic TDM over Packet) and RFC 5086 CESoPSN (Circuit Emulation Service over PSN) encapsulations respectively. The TDM pseudowire can be transported over Ethernet (MEF8), over MPLS, or over MPLS/GRE. In this solution, TDM pseudo wires are set up between a dedicated device on the customer premises (3rd party SHDSL CPE) and a peer device (either a peer CPE on another customer site or a centralized device interfacing to the core TDM network, usually over STM1/STM4).
Symmetrical bandwidth
Physical layer bandwidth requirements for transporting an E1/T1 will depend on the encapsulation type (Ethernet, MPLS) and the TDM payload size in the pseudowire, but will amount to more than 2 Mbps symmetrical per E1/T1. In practise, for copper access this (together with delay and synchronization requirements) rules out ADSL2+ in favour of SHDSL. Bonded SHDL links, as well as SHDSL repeaters can be used to increase the reach of SHDSL segments for leased line replacement. ATM IMA and EFM bonding are preferred for SHDSL for reasons of resiliency (if one pair goes down, the group will not be impacted). Of the two, EFM bonding is superior with respect to bandwidth efficiency, provisioning simplicity and flexibility in data rates for the different pairs.
A-10
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
A. Cross-domain solutions
The legacy TDM network guarantees stringent requirements for loss and delay for TDM traffic. These cannot be impacted by moving to an emulated service over a packet switched network under load (in competition with residential and other business services). The ISAM access node, being already engineered for triple play services (including loss sensitive video and delay/jitter sensitive voice) is well positioned to provide low loss/low delay guarantees. SHDSL is a low latency technology that complies to delay requirements for leased line. Tuning of the payload size and de-jitter buffer size of the pseudowire allows to meet delay and loss requirements under background network packet delay variation (PDV).
Synchronization
Both ends of an E1/T1 leased line connection need to be synchronized to avoid frame slips in the TDM transport (i.e. wander needs to comply to the ITU-T G.823 traffic mask). This solution assumes a network clock is imposed upon the customer TDM equipment. For leased line emulation, the clock reference has to be distributed through the packet network. As discussed in the mobile backhaul section, this can be done via physical layer mechanisms (SHDSL NTR, GPON PHY, SyncE) or via packet layer mechanisms (NTP, 1588v2 PTP, ACR, DCR). It is recommended to use physical layer synchronization mechanisms whenever available. I.e. BITS or SyncE into the ISAM in CO and physical layer synchronization (NTR, GPON PHY, SyncE) from there to the business site. If no BITS or SyncE is available in CO, we recommend 1588v2 termination in a client in the CO and to go with physical layer synchronization from there. This can be an external client device that feeds into the BITS of ISAM. Access node features: NT with BITS/SyncE in, SHDSL NTR on the last mile.
High Availability
In terms of High Availability, prime concerns are focused on the network links and network elements that aggregate a (large) number of customers and less so on the first mile. For these links/nodes, High Availability is taken care of by either IP/MPLS mechanisms (possibly initiated from an IP/MPLS capable business CPE) or Carrier Ethernet mechanisms, or a mixture thereof. Dual homing of the access node to the aggregation network is essential for protecting the second mile (with LAG or mSTP) and the first aggregation node (with multi-chassis LAG or mSTP). DSL bonding inherently provides a level of resiliency for a first mile over bonded DSL. Access node features: NT redundancy, dual homed ISAM uplinks (with multi-chassis LAG or mSTP), transparent for IP/MPLS based redundancy (handled in business CPE), inherent redundancy in DSL bonding (ATM IMA and EFM).
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT A-11
A. Cross-domain solutions
Solution description
Figure A-5 shows the access components for a leased line replacement solution over (bonded) SHDSL.
Figure A-5 Access components for E1/T1 leased line replacement
3 rd party SHDSL CPE
1-4 * E1/T1 (+ Eth)
1-4p shdsl
7302/7330 ISAM
3rd party SHDSL business CPEs provide circuit emulation for a single or multiple E1/T1 (possibly in conjunction with Ethernet access) over SHDSL (single pair g.SHDSL at max 2.3Mbps Mbps up to 4 pair EFM bonded g.SHDSL.bis at max 22.8 Mbps). The pseudowire encapsulation is IP/MPLS with static MPLS labels. SAToP and CESoPSN encapsulations are supported. Figure A-6 shows the logical end-to-end topologies for leased line emulation between 2 business customer sites.
Figure A-6 End-to-end topologies for E1/T1 leased line emulation
TDM pseudowire (MEF-8 or IP/MPLS)
AN
AN
E1
E1
AN
CES GTW
SDH
ADM
E1
Two connectivity models can be envisaged and will possibly be deployed in parallel:
A-12
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
A. Cross-domain solutions
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A-13
A. Cross-domain solutions
A.4
Introduction
The absence of fiber may not be blocking for remote ISAM deployments. Also in fiber-poor areas, ISAMs for DSL broadband access can be deployed. Taking the approach of backhauling the fiber-link (point-to-point Gigabit Ethernet) by an alternative transport technology leaves no further constraints deploying the ISAM in rural areas or other markets where the exclusive use (dark-fiber) of fiber is not possible to connect the ISAM. Depending on the market, available regional or national infrastructure or customer requirements, we can distinguish possible domains:
Rural areas (Broadband for all) Early/fast deployments in emerging markets reusing legacy (incumbent) network Reuse of high-capacity national infrastructure Complementing fiber based FTTN deployment
Solution description
The base of the solution is finding the best way for backhauling the Gigabit Ethernet fiber link. The choice of the backhaul transport technology is depending on the backhaul distance, the available infrastructure to leverage upon, regulations (e.g. in the case of wireless backhaul options) and required throughput. The backhaul is accomplished by using a converter which converts the optical Gigabit Ethernet transport layer into an other Ethernet based transport layer (illustrated by Figure A-7). The new transport layer consists of a physical layer depending on the available infrastructure and a data-layer supporting the transport of Ethernet frames. Depending on the different physical layers different framing options apply: EFM (G.SHDSL), GFP (Generic Framing Procedure ITU-T G.7041), HDLC (High-level Data Link Control ISO-13239, ML-PPP (Multi-Link Point-to-Point Protocol RFC-1990),
A-14
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
7330 ISAM FTTN ODF 7302 ISAM CO ISP 1 Aggregation Network ISP 2 7330 ISAM CO 7356 ISAM REM Active Optical Network 7354/7324 ISAM RU
7330 ISAM FTTN 7302 ISAM CO ISP 1 Converter Converter Aggregation Network ISP 2 7330 ISAM CO 7354/7324 ISAM RU
Transport Network
A converter will be required at the Central Office location and at the Remote/Cabinet location. These converters can be point-to-point, where one Ethernet link corresponds to one link in the transport network or they can be point-to-multipoint where Ethernet frames are bridged between one Gigabit Ethernet link on the ISAM side and multiple transport links on the backhaul network side (e.g. ML-PPP).
Bandwidth
In many cases the backhaul transport network can not offer the full 1 Gbps connection which is supported on the ISAM product family. This is typically not an issue for rural areas where the number of remote subscribers to be served are limited per rural site with a limited total amount of bandwidth need, or for emerging markets where connectivity with a rather limited bandwidth is the primary requirement. An assessment must be made on a case-by-case base to see whether the network capacity is sufficient in the backhaul transport network for the target end-user services (Voice, High Speed Internet, ). Possibly multiple links need to be bundled to increase the bandwidth. In industrialized countries with subscriber dense areas and high bandwidth per user (e.g. 20 Mbit/s), where typically fiber is being used for FTTN deployments, higher capacities are required for the backhaul link. The backhaul approach is taken for those locations which can not be served by fiber (fiber black spots) to obtain 100% user coverage with ISAM based broadband access.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT A-15
A. Cross-domain solutions
Transparency
The backhaul connection between the remote ISAM and CO ISAM must provide a transparent Ethernet service. The bridging function between the network port of the ISAM (uplink and/or subtended link) and the backhaul transport network can be done by an external converter. The converters and backhaul transport network must ensure that, both the remote ISAM and the CO node, are able to extract the original frames sent by the other side, in the same order as they were sent, i.e. no frame-reordering or fragmentation.
Service differentiation
ISAM deployments in a backhaul scenario, and especially in those cases with limited backhaul capacity like rural areas, must support proper queuing and scheduling mechanisms to provide service differentiation in both up- and downstream direction. Voice must get strict priority over other services like Video and High-Speed Internet, and management connectivity must be ensured at all times. Congestion is likely to occur on the backhaul link between the remote ISAM and the CO node due to the limited available bandwidth on this link. The buffer-acceptance, queuing and scheduling in the upstream direction on the remote ISAM and in the downstream direction on the CO node are particularly important. Next to the queuing and scheduling mechanisms, proper service classification must be done on the backhaul link. At least the p-bits in the VLAN-tag should be configurable as a means to map VLAN-tagged traffic in the appropriate queues. To overcome congestion and eventually packet drop (high priority traffic) on the backhaul link we can use the buffer mechanism of the ISAM, in both upstream and downstream direction. Using the interface rate-limiting capabilities of the ISAM network ports, uplink at the remote ISAM and subtended link at the CO node, service differentiation can be done based on the available bandwidth on the backhaul link. The port rate-limiting allows traffic scheduling (queue handling) to be done at a speed (bit rate) matching the available bandwidth in the backhaul transport network. The dimensioning of the rate-limited on ISAM network ports will depend on the encapsulation overhead added by framing mechanism implemented on the backhaul transport equipment (i.e. converters) and the Ethernet frame sizes used by the data services. When forwarding the Ethernet frames over the transport link, headers and trailers are added to the Ethernet frame. This results in a lower Ethernet packet throughput than natively supported by the backhaul link. The overhead, headers and trailers added, depends on the encapsulation method used. Figure A-9 shows an example of the header/trailer bytes added by the GFP and HDLC encapsulation method.
A-16
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
GFP Encapsulation
HDLC Encapsulation
As a result the port rate-limit will be set to a rate according the supported packet bit-rate and not to bit-rate natively (on the wire) supported by the transport network, which can be a lot lower, depending the Ethernet frame sizes. See below an example based on GFP-F on E1 to illustrate this.
Table A-1 GFP Encapsulation overhead calculation
Framed E1 (31 Timeslots) = 1984 kbit/s GFP-F Overhead = 12 bytes Ethernet frame size (bytes) 64 128 256 512 1024 1500 Max throughput (kbit/s) 1670 1813 1895 1938 1961 1968 Overhead (%) 15,83 8,62 4,49 2,32 1,16 0,81 Rate limiter ISAM (x 64 kbit/s) 26 28 29 30 30 30
In a second step packet buffers and schedulers of the converters can be used to deal with service differentiation when sudden bandwidth drop occurs on the backhaul link (e.g. link failure). The priority scheduler in the converter will ensure high priority traffic (e.g. voice) gets precedence over other concurrent traffic in case of congestion. This is illustrated in Figure A-9.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A-17
NT Converter
LT
Protocol based VLAN tag. + Pbit DSL Link Policies
E1
VoIP VoIP VoIP SP
DSL 1 UP
VoIP
shaping
GE
SP
FE/ GE
NW Ctrl HSI
... E1
SP
NW Ctrl HSI
FE/ GE
SP
GE
In case of point-to-point converters (see Figure A-10), the ISAM ensures the service differentiation. Flushing the queues will be done at the rate of the available bit-rate on the link giving precedence to the frames in the highest priority queue.
Figure A-10 ISAM backhaul with point-to-point converter
Central Office / Aggregation Location Remote / Cabinet Location Backhaul option PDH (nxE1) NT
VoIP
shaping
DOWN
DSL 48
NT
GE Mgmt IP
NT
VoIP
LT
Protocol based VLAN tag. + Pbit
shaping
SP
SP
shaping
GE
E1
NW Ctrl
E1
GE
WRR HSI
DSL 1 UP
VoIP
VoIP
shaping
SP
SP
GE
E1
E1
NW Ctrl
GE
shaping
GE
GE
VoIP
L A G
shaping
SP
L A G
GE E1 E1 GE
VoIP
DOWN
shaping
SP
NW Ctrl
WRR
DSL 48
VoIP
VoIP SP SP
GE
E1
NW Ctrl
NT
GE Mgmt IP
shaping
shaping
E1
GE
WRR HSI
Resiliency
To limit the impact of single failures, the backhaul solution should provide the necessary resiliency at all levels of the architecture. Depending on the backhaul transport network different resiliency mechanisms apply: ML-PPP, EFM bonding, SDH VCAT (Virtual Concatenation), APS (Automatic Protection Switching), . On top packet based link-aggregation can be done using LACP (LAG) or path redundancy using RSTP. Bonding or aggregation functions do not only allow a level of resiliency put also offer the means to provide more aggregated bandwidth on the backhaul link.
A-18
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
A. Cross-domain solutions
As shown in Figure A-9 the LAG function of the ISAM is being used to aggregate 4x E1 based backhaul links into one pipe. Figure A-10 shows an example where the bonding of the backhaul link is done in the transport network using ML-PPP (typically 16xE1). The end-to-end path resiliency will only work when fault-propagation is supported by the converters and any other intermediate node. Any link-failure causing a service outage in the path must be propagated in the forward and backward direction towards the connected ISAM. The CO ISAM will take proper measures when the link-failure (operational down) is detected: an alternative route might be chosen based on the implemented resiliency function (e.g. LAG) and a port-down alarm (LOS) is presented to the management system. In a none redundant backhaul scenario the alert should indicates that the remote site is no longer reachable.
Ethernet bridging converter options
Alcatel-Lucent offers a wide range of products supporting different transport network options combined with the required Ethernet interfaces and Ethernet bridging functionality. Given the rich Alcatel-Lucent portfolio supporting any transport option, the ISAM can be deployed in any environment:
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A-19
A.5
Hospitality solution
Introduction
Many hotels and retirement home are wired with Category3 cable which was very popular in 1990's. The Cat3 twisted pair is mainly used to provide hotel and public telephony services for the hotel guests, in the room and in public areas, and the hotel staff. With the emergence of broadband internet access, WiFi (shared) hotspots were made available where the hotel guest can connect to. In many cases the internet hotspot belongs to an ISP. The user connects to the internet via the user registration portal of the ISP after paying a connection fee (pre-paid) via a credit-card.
Figure A-12 Standard offering for voice and internet access in hotel guest rooms
A-20
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
A. Cross-domain solutions
In order to remain competitive, to increase revenue opportunities and to enrich the guest experience, hotels need to upgrade their IT infrastructure to offer high-speed and secure internet access, voice and multi-media applications and need to get into the value chain. Via similar ways a Telecom operator offers Triple play services to residential subscribers via xDSL and IP DSLAM, the hotelier can offer IP based triple play services to the hotel guest with xDSL provided by an IP DSLAM. By reusing the existing Cat3 wiring for xDSL the hotelier can achieve this over the existing infrastructure, without to costly cabling costs. So no rip & replace but fully leverage on the existing infrastructure providing triple play-services. The choice between ADSL2+ or VDSL2 depends on the length of the copper-wire and the required data throughput.
Figure A-13 Enhanced multi-media experience in hotel guest rooms with xDSL
Solution description
The ISAM is installed in the existing telecom closet/room near the existing terminal blocks or distribution frame. From here DSL connectivity is provided to each room to offer voice (VoIP), video (IP TV), high speed internet and other data services (multi-media, gaming, ) using a single copper pair. A modem (e.g. ALU 7130 CellPipe gateway) distributes the services within the hotel room by providing connectivity to STBs, VoIP or POTS phones, laptop PCs, (personal) multimedia devices and in-room control (wake-up call, mini-bar, ). Gigabit Ethernet interfaces from the ISAM provide connectivity to the supporting network for the different data services, billing servers/firewalls and management systems.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A-21
A. Cross-domain solutions
Not all hotels or retirement homes are the same. They differ not only in size, in terms of number of guest rooms, but also in building architecture. Depending on the building and infrastructure architecture different product solutions can be offered:
Small to medium size hotels consisting out of one building, having a single,
centralized equipment room where all the terminal blocks are residing. In such a case a CO ISAM or a standalone FTTN node is used to terminate the copper pairs from all the guest rooms on one central location; see Figure A-14. Medium to large size hotels with multiple equipment rooms (e.g. on each floor) in one building are addressed using the distributed ISAM solution. In such a case a 7356 ISAM REM chassis can be installed at the different terminal blocks. An aggregation node aggregates the distributed nodes via GigE optical connections and provides a single uplink to the network; see Figure A-15. A variant to the previous deployment scenario is with larger properties where the hotel guest's rooms are distributed over different buildings or multiple, collocated, remote sites (e.g. campus). The same ISAM solution applies as in the previous case; see Figure A-16.
Figure A-14 IP DSLAM Deployment scenario for hospitality, centralized
A-22
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
A. Cross-domain solutions Figure A-15 IP DSLAM Deployment scenario for hospitality, distributed (single building)
Figure A-16 IP DSLAM Deployment scenario for hospitality, distribute (multiple sites)
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A-23
A. Cross-domain solutions
Proven xDSL technology is used on the existing copper pair towards the guest rooms for the IP/Ethernet based services. This copper pair is used traditionally to provide telephony (POTS) services.
Figure A-17 ISAM in hospitality: triple-play high-level network topology
The existing telephony/POTS can coexist on the same pair as the DSL services.
Voice and DSL use a different frequency band (POTS uses narrowband, DSL broadband) on the copper wire. Splitters are used to separate the POTS from DSL. The DSL terminates on the DSL LT of the ISAM and POTS is further relayed to the voice switching system of the hotel. If desired the splitter function can be provided by the ISAM using a dedicated POTS splitter board or a DSL LT board with integrated splitter technology. The same splitter technology is required on the modem side. The POTS splitter is usually supplied via wall socket with a connector for both the POTS/analogue phone and the modem (see Figure A-17, room 1). The copper pair is used for DSL only (naked or dry-loop DSL) and the existing telephony/POTS is replaced by a Voice-over-IP service. In this case the IP telephony service is delivered to the guest room over the DSL connection. This scenario does not require any splitter technology. The analogy voice is packetized into a VoIP (RTP) stream via the DSL gateway in the guest room or a VoIP phone set is being used (see Figure A-17, room 2 and 3"). In both cases the VoIP is handled as any other data stream on DSL. A higher quality of service treatment is applied to the voice, than the concurrent data streams (Internet, IPTV, ) on the same DSL line.
Broadband bandwidth requirements
The total bandwidth required is determined by the services offered to the hotel guest.
A-24
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
A. Cross-domain solutions
To a large extent the bandwidth requirements are defined by the IPTV service offering. IPTV is recognized as a high value added service for the hotelier. Especially with the emergence of HD TV an attractive offering for the hotel guests can be made. The capacity required for IPTV is determined by:
SD TV MPEG2 Channel: 2 - 5 Mb/s HSI: 1 - 5 Mb/s HD TV MPEG4 Channel: 5 - 10 Mb/s Online gaming: 4 - 8 Mb/S SD TV MPEG4 Channel: 1.5 - 2 Mb/s In control room: 0.5 Mb/s VoIP: 160 Kb/s
All the data-streams described in Figure A-18 can run over a single DSL copper pair. In the ISAM and the DSL gateway in the room the proper quality of service provisioning is done for each of the services. Policing and rate-limiting might apply depending on the guest profile and service package subscribed to. The available DSL bandwidth on the copper pair depends on the DSL technology used:
ADSL2+ with a theoretical maximum downstream bandwidth of 25 Mb/s. Supports longer loops than VDSL2 Typically 15-20 Mb/s Artificial Noise can be applied to increase stability of the line
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A-25
A. Cross-domain solutions
Due to the use of higher frequencies on the copper pair the distance is limited Typically 25-40 Mb/s Virtual Noise increases stability
Other factors influencing the actual copper and therefore the bandwidth are:
Cable type: Gauge, twisted-pair, shielding, Distance: loop length limits, especially for VDSL2 Bridged Taps: copper pairs that are interconnected together are causing reduced
DSL performance Environment Interference: airco's, elevator engines, Interference by cross-talk: caused by other services on adjacent pairs. Global or individual DSL line settings can be applied on the ISAM to minimize the impact of the different factors described above by configuring DSL profiles accordingly. DSL profiles can be DSL line specific or uniform across a line card and/or ISAM chassis.
A.6
Introduction
End-user's expectations on access to Broadband connectivity are becoming nearly as widespread as for the classic commodities (water, gas, electricity, telephony). Not just private end-users but also businesses and local authorities need broadband access. However the geographical coverage by the classic operators is not total, and not all greenfield opportunities are covered. Backed by government incentives, more and more local authorities are considering the deployment of a community-wide access network to fill the gaps and ensure digital attractiveness of their locality (for social and economic reasons). This is the Smart community concept, whereby there is a variety of levels for the community: building site, campus or estate, city district, and complete city. One important aspect for attractiveness is the openness to multiple service providers, promoting service competition rather than access competition. The applications include but go beyond the classic triple play, also encompassing business services and specific services for public authorities like municipalities. The aim of the Open Community Broadband solution is to offer a way for those new entrants to build out, deploy and manage such a single access and aggregation infrastructure at their local level, which can then be opened to and shared by multiple third party service providers, from which the end-users can select a mix of applications. In other words to offer a very flexible wholesaling framework. The OCB solution as such comprises the passive infrastructure, the active infrastructure, the management sub-system, and the professional services for guidance of the local authority to roll out the infrastructure. OCB is part of the wider context of Smart Communities, developed by Strategic Industries. The scope is greenfield deployments, encompassing FTTH networks (point-point Ethernet, GPON) and other flavours of FTTx depending on the case-by-case needs.
A-26 November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
A. Cross-domain solutions
The converged ISAM can play a prominent and competitive role in the OCB solution, by offering a variety of access technologies (point-point optical, GPON access, FTTx) in a single platform with the necessary mechanisms to create and manage the connectivities in an open context. Other advantages of the ISAM are port density, the modular approach (extend-as-you-grow with LTs), and high temperature range.
OCB context
Wholesaling
Three layers can be identified in the delivery of broadband access. The first is the passive infrastructure (ducts, cables, fibres, splitters). The active infrastructure consists of all network equipment, and uses the passive infrastructure for giving connectivity between the end-users and the applications. Finally the service layer uses the active and passive infrastructure to deliver the applications. In traditional networks the approach is a vertically integrated one; the different incumbent operators integrate all layers, competing with each other on access infrastructure and less on the services offered. It is possible to introduce wholesaling to this situation, splitting the responsibilities over multiple roles, to varying degrees, as illustrated in Figure A-19. In the passive wholesale case, a single passive network is shared and made accessible to multiple vertical service providers. In the active wholesale case, a single vertical infrastructure provider offers connectivity to multiple retail service providers (RSPs). Finally in the most separated case, a single passive provider gives access to its infrastructure to the active network operated by a single network operator which connects towards multiple service providers. Note that even here a single player can combine the roles of active infrastructure owner and service provider (by offering its own services), but the important point is that it remains open to third party retail service providers.
Figure A-19 OCB: roles and wholesaling levels
A. Cross-domain solutions
As shown in Figure A-20, in the fully separated case there are distinct responsibilities at each level.
Figure A-20 OCB: roles and responsibilities
Requirements
The OCB network must carry residential (triple play + RF video), business (L2 VPN, L3 VPN, Business Internet Access) and public applications (VPN, e-care, ) with the corresponding levels of security, availability and QoS differentiation. It can hence be based on existing converged network architectures for residential and business applications (public applications can be mostly considered as business services). There are some new requirements though with respect to existing environments, namely the level of wholesaling and the need for an integrated management approach:
the network operator can sell white label services to third-party service providers
who can then include this service next to their own into their commercial bundle towards the end-user the network operator must have the management tools to operate the network, the users and their selection of services in the most integrated possible way. A certain level of dynamism is introduced by allowing end-users to select the services per service provider via a self-provisioning portal. The network operator needs to provide the ability for Retails Service Providers (RSP) to offer competitive and differentiating service offerings. The OCB network as to support a very granular configuration of bandwidth and QoS per RSP per end-user.
A-28
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
A. Cross-domain solutions
The Customer Premises Network (CPN) can either consist of a CPE followed by one RGW per RSP (delivered by the RSP), or of a CPE followed by a single RGW (delivered by the network operator). In both cases there is one IP address allocated per RSP. Note that in the first case each RGW falls under responsibility of its corresponding RSP, and that in the second case the RGW is managed by the network operator. The access & edge network is characterized by the following features;
Generic:
In general the connectivity is similar to the broadband networks for residential and business applications. As a single user can now connect to different service providers simultaneously, the service provider separation on the first-mile is done by means of VLAN tagging by the CPE (port-based). Traffic is further separated in the network at L2 by means of VLANs (separate broadcast domains) and at MPLS level by means of VPLS or VLL instances. There is also a separate VLAN and VPLS instance for the CPE management (e.g. TR-069), which is fully terminated by the network provider. At the edge of the network operator, there is a L2 hand-off to the different service providers. In other words there is no routing within the network operator domain. A new feature introduced in OCB is the self-provisioning portal, offering the possibility for end-users to dynamically check their service subscriptions and select specific services from the service providers they have subscribed to. The portal is best positioned at the network operator, to consolidate the view of the end-user on all its services (see paragraph on management subsystem). Specifically for residential services: All requirements of classic triple-play deployments apply, in terms of L2 and L3 security, QoS handling, connectivity capabilities, IGMP handling, DHCP proxying, and so on. However a couple of features are additionally required in the specific context of OCB:
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
A-29
A. Cross-domain solutions Figure A-21 L2 access architecture for OCB (residential user showned with 1 RGW per RSP)
A-30
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
B.
RADIUS Attributes
B-2 B-2
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
B-1
B. RADIUS Attributes
B.1
RADIUS Attributes
NAS-Port
The system sets the NAS-port attribute as described below:
802.1x sessions:
The NAS-port attribute contains the ifIndex of underlying bridge port.
PPPoE sessions:
The NAS-port attribute contains the ifIndex of the PPPoE sessions.
NAS-Port-Id
The system sets the NAS-Port-Id attribute according to the following text format: atm <rack>/<shelf>/<slot>/<DSL-Line>:<VPI>.<VCI> The fields indicated between < and > is the information retrieved from the management model:
B.2
B-2
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
B. RADIUS Attributes
General
Vendor ID 637 is used for 7302 ISAM. The Vendor type field has a length of two bytes where the highest byte is the project ID and the lowest byte is the project specific attribute ID. The Vendor length field has a length of one byte. The project ID 7 is assigned to 7302 ISAM project. This means that the vendor specific attribute range from 1792 to 2047 will be used for the 7302 ISAM.
VRF-Name
Vendor Type: 1792 Vendor Length: 4 < length < 35 Vendor Value: STRING Packet: Access-Accept
VLAN-ID
Vendor Type: 1793 Vendor Length: 7 Vendor Value: INTEGER Packet: Access-Accept
QoS-Profile-Name
The QoS-Profile-Name is a character string of maximum 32 characters identifying the QoS user profile configured in the system. The QoS user profile contains both marker and policer information. Note: This attribute cannot be specified together with QoS-Parms attribute.
Vendor Type: 1794 Vendor Length: 4 < length < 35 Vendor Value: STRING Packet: Access-Accept
QoS-Parms
Note: This attribute cannot be specified together with QoS-Profile-Name attribute.
Vendor Type: 1795 Vendor Length: 4 < length < 249 Vendor Value: STRING Packet: Access-Accept
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
B-3
B. RADIUS Attributes
[marker up {.1p <value(0:7)>}] [policer up {cir <value> cbs <value>}] [policer down {cir <value> cbs <value>}]
where:
0: no privilege 1: privilege level 1 2: privilege level 2 3: privilege level 3 4: privilege level 4 5: privilege level 5 6: privilege level 6 7: privilege level 7
B-4
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
B. RADIUS Attributes
Domain DHCP EQP IGMP CPEproxy IP PPPoE QoS SWMgt Transport VLAN XDSL Security Cluster (2 of 2)
VSA 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816
Value Integer (0..3) Integer (0..3) Integer (0..3) Integer (0..3) Integer (0..3) Integer (0..3) Integer (0..3) Integer (0..3) Integer (0..3) Integer (0..3) Integer (0..3) Integer (0..3) Integer (0..3)
Default Value 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 0 3
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
B-5
B. RADIUS Attributes
B-6
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Glossary
Numbers
10/100Base-T 10- to 100-Mb/s LAN An IEEE standard for 10/100 Mb/s twisted-pair Ethernet wiring. 10Base-T An IEEE 802.3 LAN transmission standard for Ethernet. 10Base-T carries data at 10 Mb/s to a maximum distance of 328 ft (100 m) over unshielded twisted-pair wire. An IEEE 802.3ae standard for 10 Gigabit Ethernet. 10GBase-LR carries data at 10 Gb/s to a maximum distance of 6.2 mi (10 km) over single-mode fiber. An IEEE 802.3 LAN transmission standard for 100 Mb/s Fast Ethernet using Long Wavelength (LX) laser transmitters over MMF for distances up to 1.25 mi (2 km). The 7302 ISAM and 7330 ISAM FTTN support an SMF implementation of 100Base-LX for distances up to 9.3 mi (15 km). An IEEE 802.3 LAN transmission standard for Fast Ethernet. 100Base-TX carries data at 100 Mb/s over two pairs of shielded twisted-pair or Category 5 unshielded twisted-pair wire. An IEEE 802.3 LAN transmission standard for bidirectional point-to-point 1000 Mb/s Gigabit Ethernet over SMF for distances of up to 6.2 mi (10 km). Always used in pairs, wavelength division multiplexing is performed in the SFP module to split the optical signal into two light paths. The 1000Base-BX10-D (downstream) SFP module transmits a 1490 nm signal and receives a 1310 nm signal. The 1000Base-BX10-U (upstream) SFP module transmits a 1310 nm signal and receives a 1490 nm signal. A nonstandard implementation of the 1000Base-LX transmission standard with an extended reach up to 24.9 mi (40 km).
10GBase-LR 100Base-LX
100Base-TX
1000Base-BX10
1000Base-EX
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
GL-1
Glossary
1000Base-LX
An IEEE 802.3 LAN transmission standard for 1000 Mb/s Gigabit Ethernet using Long Wavelength (LX) laser transmitters over fiber optic cable for distances up to 6.2 mi (10 km). An IEEE 802.3 LAN transmission standard for 1000 Mb/s Gigabit Ethernet using Short Wavelength (SX) laser transmitters over fiber optic cable. A nonstandard implementation of the 1000Base-LX transmission standard operating at 1550 nm for distances up to 49.7 mi (80 km). A 23 inch, 7 foot equipment rack with one or two ARAM-D shelves preinstalled. The rack can be extended to 9 ft or 11.5 ft in height. Triple DES A mode of the DES encryption algorithm that encrypts data three times instead of once. Three 64-bit keys are used for an overall key length of 192 bits; the first encryption is encrypted with a second key, and the resulting cipher text is encrypted with a third key.
The Alcatel-Lucent UNIX-based, client-server architecture controller for various NE systems. The Alcatel-Lucent 5526 Access Management System A UNIX-based, client-server architecture controller for 7330 ISAM FTTN systems.
7300 ASAM
The Alcatel-Lucent 7300 Advanced Services Access Manager A DSLAM that delivers ATM-based services and provides an OC3c interface to the network side and ATM multiplexing and LT interfaces to the customer side. The ASAM also provides an OC3c interface to remote multiplexing equipment.
7301 ASAM
The Alcatel-Lucent 7301 Advanced Services Access Manager A high-bandwidth, multimedia-ready DSLAM that provides DSL-based high-speed data transmission between a residential subscriber host and an ATM network.
7302 ISAM
The Alcatel-Lucent 7302 Intelligent Services Access Manager A DSLAM that operates in a packet aggregation network. The 7302 ISAM enables deployment of triple-play services, such as video on demand, high-definition TV, and broadcast TV services for all subscribers simultaneously.
The Alcatel-Lucent 7330 Intelligent Services Access Manager Fiber to the Node A standalone DSLAM designed for the ease and rapid deployment of high-bandwidth IP services between high-bandwidth, optical fiber-based transmission media, and copper-based xDSL subscribers.
GL-2
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Glossary
A
AAL ATM Adaptation Layer A protocol used by ATM to segment and reassemble data for insertion into an ATM cell; also performs error checking and correction. AAL1 ATM Adaptation Layer 1 Type 1 class of AAL service supporting constant bit rate, and time-dependent traffic such as voice and video. AAL2 ATM Adaptation Layer 2 Type 2 class of AAL service characterized by voice and video transfer. AAL5 ATM Adaptation Layer 5 Type 5 class of AAL service characterized by high-speed data transfer. ACL ACO Access Control List Alarm Cut Off An easily accessible switch on the equipment that allows audible alarms to be extinguished without affecting the visual alarms. The audible alarms can be toggled as enabled or disabled. ACU Alarm Control Unit A plug-in unit or built-in subsystem that collects shelf alarms and provides an alarm interface to the CO alarm system. ADSL Asymmetric DSL A variant of DSL with asymmetric upstream and downstream data rates. ADSL provides more bandwidth for downstream traffic (server to client) than for upstream (client to server). There are several types of ADSL including ADSL, ADSL2, READSL. All these types are collectively referred to as multi-ADSL. AES Advanced Encryption Standard A symmetric 128-bit block data encryption algorithm. AGG Node AIS ALP-148 cabinet ALP-248 cabinet ALP-448P AMP Champ Aggregation Node Alarm Indication Signal An Alcatel-Lucent Low Profile single 48-inch remote terminal cabinet An Alcatel-Lucent Low Profile dual 48-inch remote terminal cabinet An Alcatel-Lucent Low Profile quadruple 48-inch remote terminal cabinet A common name for a 25-pair connector used on the 7330 ISAM FTTN to connect POTS CO lines and subscriber drop lines.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
GL-3
Glossary
Above Mean Sea Level Access Node Control Protocol American National Standards Institute A nonprofit, nongovernmental body supported by over 1000 trade organizations, professional societies, and companies; ANSI was established for the creation of voluntary industry standards.
APS
Automatic Protection Switching The capability of a transmission system to detect a failure on a working facility and switch to a protection facility to recover the traffic, thus increasing overall system reliability.
ARP
Address Resolution Protocol A protocol within TCP/IP that maps IP addresses to Ethernet MAC addresses. TCP/IP requires ARP for use with Ethernet.
AS ASCII
Autonomous System American Standard Code for Information Interchange A coding method used to convert letters, numbers, punctuation, and control codes into digital form.
Access Service Provider Alarms, Test Access, and Interfaces Asynchronous Transfer Mode A multiplexed information transfer method in which the information is organized into fixed-length cells of 53 bytes and transmitted according to the needs of each user.
Aggregate Transmit Power ADSL Transceiver Unit Central Office ADSL Transceiver Unit Remote American Wire Gauge A standard measuring gauge for non-ferrous conductors.
B
BAC BE Buffer Acceptance Control Best Effort
GL-4
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Glossary
BER
Bit Error Rate A measure of transmission quality expressed as the percentage of received bits in error compared to the total number of bits received.
BITS
Building Integrated Timing Source A clock that supplies a composite clock timing reference to all other clocks in a building over BITS clock cables.
blowfish BNC
A freely available symmetric block cipher designed as a drop-in replacement for DES or IDEA. Blowfish allows variable-length keys of up to 448 bits. Bayonet Neil-Concelman A locking connector for slim coaxial cables, such as those used for Ethernet.
BNG BOOTP
Broadband Network Gateway Bootstrap Protocol A member of the IP family of protocols that allows a diskless client machine to learn, among other information, its IP address. BOOTP starts a networked machine by reading boot information from a server. BOOTP is commonly used for desktop workstations and LAN hubs.
BRAS BRI
Broadband Remote Access Server Basic Rate Interface An ISDN interface consisting of two 64 kb/s B-channels and one 16 kb/s D-channel for a total of 144 kb/s.
C
CAC Connection Admission Control An algorithm that evaluates whether or not a new connection can be added to the node. CAC examines QoS objectives defined by the PVC service category, as well as its configured traffic descriptor and traffic rates. CAC determines whether the system can satisfy these criteria for the PVC and whether the PVC will affect the guaranteed QoS that existing PVCs already have on the node. CBR CCSA Constant Bit Rate Checkpoint Certified Security Administrator or China Communications Standards Association CDC Carrier Data Collection
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
GL-5
Glossary
CDE
Customer Dependant Engineering The CDE file on a card contains country-specific information.
CEV
Controlled Environmental Vault A temperature- and humidity-controlled underground vault that houses the 7330 ISAM FTTN system at a remote location.
CFM
Cubic Feet per Minute or Connectivity Fault Management CFM is an Ethernet OAM capability for testing network connectivity at Layer 2. CFM allows service providers or network operators to verify and isolate link and node faults on a bridged network. CFM is specified in the standard IEEE 802.1ag.
CHAP
Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol A PPP authentication method for identifying a dial-in user. The user is given an unpredictable number and challenged to respond with an encrypted version. CHAP does not itself prevent unauthorized access; it only identifies the remote end.
CL CLEI
Controlled Load Common Language Equipment Identifier A 10-character code used to identify telecommunications equipment. The 10-character structure, outlined in the Telcordia specification, specifies the basic product type, features, source document, and associated drawings and versions. A CLEI code is unique to a specific piece of equipment.
CLI
Command Line Interface A workstation access method interface that uses CLI commands to communicate to any network element in the 7330 ISAM FTTN network.
CMOS CMP CO
Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor Communications Plenum Cable Central Office A telephone switching center that connects subscribers within a telephone network.
Coder decoder Collocation Common Part Convergence Sublayer The portion of the convergence sublayer of an AAL that remains the same regardless of traffic.
GL-6
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Glossary
CPE
Customer Premises Equipment Customer-owned telecommunications equipment at customer premises used to terminate or process information from the public network.
CPE-MM CPR
CPE Management Machine Continuing Property Record A six-character code that can be used to classify equipment items into various property types. CPRs also provide property record unit identification that allows network service providers to create asset records for the purpose of equipment engineering, ordering, invoice processing, asset management, and auditing.
CPU
Central Processing Unit The part of a computer that performs the logic computational and decision-making functions.
CSMA/CD
Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection A data communications mode in a shared medium in which access contention problems are solved by denying access to one of the contenders.
Craft terminal
A workstation that has element management system software installed on it. The workstation can be an ASCII terminal or a PC or laptop computer equipped with terminal emulator software. The craft terminal typically uses CLI or TL1 for managing network elements, either remotely over a network connection or locally over a local connection. See Craft terminal Customer VLAN Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing
CT C-VLAN CWDM
D
DA DB-9 DBPO DELT DES Destination Address A 9-pin D-shell connector used for the craft port on the 7330 ISAM FTTN. Downstream Power Back-Off Dual Ended Line Testing Data Encryption Standard An ANSI symmetric-key encryption method that uses a 56-bit key and the block cipher method, which breaks text into 64-bit blocks and then encrypts them. DES was standardized by ANSI in 1981 as ANSI X.3.92. DES-56 See DES.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
GL-7
Glossary
DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol A client/server service that is an extension of the BOOTP protocol. DHCP simplifies the configuration of a client workstation since no IP addresses, subnet masks, default gateways, domain names, or DNSs must be programmed. With DHCP, this information is dynamically leased from the DHCP server for a predefined amount of time. Because the information is stored on a server, it centralizes IP address management, reduces the number of IP addresses to be used, and simplifies maintenance. RFC 2131 defines DHCP.
DLC
Detailed Level Procedure Discrete Multitone Domain Name Server Differentiated Services Code Point A six-bit value encoded in the type-of-service field of an IP packet header. It identifies the CoS that the packet should receive.
DSL
Digital Subscriber Line A modem technology that enables high-speed data transmission between two modems, one at a service provider location and one at the subscriber premises, over a single twisted-pair copper telephone wire.
DSLAM
Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer A network device that converts xDSL signals into ATM traffic. For a service management application, if the service user is connected to the ATM network through a DSLAM port, the network access is provisioned using a DSLAM attachment type.
DSP
E
EAR EAPOL ECI Ethernet Access Router Extensible Authentication Protocol Over LAN Equipment Catalog Item A six-digit numeric code that translates into the bar code on the bar code label. ECI codes are also used as internal processing codes. ECMP
GL-8
Glossary
EFM
Ethernet in the First Mile A set of copper and fiber-based access technologies that are based entirely on Ethernet packet transport.
eHCL EIA
Electrical High Capacity Link Electronic Industries Association A group that specifies electrical transmission standards. The EIA and TIA have developed numerous well-known communications standards, including EIA/TIA-232 and EIA/TIA-449. For EIA-spaced equipment racks, 1 RU equals 1.75 in. (4.45 cm).
Ethernet Metropolitan Area Network Electromagnetic Compatibility Electromagnetic Immunity Element Management System A system that manages the components of a network.
EOC EPS
Embedded Operations Channel Equipment Protection Switching The capability of physical equipment to detect a failure on a working facility and switch to a protection facility to recover the traffic, thus increasing overall system reliability.
ES
Expansion Shelf An expansion shelf using the same shelf as the 7330 ISAM FTTN host shelf (ARAM-D shelf), but with some different units installed to provide additional subscriber line connections for the host shelf.
ESD Ethernet
Electrostatic Discharge A data link layer protocol for interconnecting computer equipment into CSMA/CD LANs, jointly developed by Xerox, Digital Equipment Corporation, and Intel. This standard forms the basis for IEEE 802.3. The Ethernet protocol specifies how data is placed on, and retrieved from, a common transmission medium. It is used as the underlying transport vehicle by several upper-level protocols, including TCP/IP and UDP/IP.
ETR ETSI
Extended Temperature Range European Telecommunications Standards Institute The European counterpart to ANSI. Established to produce telecommunication standards integration in the European community for users, manufacturers, suppliers, and Post Telephone and Telegraph administration.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
GL-9
Glossary
F
FDD FDM Frequency Division Duplexing Frequency Division Multiplexing A form of multiplexing in which several independent signals are allocated separate frequency bands for transmission over a common channel. FE FEC FEMF FENT FEXT FIB Fast Ethernet Forward Error Correction Foreign Electro-Motive Force Fast Ethernet Network Termination Far-end XTalk (crosstalk) Forwarding Information Base An internal table containing only the IP routes actually used by a router to forward IP traffic. FIFO FPGA First In, First Out Field Programmable Gate Array An integrated chip with functions that can be programmed by software. FTP FTTN File Transfer Protocol Fiber to the node See 7330 ISAM FTTN.
G
GE Gigabit Ethernet Ethernet interface running at 1000 Mb/s. GFC GUI General Facilities Card Graphical User Interface A user screen that includes menus, tables, or icons to query or change data; usually distinguished from a command line interface.
H
HSI High Speed Internet
GL-10
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Glossary
I
IACM iBridge ICMP ICS Intelligent Access Termination, Control and Management Intelligent Bridging mode, also known as residential bridging mode Internet Control Message Protocol Item Change Status A code that identifies the change status of an Alcatel-Lucent unit or component. IDEA International Data Encryption Algorithm A symmetric-key encryption method that uses a 128-bit key and the block cipher method, which breaks text into 64-bit blocks and then encrypts them. IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers A worldwide engineering publishing and standards-making body. It is the organization responsible for defining many of the standards used in the computer, electrical, and electronics industries. IETF Internet Engineering Task Force An organization that provides the coordination of standards and specification development for TCP/IP networking. IGFET IGMP Insulated Gate Field Effect Transistor Internet Group Management Protocol A protocol used between hosts and multicast routers on a single physical network to establish hosts membership in particular multicast groups. Version 2 of IGMP is described in RFC 2236. IGS IMA INP IGMP System on the SHub Inverse Multiplexing for ATM Impulse Noise Protection INP provides forward error correction techniques to protect user traffic from excessive noise, which can result in data loss. IP Internet Protocol A connectionless packet-switching protocol that works together with TCP. IP@ IPCP Internet Protocol Address IP Control Protocol A protocol that configures, enables, and disables the IP protocol modules on both ends of a point-to-point link. IPCP is tied to PPP, and activated when PPP reaches the network layer-to-protocol phase. If IPCP packets are received prior to this phase, they are discarded.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT GL-11
Glossary
Internet Protocol over ATM Internet Protocol over Ethernet IP Video/Television The delivery of video services over an end-to-end IP infrastructure. IPTV can include various classes of video services including video on demand, broadcast TV, video conferencing, and mobile video.
ISAM
Intelligent Services Access Manager See 7302 ISAM or 7330 ISAM FTTN.
Integrated Services Digital Network Internet Service Provider Integrated Test and Sealing Current A feature that includes narrowband line testing functionality as well as sealing current for subscriber lines connected to the equipment.
ITU
International Telecommunications Union A standards organization that develops international telecommunications recommendations.
IXL
Index List
J
JFET Junction Field Effect Transistor
L
L2 L3 LACP Layer 2 Layer 3 Link Aggregation Control Protocol An IEEE specification (802.3ad) that allows you to bundle several physical ports together to form a single logical channel. LAG Link Aggregation Group A LAG increases the bandwidth available between two network elements by grouping ports into one logical link. The aggregation of multiple physical links allows for load sharing and offers seamless redundancy. If one of the links fails, traffic is redistributed over the remaining links.
GL-12
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Glossary
LAN
Local Area Network A type of network that sends and receives communications over a small area, such as within an office or group of buildings.
LANX LC
7330 ISAM FTTN Network Termination card Ethernet switch (also known as SHub) Lucent Connector A small optical fiber connector.
LCP
Link Control Protocol A protocol that LCP establishes, configures, and tests data-link connections for use by PPP.
LED
Light Emitting Diode A semiconductor diode that emits light when a current is passed through it.
Line Interface Module Line Management Interface Loss of Signal A condition at the receiver or a maintenance signal transmitted in the physical overhead, indicating that the receiving equipment has lost the received signal.
LPF
Low-pass Filter A single transmission band extending from zero frequency up to a specified cutoff frequency, not infinite.
LP slot LSA
A slot in the 7330 ISAM FTTN shelf where an applique is installed. Link State Advertisement A message of the OSPF routing protocol that informs about network topology changes.
LSDB
Link State Database A database used to compute network routes after each change of topology that has been reported by the routing protocol.
LSM
Line Server Module A generic term including xDSL line interface modules and any other server application-specific module.
LT
Line Termination
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
GL-13
Glossary
M
MA MAC Maintenance Association Media Access Control The IEEE sublayer in a LAN that controls access to the shared medium by LAN attached devices. MAIP Maintenance Access Interface Port or Multipurpose Alarm Interface Panel A panel, located in the electronics compartment of a 52-type cabinet that provides fused dc power to the 7330 ISAM FTTN shelf and cabinet fans, as well as cabinet and power alarm outputs. MAU MD MD5 Media Attachment Unit Maintenance Domain Message Digest algorithm 5 A security algorithm that takes an input message of arbitrary length and produces as an output a 128-bit message digest of the input. MD5 is intended for digital signature applications, where a large file must be compressed securely before being encrypted. MDF MDI Main Distribution Frame Medium-Dependent Interface A type of Ethernet port for use with twisted-pair wiring. MDIX Medium-Dependent Interface Crossover The crossover version of MDI that enables the connection of like devices using straight-through twisted-pair for MDI port-to-MDIX port connections, and crossover twisted-pair for MDI-to-MDI or MDIX-to-MDIX connections. ME Megaco MEP MEPID MHF MIB MIP Maintenance Entity Media Gateway Controller Maintenance Endpoint Maintenance Endpoint Identifier MIP Half Function Management Information Base Maintenance Intermediate Point
GL-14
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Glossary
MMF
Multimode Fiber An optical fiber with a core diameter of 50 to 100 m most commonly used in short distance LANs. The larger core diameter allows broader light sources such as LEDs. Modal dispersion is a problem over longer distances.
Metal Oxide Semiconductor Maintenance Point Multi-pair Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol An extension of RSTP that allows different spanning trees to co-exist on the same Ethernet switched network.
Metallic Test Access Metallic Test Access Unit Mean Time Between Failures A general term that refers to more than one type of ADSL (for example, ADSL, ADSL2, and READSL).
N
NACP NAT NE NEBS Network Access Control Protocol Network Address Translation Network Element Network Equipment Building Standards Performance, quality, environmental, and safety standards set by Telcordia for telecommunications equipment. NFS Network File System A distributed file system protocol suite developed by Sun Microsystems that allows remote file access across a network. NFS is one protocol in the suite. The protocol suite includes NFS, RPC, and XDR. These protocols are part of a larger architecture that Sun refers to as ONC. NNI NSA NSP NT Network to Network Interface Non-Service Affecting Network Service Provider Network Termination A plug-in unit that provides a link to a broadband network, such as ATM or IP. The 7330 ISAM FTTN uses the ECNT-A or ECNT-C card for network termination.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT GL-15
Glossary
NTA slot
Network Termination slot A The slot on the 7330 ISAM FTTN shelf for an NT unit. There are two slots for NT units, marked as A and B.
NTB slot
Network Termination slot B The slot on the 7330 ISAM FTTN shelf for an NT unit. There are two slots for NT units, marked as A and B.
NTP NTR
O
OAM Operation, Administration, and Maintenance Broad categories of functions found in a communications network and/or the business processes found in network service provider companies. OBC OLR ONC OOS On-Board Controller OnLine Reconfiguration Open Network Computing Out-of-service The status of a primary rate link when it is out of service. OS Operations System A standalone software system that supports network-related operations functions. OSP OSPF Outside Plant Open Shortest Path First A dynamic routing protocol that responds quickly to network topology changes. As a successor to RIP, it uses an algorithm that builds and calculates the shortest path to all known destinations. OSS OSWP Operations Support System Overall Software Package
P
PADI PBO PPPoE Active Discovery Initiation Power Back-Off
GL-16
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Glossary
PC
Power Distribution Frame Protocol Data Unit Performance Monitoring Plain Old Telephone Service A term for narrowband, voice-only telephone service.
PPP
Point-to-Point Protocol A protocol that allows a computer to use TCP/IP with a standard telephone line and a high-speed modem to establish a link between two terminal installations.
PPPoA PPPoE
Point-to-Point Protocol over ATM Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet A specification for connecting multiple computer users on an Ethernet LAN to a remote site through common CPE. PPPoE allows users to share a common xDSL, cable modem, or wireless connection to the Internet. PPPoE combines the PPP protocol, commonly used in dial-up connections, with the Ethernet protocol, which supports multiple users in a LAN. The PPP protocol information is encapsulated within an Ethernet frame.
PSD PSTN
Power Spectral Density Public Switched Telephone Network A telephone network based on normal telephone signaling and ordinary switched long distance telephone circuits.
PTC
Positive Temperature Coefficient A type of thermal resistor used for current limiting in circuitry.
PSU PTM
Power Supply Unit Packet Transfer Mode A DSL framing mode that allows DSL equipment to transport packet-based (for example, Ethernet or IP packets) rather than ATM-based data. PTM involves 64/65 byte block coding of variable size frames or frame fragments at the transmission convergence sublayer in the modem. PTM is defined in the G.992.3 (ADSL2) and G.992.5 (ADSL2+) standards.
PVC PVID
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
GL-17
Glossary
Q
QoS Quality of Service A measure of the quality of a data communications link provided to a subscriber.
R
RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial-in User Service A standardized method of information exchange between a device that provides network access to users (RADIUS client) and a device that contains authentication and profile information for the users (RADIUS server). RAL RAM RARP RB VLAN RDI READSL2 RED REN RFC Restricted Access Location Remote Access Multiplexer Reverse Address Resolution Protocol Residential Bridging VLAN Remote Defect Indication Reach Extended ADSL2 Random Early Detection Ringer Equivalence Number Request for Comments The name of the result and the process for creating a standard on the Internet. New standards are proposed and published online, as a Request For Comments. The IETF is the consensus-building body that facilitates discussion, and eventually a new standard is established. RFC is the prefix for all published IETF documents for Internet environment standards; for example, the official standard for e-mail is RFC 822. RFC documents typically define IP, TCP, and related application layer protocols. RFT RG RIP Remote Feeding Telecommunication Residential Gateway Routing Information Protocol An interior gateway protocol defined by the IETF (RIPv1 - RFC 1058 and RIPv2 - RFC 2453) that specifies how routers exchange routing table information. RIP is a routing protocol based on the distance vector algorithm. With RIP, routers periodically exchange entire tables. RJ-45 A single-line jack for digital transmission over ordinary phone wire, either untwisted or twisted. It is the interface for Ethernet standards 10Base-T and 100Base-T.
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
GL-18
Glossary
Remote Management Interface Residential Network Manager revolutions per minute Reed-Solomon Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol A protocol specified in IEEE 802.1w. It replaces the spanning tree protocol specified by IEEE 802.1d. RSTP is targeted at switched networks with point-to-point interconnections, and allows for much quicker reconfiguration time (approximately 1 s) by allowing a rapid change in port roles.
Remote Terminal Routine Task List Real-time Transport Protocol Remote Test Unit Rack Unit A unit of vertical space in a standard 19 inch or 23 inch equipment rack. For EIA-spaced racks, 1 RU equals 1.75 in. (4.45 cm). For WECO-spaced racks, 1 RU equals 2 in. (5.08 cm).
Rx
receive To receive or carry signals or data to a device; any part of the equipment that converts or decodes signals or data entering the equipment into the desired form for use by the equipment.
S
SA Service Affecting or Source Address SAI SAP SC Service Area Interface Service Access Point Standard Connector A small optical fiber connector. SDU Service Data Unit A unit of information from an upper-layer protocol that defines a service request to a lower-layer protocol.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
GL-19
Glossary
Single-Ended Line Testing Safety Extra Low Voltage Sealed Expansion Module A remote expansion unit for the 7330 ISAM FTTN. The SEM is a single LT unit in a flood resistant, environmentally hardened enclosure designed for remote outside deployment in hard-to-reach or low-density locations.
SFP
Small Form-factor Pluggable A specification for a new generation of optical modular transceivers. The devices are designed for use with small form-factor connectors, and offer high speed and physical compactness. They are hot-swappable.
Secured File Transfer Protocol Symmetric High-speed Digital Subscriber Line Service Hub 7330 ISAM FTTN and 7302 ISAM Network Termination card Ethernet switch (also known as LANX).
Systme international dunits Session Initiation Protocol Subscriber Line Interface Circuit Single Mode Fiber An optical fiber with a core diameter of less than 10 m that is used for high-bandwidth transmission over long distances.
SNMP
Simple Network Management Protocol A protocol used by network management to retrieve information about connection status, configuration, and performance.
SNR SNTP
Signal-to-Noise Ratio Simple Network Time Protocol A method of synchronizing network nodes. An SNTP server can be used by multiple nodes to synchronize themselves.
SONET
Synchronous Optical Network A transmission network that uses high-speed optical carriers.
Seamless Rate Adaptation Service-specific convergence sublayer Secure Shell Source-specific multicast
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Glossary
STP
Spanning Tree Protocol A technique based on an IEEE 802.1d standard that detects and eliminates forwarding loops in a bridged network. When multiple paths exist, STP selects the most efficient path for the bridge to use. If that path fails, STP automatically reconfigures the network to activate another path. This protocol is used mostly by local bridges.
SHDSL Transceiver Unit Central Office SHDSL Transceiver Unit Remote Stacked VLAN SoftWare DataBase SoftWare Package
T
TAC TAP Test Access Control Test Access Port or Trouble Analysis Procedure TAU TBC TCA TCP Test Access Unit Time base correction Threshold Crossing Alarm Transmission Control Protocol A protocol for establishing a duplex connection between end systems for the reliable delivery of data. TCPAM TCP/IP Trellis Coded Pulse Amplitude Modulation Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol A networking protocol that provides communication across interconnected networks, and between computers with different hardware architectures and various operating software. TFTP TIA Trivial File Transfer Protocol Telecommunications Industries Association The group responsible for setting telecommunications standards in the United States. TL1 Transaction Language 1 Human-machine language standard for controlling network elements.
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT GL-21
Glossary
Training Document Telecom Network Voltage Task-Oriented Practice The TOP method is a documentation system that supports the installation, operation, and maintenance of telecommunications equipment and software through different layers of documentation.
TRU Tx
Top Rack Unit transmit To send or carry signals or data from a device; any part of the equipment that converts or encodes signals or data exiting from the equipment into the desired form for transmission to other equipment.
U
UA UDP/IP User Agent User Datagram Protocol/Internet Protocol A transport layer, connectionless mode protocol, providing a datagram mode of communication for delivery to a remote or local user. UDP is part of the TCP/IP suite. UDS UPBO UPS URI USM Unit Data Sheet Upstream Power Back-Off Uninterruptible Power Supply Universal Resource Identifier User-based Security Model
V
VACM VBAS VC View-based Access Control Model Virtual Broadcast Access Server Virtual Channel A single communications connection identified by an office equipment number, VPI, and VCI. VCC VCI Virtual Channel Connection Virtual Channel Identifier An identifier in an ATM cell that distinguishes the data of one VC from the data of another VC.
GL-22 November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Glossary
Virtual Channel Link Virtual Channel/Virtual Path/Virtual Router Very High Bit Rate DSL A variant of DSL that provides very high speed asymmetric data transmission rates over a single twisted-pair copper telephone wire, but at shorter ranges than other xDSL types. There is more than one type of VDSL.
VID VLAN
VLAN Identifier Virtual LAN A VLAN divides a physical LAN into multiple virtual LANs whose members are not necessarily based on location. VLAN specifications are contained in IEEE 802.1q.
VoD VoIP VP
Video on Demand Voice over IP Virtual Path A single communications connection identified by an office equipment number and a VPI.
VPI
Virtual Path Identifier An identifier in an ATM cell that distinguishes the data of one VP from the data of another VP.
VP/VC VRF
Virtual Path/Virtual Channel Virtual Routing Forwarder A logical or virtual routing function with associated routing table that can be instantiated in a router capable of supporting IP VPN services.
VTU-C VTU-R
W
WAN WECO Wide Area Network Western Electric Company For WECO-spaced racks, 1 RU equals 2 in. (5.08 cm). WFQ WRED WRR Weighted Fair Queue Weighted Random Early Detection Weighted Round Robin
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
GL-23
Glossary
X
xDSL xTU-C xTU-R XFP A general term that is used to refer to more than one type of DSL (for example, ADSL, ADSL2, READSL, SHDSL, VDSL, VDSL2). xDSL Transceiver Unit Central Office xDSL Transceiver Unit Remote 10 Gigabit Small Form Factor Pluggable An XFP optical module is a hot-swappable, protocol-independent optical transceiver, typically operating at 850nm, 1310nm or 1550nm, for 10 Gb/s SONET/SDH, Fiber Channel, Gigabit Ethernet, 10 Gigabit Ethernet and other applications. XFP was developed by the XFP Multi Source Agreement Group. XoA encapsulation A general term used to refer to an unspecified type of encapsulation over ATM.
GL-24
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Index
Numbers
802.1x support, 10-10
A
Access node control protocol about, 4-26 ADSL about, 2-4 ADSL1 about, 2-4 ADSL2 about, 2-5, 2-5 ADSL2+ about, 2-7, 2-7 alarm filters logging filters, 4-20 programmable filters, 4-20 reporting filters, 4-20 alarm LEDs, 4-18 alarm management, 4-17 alarm delta logging, 4-19 alarm filters, 4-20 alarm identification, 4-18 alarm lists, 4-19 alarm logging, 4-19 alarm severity, 4-18
alarm types, 4-18 critical alarm LED, 4-18 current alarm list, 4-19 derived alarms, 4-18, 4-20 disable alarms, 4-19 enable alarms, 4-19 major alarm LED, 4-18 minor alarm LED, 4-18 NSE alarms, 4-18 programmable alarm configuration, 4-22 programmable alarm filters, 4-20 SE alarms, 4-18 snapshot alarm list, 4-19 spatial alarm filters, 4-20, 4-20 temporal alarm filters, 4-20, 4-20 view alarms, 4-19 ARP layer 2, 10-11 layer 3, 12-3 Artificial noise about, 7-11
B
Bonding, 2-3 about, 2-3 ATM, 2-13 ATM bonding, 2-13
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
IN-1
C
C-VLAN cross-connect, 9-31 Configuration overrule about, 7-13 current alarm list, 4-19
D
DELT about, 5-8 derived alarms, 4-18, 4-20 DHCP layer 2, 10-13 layer 3, 12-4 DPBO, 7-8
E
EFMOAM general description, 5-10 Ethernet about, 2-11, 2-11 ethernet auto-negotiation, 2-11 modes, 2-11
forwarding Layer 4, 8-23 MEGACO, 8-24 SIP, 8-36, 8-40 L2/L3 addressing MEGACO, 8-44, 8-53 SIP, 8-63, 8-68 management general, 8-86 MEGACO, 8-88 SIP, 8-91 market applicability, 8-11 MEGACO network topology, 8-3 product applicability, 8-11 protocol stacks MEGACO, 8-77 SIP, 8-82 SIP network topology, 8-5 supplementary services, 8-132 traffic types MEGACO, 8-16 SIP, 8-16
L
LACP about, 10-3 layer 2 protocol handling, 10-2 user access interface, 9-13 layer 2 forwarding IPoA cross-connect, 9-44 layer 2 forwarding mode iBridge, 9-16 VLAN cross-connect, 9-29 layer 3 forwarding, 11-2 protocol handling, 12-2 Line Instability Test features, 5-12 Link transmission technology, 2-2 logging alarms, 4-19
I
iBridge, 9-16 iBridge mode features, 9-16 IEEE 802.1q tagging, 9-2 IGMP forwarding models, 13-13 Impulse noise sensor about, 7-10 IPoA cross-connect, 9-44 ISAM Voice call handling MEGACO, 8-123 SIP, 8-125
IN-2
November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Low power modes L2 low-power mode, 7-4 L3 idle power mode, 7-4 low power modes about, 7-4
M
MSTP about, 10-6 MTA in 7302 ISAM, 5-6 in 7330 ISAM FTTN, 5-6 TAC, 5-7 test access modes, 5-5 multi-ADSL ADSL, 2-4 ADSL2, 2-5 ADSL2+, 2-7 READSL2, 2-7 SELT, 5-7, 5-8 multi-VLAN, 9-5 multicast forwarding models, 13-13
programmable alarm filters, 4-20 configuration, 4-22 spatial alarm filters, 4-20 temporal alarm filters, 4-20 protocol aware cross-connect, 9-40 Protocol Tracing about, 5-14 PSD shaping about, 7-8
Q
QoS about, 14-2 downstream, 14-8 policy framework, 14-20 profiles, 14-15 traffic classes, 14-10 QoS profiles CAC profile, 14-16 marker profile, 14-18 policer profile, 14-19 queue profile, 14-16 session profile, 14-18
N
non-service affecting alarms, 4-18 NT redundancy about, 3-2 link only protection, 3-5
R
RADIUS about, 6-2, 15-2 authentication, 15-2 encryption, 15-3 features, 15-2 proxy, 15-2 server, 15-2 READSL about, 2-7 READSL2 about, 2-7 RSTP about, 10-6 in 7302 ISAM, 10-6
O
Operational modes ADSL1, 2-5 ADSL2, 2-6 ADSL2+, 2-7 READSL, 2-7
P
performance statistics, 4-17 PPPoE about, 10-19 PPPoE relay, 10-19
S
S-VLAN cross-connect, 9-34 S-VLAN/C-VLAN cross-connect, 9-32
IN-3
Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 November 2010 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA Edition 01 Released System Description for FD 24Gbps NT
Seamless rate adaptation modes, 7-6 SELT about, 5-7 multi-ADSL, 5-7, 5-8 VDSL, 5-8, 5-8 service affecting alarms, 4-18 SHDSL about, 2-10, 2-10, 2-10 supported standards, 2-10 snapshot alarm list, 4-19 SRA about, 7-6 statistics performance statistics, 4-17 system logs configuring, 4-10 filters, 4-10 message types, 4-10 monitoring, 4-11 severity level, 4-10
profile overview, 2-9 profiles, 2-9 Virtual noise about, 7-10 VLAN cross-connect, 9-29 C-VLAN cross-connect, 9-31 protocol aware cross-connect, 9-40 S-VLAN cross-connect, 9-34 S-VLAN/C-VLAN cross-connect, 9-32 VLAN stacking, 9-30 VLAN forwarding, 9-2 VLAN frame frame type usage, 9-4 multi-VLAN, 9-5 tagging, 9-2 VLAN translation, 9-5 VLAN translation, 9-5
X
xDSL INP, 7-3
T
Test Line Instability, 5-12 Transfer modes, 2-3
U
UPBO equal FEXT, 7-8 policing, 7-8 user access interface layer 2, 9-13
V
VDSL about, 2-8 SELT, 5-8, 5-8 VDSL1 about, 2-8, 2-8 VDSL2 about, 2-8, 2-8 operational modes, 2-9
IN-4 November 2010 Alcatel-Lucent 7302 ISAM R4.2 | 7330 ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB R4.2 System Description for FD 24Gbps NT Edition 01 Released 3HH-08871-AAAA-TQZZA
Customer documentation
http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/myaccess
Product manuals and documentation updates are available at alcatel-lucent.com. If you are a new user and require access to this service, please contact your Alcatel-Lucent sales representative.
Technical Support
http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/support
Documentation feedback
documentation.feedback@alcatel-lucent.com